春季初三英语教材

春季初三英语教材

标杆英语 Standard English Grade 9‎ Text book for the first level ‎ 主编 李永宽 ‎ ‎ ‎ Contents ‎1. 中考英语冲刺（一）…………………..…………4‎ ‎2. 中考英语冲刺（二）……………………..………15‎ ‎3. 中考英语冲刺（三）……………………..………29‎ ‎4. 中考英语冲刺（四）……………………………38‎ ‎5. 中考英语冲刺（五）………………………..…..50‎ ‎6. 中考英语冲刺（六）……………………………57‎ ‎7. 中考英语冲刺（七）……………………………70‎ ‎8. 中考英语冲刺（八）……………………………79‎ ‎9. 中考英语冲刺（九）…………………………....92‎ ‎10. 中考英语冲刺（十）…………………………..100‎ ‎11. 中考英语冲刺（十一）………………………..112‎ ‎12. 中考英语冲刺（十二）………………………..122‎ ‎13. 中考英语冲刺（十三）…………..........………133‎ ‎14. 中考英语冲刺（十四）…………….....………142‎ ‎15. 中考英语冲刺（十五）……………….........…157‎ ‎16. 中考英语冲刺（十六）……………….............167‎ ‎17. 中考英语冲刺（十七）…………………….....180‎ ‎18. 中考英语冲刺（十八）……………..................189‎ ‎19. 中考英语冲刺（十九）………………….......200‎ ‎20. 中考英语冲刺（二十）………………….......211‎ ‎21. 中考英语冲刺（二十一）……………...........223‎ ‎22. 中考英语冲刺（二十二）……………….......231‎ ‎23. 中考英语冲刺（二十三）……………….......243‎ ‎24. 中考英语冲刺（二十四）…………………...253‎ Two students went to Honolulu on holiday. Soon they began to argue about the correct way to pronounce the word "Hawaii." One student insisted that it's Hawaii, with a "w" sound. The other student said it was pronounced like "Havaii," with a "v" sound. ‎ Finally, they saw an old native on the beach, and asked him which was correct. The old man said it's "Havaii." The student who was right was very happy, and thanked the old man. ‎ The old man said "you're velcome."‎ Lesson 1 中考英语冲刺（一）‎ ‎【Warm up】‎ ‎ 一、Choose the best answer ‎ ‎1. Tom was at table in the dinning room, so I had to wait for him in living room. (09外国语期中)‎ A. the; the B. a; a C. /; the D. the; a ‎2. old lady in brown is university professor.(10布心中学)‎ ‎ A. An; a B. An; an C. The; an D. the; a ‎3. I know Mr. Brown; we to each other at an international conference.‎ ‎ A. are introduced B. have been introduced ‎ ‎ C. had been introduced D. were introduced ‎4. The knife still where I it just now.‎ A、lays; laid B、lies; lay C、lies; laid D、lays; lied ‎5. ---He ate little this morning, he?‎ ‎ --- . Though he didn’t feel like eating anything.‎ ‎ A. did, Yes B. didn’t, No C. didn’t, Yes D. did, No ‎6. --- You are so lucky! （实验直升）‎ ‎ ---What do you mean ____ saying that?‎ ‎ A. in B. at C. by D. for ‎7. It is ___ difficult work that we can't finish it in a short time. ‎ ‎ A. so B. such a C. so a D. such ‎ ‎8. ----_______ great fun to surf on the Internet!‎ ‎ ----_______.‎ ‎ A. How ; So it is B. What; So it is C. What ;So is it D. How; So is it ‎9. What did the foreigner ________ about how to teach Chinese? (实验直升)‎ ‎ A. speak B. say C. tell D. talk ‎ ‎10. The Olympic Games every four years, and it in London in 2012.‎ ‎ A．are held; will be held B．is held; will hold ‎ C．is held; will be held D．are held; will be hold ‎11. ----What’s the result of the basketball game?‎ ‎ ----The West ____ The East ____ 148:143.‎ A. won; by B. won; for C. beat; by D. beated; by ‎12. Everybody likes eating , so I often buy all kinds of for eating.(10布心中学)‎ ‎ A. fishes; fish B. fish; fishes C. fishes; fishes D. fish; fish ‎13. Could you tell me ?‎ ‎ A．where you have been to B．where you have gone to ‎ C．where you have been D．what you have gone 14. ‎----Was Li Lei late for school? (10布心中学)‎ ‎ ----Yes, the first class when he to the classroom.‎ ‎ A. has begun; gets B. had begun; got ‎ ‎ C. had been on; was getting D. has been on; got ‎15. Which of the following sentences is Right?‎ ‎ A. Dad used to drive on the right in Shenzhen, but he got used to drive on the left in Hongkong last year.‎ ‎ B. You’d better finish it today, shouldn’t you?‎ ‎ C. How long will your father be back from Shanghai?‎ ‎ D. No one but Lily and Lucy has gone there before.‎ ‎16. The war and the suffering__________ caused affected Mary greatly.‎ ‎ A. that B. which C. it D. what ‎17. Only those knew well could be let in.‎ ‎ A. he B. who C. that D. which ‎18. ______, I will enter for the Shenzhen CCTV Star Of Outlook English Talent Competition without the slightest hesitation.‎ ‎ A. Given another chance B. Giving another chance ‎ C. Give another chance D. To give another chance.‎ ‎19. ________ the poem a second time, the meaning will become clearer to you. ‎ ‎ A. While reading B. When you read C. If reading D. Having read ‎20. Is this museum ___________ the students visited the day before yesterday?‎ ‎ A. where B. the one where C. the one D. at which ‎21. Only through hard work and patience_________ his childhood dream.‎ ‎ A. he realized B. did he realize C. realized he D. realize did he ‎22. I heard that he _____the organization in 2010 when he was a college student.‎ ‎ A. joined B. had joined in C. has taken part in D. plays a part in ‎23. The American girl, _____the father is an engineer, is my pen friend．‎ A．who B．whose C．of whom D. of which ‎24. There is an old man living __________ in a(n) __________ house.‎ ‎ A. alone; lonely B. lonely; alone C. alone; alone D. lonely; lonely ‎25. He is one of the best students that ____ passed the mid-examination .‎ ‎ A. has B. is C. have D. are ‎26. Tom Hanks told his friend that he _____ born in 1997.‎ ‎ A. was B. had been C. is D. has been ‎27. Her pale face suggested she __________ in bad health, but she still insisted that the meeting __________ on time.‎ ‎ A. be; would be held B. was; be held ‎ C. was; must be held D. being; was to be held ‎28. ---- Who would you like to see at the moment?‎ ‎---- The man ____ Mr. Nelson.‎ A. called himself B. we call him C. calling himself D. is called ‎29. If better use is _________ of your spare time, you’ll make great progress.‎ ‎ A. thought B. made C. spent D. taken ‎30. Which of the following sentences is (are) wrong?‎ ‎(1) Two other boys were on duty besides John.‎ ‎(2) We can guess from her pleased face that the news was really a pleasure to her.‎ ‎(3) I insisted that he work out the problem himself.‎ ‎(4) Three years later he turned a doctor.‎ A. Only sentence (4) is wrong. B. Only sentence (2) is wrong ‎ C. Sentences (2) and (3) are wrong D. All of the sentences are wrong II、Cloze Every country has its own culture.‎ Even though each country uses doors, doors may have__31___functions and purposes ‎ which lead to ___32__differences.‎ When I first came to America, I noticed that a public building had two different__33__ and they had distinct functions. You have to push the door with the word “PUSH” to go out of the building and to pull the door with the word “PULL” to_ 34__the building. This was new to me, because we use the ___35__door in south Korea. For quite a few times I failed to go out of a shopping centre and was embarrassed.‎ The way of using school bus doors was also __36__to me .I used to take the school bus to classes. The school decided that when the driver opened both the front and back doors. 37__who were getting off the bus should get off first , and students who were getting on should get on __38__. In south Korea, we do not need to wait for people to get off. One morning, I hurried to the bus ,and when the bus doors opened, I___39___tried to get on the school bus through the front door. All the students around looked at me, I was totally__40__,and my face went red. ‎ ‎31. A. different B. important C. practical D. unusual ‎32. A. national B. embarrassing C. cultural D. amazing ‎33. A. exits B. entrances C. signs D. doors ‎34. A.enter B. leave C. open D. close ‎35. A. main B. same C. front D. back ‎36. A.annoying B. hard C. satisfying D. strange ‎37. A.parents B. students C. teachers D. drivers ‎38. A.sooner B. later C. faster D. earlier ‎39. A.politely B. patiently C. unconsciously D. slowly ‎40. A.embarrassed B. annoyed C. unsatisfied D. excited III. Reading comprehension A A neighbor of mine, while visiting his mother in Boston, took her to a shoe store to buy a new pair of shoes. While she was trying on different styles, my neighbor took the manager aside. “ When she picks out a pair that she likes,” he said, “ just tell her that the price is 12 dollars. I’ll pay the regular price. I don’t care how much it is.”‎ The following week, my neighbor was walking by the shoe store and the manager recognized him and called him in.‎ ‎“ What’s the problem?” asked my neighbor as he entered the store.‎ ‎“ Wasn’t my check any good?”‎ ‎“ That’s not it,” answered the manager, “ The problem is that your mother is bringing all her friends in for those 12-dollar shoes!”‎ 41. My neighbor went to Boston ________.‎ A. to buy shoes for his mother B. to see his mother C. to pay for the shoes he had bought for his mother D. to see the manager of the shoe store ‎42. The regular price my neighbor had paid must be _______.‎ ‎ A. 12 dollars B. lower than 12 dollars ‎ C. higher than 12 dollars D. unknown to himself at all ‎43. It seems very probable that my neighbor wanted to _______.‎ ‎ A. please his mother B. cheat his mother ‎ C. cheat the manager D. please his mother’s friends 44. The manager called my neighbor in when he saw him because______.‎ A. he didn’t have enough shoes for his customers B. my neighbor’s mother had taken a wrong pair of shoes C. there was something wrong with his check D. he found it hard to satisfy his customers 45. What do we know about the character(个性) of my neighbor’s mother?‎ ‎ A. She would like to buy expensive things.‎ ‎ B. She would like to buy cheap things.‎ ‎ C. She would like to help others when they’re in trouble.‎ ‎ D. She would like to have her son pay for her shopping.‎ B One should be moderate in all things. Moderation is always the safest way to do things and a virtue（品质）we should have. Let's take the student life for example. There are some students who study too hard and play too little, while there are others who play too much and study too little. On one hand, it is harmful to his health if he has too few exercises, and on the other hand, it is harmful to his mind if he plays too much.‎ In the matter of eating, one also should be moderate. Do not eat too much or too little. Too much eating will make you sick, while too little eating will make you weak.‎ The man of progress is he who neither has too high an opinion of himself nor thinks too poorly of himself. If a man thinks too highly of himself, he is sure to become very proud, but if he has too poor an opinion of himself, he will have no courage to make an advance. Both the conditions above will make you lose your advancing aim. A broadminded man is he who always moves within the orbit （轨道）of reasonableness. Whether in any activities in life, moderation is one of the best ways to enjoy real happiness.‎ ‎46. What does the word “moderate” mean?‎ A. 前卫的 B. 适度的 C. 自信的 D. 执著的 ‎47．“Someone is moderate” means ______ .‎ A．he walks neither too fast nor too slowly ‎ B．he is either tall or short C．he is not only safe but also successful ‎ D．he has good characters and good ways to do things ‎ ‎48．The writer suggests that a student should ______ .‎ A．have much more time to study than to play B．spend most of the time playing different games C．only study hard without any time to play D．correctly arrange his time for study and play ‎49． Moderate eating means ______ .‎ A．eating as much food as one can if the food is tasty ‎ B．eating food rich of fat C．eating a proper amount of food D．eating either too much or too little ‎50．If one wants to be broad-minded, he must ______ .‎ A．believe in himself B．do everything that is reasonable C．enjoy real happiness D．be full of courage ‎ C The clock struck eleven at night. The whole house was quiet. Everyone was in bed except me. Under the strong light, I looked sadly before me at a huge pile of that troublesome stuff（东西） they call “books”.‎ ‎ I was going to have my examination the next day. “When can I go to bed?” I asked myself. I didn't answer. In fact I dared not.‎ The clock struck twelve.“ Oh, dear!” I cried. “Ten more books to read before I can go to bed！” We pupils are the most wretched creatures in the world. Dad does not agree with me on this. He did not have to work so hard when he was a boy.‎ The clock struck one. I was quite desperate（绝望的） now. I forgot all I had learned. I was too tired to go on. I did the only thing I could. I prayed, “Oh, God, please help me pass the exam tomorrow. I do promise to work hard afterwards, Amen.” My eyes were so heavy that I could hardly open them A few minutes later, with my head on the desk, I fell asleep.‎ ‎51. When the author was going over his lessons, all the others in the house were ________ .‎ ‎ A. asleep B. outside C. working in bed D. quietly laughing at him ‎52. The underlined word wretched in Paragraph 3 probably means _______ .‎ A. very happy B. disappointed C. very unhappy D. hopeful ‎53. Reviewing his lessons didn’t help him because .‎ A. it was too late at night ‎ B. he was very tired C. his eyes lids were so heavy that he couldn‘t keep them open D. he hadn’t studied hard before the examination ‎54. What do you suppose happened to the author？‎ A. He went to a church to pray again B. He passed the exam by sheer luck C. He failed in the exam D. He was punished by his teacher ‎55. The best title for the passage would be __________ .‎ A. The Night Before the Examination B. Working Far into the Night C. A Slow Student D. Going Over My Lessons ‎ D Four foreign visitors who went shopping at Beijing famous Tea and Honey Shop on November 23 are asked to call the shop within 10 days to get the change they forget to pick up after shopping. Telephone number 6589452 or 6589905.‎ ‎56．This notice is put up by .‎ ‎ A．the four foreigners B．Beijing Famous Tea and Honey Shop ‎ C．Beijing Famous Tea Shop D．Beijing Honey Shop ‎57．The notice is put up because .‎ ‎ A．it wants more foreigners to go there ‎ B．it wants the four foreigners to take back the change ‎ C．it will change its address in 10 days ‎ D．it has to put up notice every day Remember that people on line may not be who they seem, because you can't see or even hear the person. It would be easy for someone to misrepresent himself/herself. Thus someone who says that “she is a 12-year-old girl.” could really be an old man.‎ ‎58. The underlined word misrepresent means _____. www.k@s@5@u.com 高#考#资#源#网 A. making a wrong judgment about B. understanding somebody wrongly C. giving a wrong description of D. forming a wrong opinion about Climbing attracts people because it’s good exercise for almost everyone. You use your whole body, especially your arms and legs. This sport gives your body a complete workout. When you climb, both your mind and your body can become stronger. ‎ ‎59. The word workout underlined in the last paragraph most probably means________．‎ A. settlement B. exercise C .excitement D. tiredness According to a report published on the British medical magazine, The Lancet, a study of 10 German mobile phone users found that when they turned on their phones, their blood pressure goes up by 5—10 millimeters of mercury (水银柱).‎ ‎60. The word “The Lancet” is probably ______.‎ A. the name of a magazine B. the name of the research team C. the name of a hospital D. the title of a medical report E In 1977 , a dead author of detective stories saved the life of a nineteen-month-old baby in a most unusual way. The author was Agatha Christie, a gentle married lady and one of the most successful writers of detective stories in the world.‎ In June 1977 , a baby girl became seriously ill in Qatar (卡塔尔) , near Sandi Arabia(沙特阿拉伯) . Doctors were unable to find out the cause of her illness, so she was flown to London ‎ and sent to Hammersmith Hospital. A team of doctors hurried to examine the baby only to discover that they, too, were puzzled by the very unusual signs of illness. While they were having a discussion about the baby's illness, a nurse asked to speak to them. ‎ ‎“Excuse me,” said Nurse Marsha Maitland, “but I think the baby is suffering from thallium poisoning(铊中毒) .”‎ ‎“What makes you think that?” Dr. Brown asked. “Thallium poisoning is very rare.”‎ ‎“A few days ago, I was reading a novel called ‘A Pale Horse' by Agatha Christie,” Nurse Maitland explained.“In the book, somebody uses thallium poison, and all the signs are exactly the same as the baby' s . ”‎ ‎“You are very careful and you may be right,” another doctor said. “we’ll carry out some tests and find out whether it' s thallium(铊) or not.”‎ Tests showed that the baby had indeed been poisoned by thallium. Once they knew the cause of the illness, the doctors were able to give the baby the correct treatment. She soon recovered and was sent back to Qatar. Later on it was proved that the poison might have come from an insecticide(杀虫剂) used in Qatar. ‎ ‎61．Who first suggested the correct cause of the baby's illness?‎ A．A Doctor in Qatar. B．Agatha Christie.‎ C．Dr. Brown. D．Nurse Maitland. ‎ ‎62．Why was the baby sent to London?‎ A．The Qatar doctors were not sure they could cure her.‎ B．The hospitals in Qatar were full at that time. ‎ C．She was the daughter of a doctor in one of the places. ‎ D．She was a British girl whose parents were working in Qatar. ‎ ‎63．As far as we can tell from passage, Agatha Christie . ‎ A．had never even met this baby. ‎ B．had spent a long time as a police officer. ‎ C．visited the baby in the hospital at Hammersmith. ‎ D． gave Nurse Maitland some advice on the phone . ‎ ‎64．Nurse Maitland spoke to the doctors .‎ A．when she heard them discussing the possibility of thallium poison. ‎ B．because she could see that the doctors had made a mistake.‎ C．after she had read about a horse which had been poisoned.‎ D．to suggest a possible reason for the patient' s illness.‎ ‎65．What did the doctor think of the suggestion which Nurse Maitland made?‎ A．They were very quick to agree with her. ‎ B．They were unhappy over her interruption. ‎ C．They thought it was a possibility worth considering.‎ D．They said that she was wrong because thallium poisoning is very rare. ‎ 第二卷 Ⅳ. 补全对话 A、阅读下面对话，根据对话内容，从方框中选择合适的句子完成对话，把答案写在答题卷上.‎ A. What was it used for ?‎ B. When the bowl was filled with hot water , the wine in the pot would get warm .‎ C. I’ ve learned a lot about old Chinese inventions .‎ D. Shall we go boating ?‎ E. Ok . Let ’s go .‎ F. We must thank them for their inventions .‎ G. I don’t think so .‎ Lily : There are so many great inventions in the history .‎ David : Yes. 66 They make things convenient for us .‎ Lily : Yeah . Look . What’s that thing with three legs ?‎ David : It’s a cup . It was used in the old days in China .‎ Lily : 67 .‎ David : I think it was used for drinking wine . It’s made of metal .‎ Lily : How strange it looks .‎ David : Hmm. Very interesting, isn’t it ?‎ Lily : Yeah . Oh, a teapot in a bowl .‎ David : Ah ? That’s not a teapot . It was for serving wine . 68 ‎ Lily : That’s a good idea . Was it used in China , too ?‎ David : Yeah . “ Chinese wine culture.” ‎ Lily : And they were clever , too . 69 ‎ David : That’ s right. Let's go to the European Shop now .‎ Lily : 70 ‎ A、根据对话内容，选择合适的单词补全对话，把答案写在答题卷上.‎ A: Excuse me , can you tell me the way to the 71 hospital , please ?‎ B: Yes . Go along this road , and turn right at the third crossing . Go across the bridge . You’ll find it on the left . You can’t 72 it .‎ A: Thanks a lot . (At the doctor’ s )‎ C: What’s wrong with your child ?‎ A: He has had a cough .‎ C: How long has he been 73 this ？‎ A: Two days .‎ C: Has he 74 any medicine ?‎ A: No .‎ C: (The doctor looks over him .) Oh, it’s nothing serious .‎ A: What shall I do ?‎ C: I’ll give you some medicine . Take this medicine three times a day and 75 more water . He’ll be well soon .‎ A. like B. miss C. lost D. nearest E. taken F. drink Ⅴ. 解释句子 ‎76. He stayed up late to watch the football match last night .‎ ‎ ‎ ‎77. He didn’t go to the cinema because of the heavy rain .‎ ‎ ‎ ‎78. You are wanted on the phone.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎79. She left her office after she finished her work .‎ ‎ ‎ ‎80. How are you going to deal with the bag of money ?‎ ‎ ‎ ‎81. The box is so heavy that I can’t carry it .‎ ‎_________________________________________________‎ ‎82. You are very kind to help me with my English．‎ ‎_________________________________________________‎ ‎83．She found that he was a very good pupil．‎ ‎__________________________________________ ‎ ‎84．There is nobody but Tom in the room．‎ ‎_________________________________________________‎ ‎85．The city is located in the south of China．‎ ‎_________________________________________________‎ Ⅵ. 书面表达 假设你叫谭雪. 3月5日，你在学校的英语演讲比赛中荣获第一名.现在，请你写一篇90词左右的发言稿，围绕这次的英语演讲比赛，向你的同学介绍你是如何取得成功的，谈谈影响成功的因素有哪些 。‎ Part A：完成对作文梗概的填词，每空一词.‎ The Outline of the Composition ‎86. I won the first ______ in the English speech competition .‎ ‎87. I like English very much . My pronunciation is good. I practice ______ English in and out of class .‎ ‎88. I was well prepared ______ the speech .‎ ‎89. I am ______ about myself . I was not nervous when I made the speech .‎ ‎90. Our teacher’s ______ and your encouragement made me even more confident .‎ Part B : 写作. 根据中文提示和作文梗概，写一篇90词左右的发言稿.‎ A woman got on a bus, holding a baby. ‎ The bus driver said, "That's the ugliest baby I've ever seen." ‎ In a huff(气愤), the woman slammed her fare into the fare box and took an aisle seat near the back of the bus. ‎ The man seated next to her sensed that she was agitated(激动) and asked her what was wrong. ‎ ‎"The bus driver insulted(侮辱) me," she fumed(发怒). ‎ The man sympathized and said, "Why, he's a public servant and shouldn't say things to insult passengers." ‎ ‎"You're right," she said. "I think I'll go back up there and give him a piece of my mind(对某人大发雷霆)." ‎ ‎"That's a good idea," the man said. "Here, let me hold your monkey."‎ Lesson 2 中考英语冲刺（二）‎ ‎【Warm up】‎ ‎【词类的综合复习一】‎ ‎1. —I have seen the film Flying Swords of Dragon Gate.‎ ‎ —When you it?‎ A．have; watched B．do; watch C．did; watch D．had; watched ‎2. ----Is your mother a good cook? (10布心中学)‎ ‎ ----Frankly speaking, her meals taste . I think she really has to her cooking.‎ A．nice; keep B．terribly; improve C．terrible; improve D．badly; stop ‎3. Is there ______ here? If not, don’t stay here alone.‎ ‎ A. anyone B. anybody C. everyone D. anyone else ‎4. How many women cleaners do you in your company? ---Five .‎ A. have employed; at all B. keep working; above all C. have working; in all D. get to employed; of all ‎5. ---Will you go to Mary’s party?---Let me see. If you don’t, I.‎ A. so do B. so will C. nor do D. neither will ‎6.How strange! One of Tom’s feet is bigger than .‎ A. another B. the other C. the others D. the another ‎7. ----There is no time to . You must make a decision right now. (10布心中学)‎ ‎ ----OK. Let's go to the wedding Jane's car.‎ A. wait; by B. hesitate; in C. hesitation; in D. discuss; by ‎8.What has he the money?---He has all of that.‎ ‎ A. done with; spent B. done to; taken ‎ ‎ C. done of; paid D. done with; cost ‎9.Those strawberries are too high. I can’t them.‎ A. climb B. reach C. lift D. raise ‎10.About of the workers in the clothes factory are women.‎ A. third-fifths B. third-fifth C. three-fifths D. three-fifth ‎11. the Great Green Wall, the rich farmland in the south has been saved.‎ A. Thanks for B. Thanks to C. Because D. Since ‎12.The visitors Japan arrived Beijing Station last Tuesday morning.‎ A. from; at B. of; to C. from; in D. of; in ‎13.I am not sure whether I’ll go to the concert. I go.‎ A. may B. maybe C. may be D. am ‎14.Our teacher always looks us as her own children but she is very strict us.‎ A. on; with B. at; in C. on; in D. for; with ‎15.Boys and girls will have a nearly holiday .‎ A. two months; in a day or two B. two months’; in one day or two C. two-months; in one and two day D. two-month; in a day or two ‎16.Jack go there in person.‎ A. needn’t B. needs not to C. need to D. doesn’t need ‎17. the students are all listening to the teacher!‎ A. How careful B. What careful C. How carefully D. What carefully ‎18. I was in a(n) house , but I don’t feel .‎ A. lonely; lonely; alone B. alone ;lonely; lonely ‎ C. alone; alone; lonely D. lonely; alone; alone ‎19.It’s true that she may fall behind in her class.‎ A. the students B. other students ‎ C. any other students D. the other students ‎20. It is said that it is an building.‎ A. eighteen-century B. eighteenth-century ‎ C. twentieth-century D. twenty-century ‎21.Roger is one of the most successful in the city.‎ A. newspaper’s reporter B. newspaper’s reporters C. newspaper reporter D. newspaper reporters ‎22.Some women in America think it is men’s business to earn money while to spend it.‎ A. they B. theirs C. their D. them ‎23.After finishing your paper, look it over to there are no mistakes.‎ A. make sure B. look up C. find out D. try out ‎24.The Anti-Japanese War in 1937.‎ A. broke out B. broke up C. broke off D. broke in ‎25.Edison was known everyone a famous inventor.‎ A. by; as B. to; as C. with; of D. by; of ‎26.We have got books in our library.‎ A. six thousand B. six thousands of C. six thousands D. six thousand of ‎ ‎27.He visited the tower twice his stay in Hangzhou.‎ A. during B. since C. while D. when ‎28. she was very tired, she went to bed very late.‎ A. If B. Because C. Though D. Now that ‎29.Use an umbrella to protect yourself the rain.‎ A. to B. of C. with D. from ‎30.The iron ball is too heavy for me .‎ A. to rise B. to rise it C. to raise D. to raise it ‎【Cloze】 ‎ Professor Green, known to the world as a scientist, is not only absent-minded but short-sighted as well. His mind is always busy 1 scientific problems and seldom notices what is going on 2 him.‎ ‎ One fine day recently, he went 3 a walk in the countryside, but as 4 he has a book in his hand. When he went out , he began to read his book . He hadn’t gone far 5 he ran into a big cow and fell down. In the fall, he had lost his glasses, without which he couldn’t see anything. He thought he had hit his head 6 a fat lady. “I’m sorry, Madam.” He said politely 7 searching for his glasses. As soon as he had 8 , he realized his mistake.‎ Soon he was fixing his mind on his book 9 and paid no attention to anything else. He had scarcely been walking for five minutes when he fell over again, _10 both his book and his glasses. This time he got very angry, seizing his umbrella, he gave the “cow” a wild blow. Then, after finding his glasses, he realized with horror that he made a second mistake. A large fat woman was fleeing from him in a horror.‎ ‎1. A. to think B. thinking C. thinking about D. to think of ‎2. A. with B. around C. for D. at ‎3 .A. for B. to C. towards D. over ‎4. A. also B. often C. ever D. usual ‎5. A. when B. while C. just then D. at that time ‎6. A. to B. against C. about D. onto ‎7. A. after B. in C. before D. during ‎8. A .put it on B. taken them off C. put them on D. taken them out ‎9. A. always B. again C. usually D. very much ‎10. A. holding B. getting C. finding D. losing ‎【Reading】 ‎ A ‎ The Internet can show you lots of jobs all over the world. If you want to find a job on the Internet, use “job search” or “employment（职业）” to find the websites（网站）you need. Type what you want and where you want to work. In a few seconds, a list of jobs will appear on the screen. You can also type in the name of a company to learn about jobs there. Many websites list full-time and summer jobs.‎ ‎ Job search websites can help you in other ways, too. They show you how to write a good resume（履历）and how to get ready for an interview（面试）. They also tell you what to say to an interviewer on the telephone. Some websites give you interview conversations to practice. One website even has a dictionary of interview words. A good employment website can be a big help in your job search.‎ ‎ Good luck with you job hunting.‎ ‎ 1.Some employment websites tell you how to have a job interview .‎ ‎ A．by the paper B．in an e-mail ‎ C．in a letter D．on the telephone ‎2．The underlined words “job hunting” means .‎ ‎ A．looking for a job B．giving a job ‎ C．doing a job D．changing a job ‎3．What’s the main idea of the passage?‎ ‎ A．The Internet lists a large number of companies.‎ ‎ B．You can find many websites on the Internet.‎ ‎ C．It’s about how you can use the Internet to find a job.‎ ‎ D．There are different ways for you to look for jobs.‎ B ‎ A man was sitting in the park watching the ducks on the pond. When a woman approached him. She had a white poodle(鬃毛狮子狗) on a leash (系狗的链子).‎ She sat down on a bench, took out a magazine and began to read .‎ After it had been sitting quietly for about ten minutes, the poodle turned and looked up at the man.‎ ‎“Excuse me,” the dog whispered. “But you look like a kind man. Please buy me from this awful woman.”‎ The man could hardly believe his ears. A dog was whispering to him. In English! ‎ ‎“She is so mean to me,” the dog continued. “She never pets me or plays with me when she’s in a bad mood, which is most of the time.”‎ The man was amazed to hear the dog say all this. He was even more surprised when the dog added, “And I’m really a very good dog. I’m quite famous, too. I won a medal in the last war and was twice wounded in action. I’ve rescued three children-two from drowning and one from a fire.”‎ The man decided that he would try to buy the dog from the woman. He would pay a lot of money if necessary. The dog would soon earn tens of thousands of dollars on television. It would be the world’s first talking dog.‎ ‎“Excuse me,” he said to the woman, “but I love your little dog. Will you sell him to me?”‎ ‎“I’ll be delighted to sell him,” the woman said. “You can have him for ten dollars.”‎ ‎“Ten dollars!” the man said. “Only ten dollars? Why so little?” “Because,” the woman said, “he’s a trouble-making liar.”‎ ‎1. The poodle______.‎ A. sat on either side of man and woman B. could read the magazine ‎ C. was leading the woman D. belonged to the woman ‎2. The dog ______.‎ A. insulted the man B. asked the man to buy it C. started talking as soon as it sat down D. couldn’t speak properly ‎3.The man was surprised______.‎ A. to hear it speak B. to see it feed C. to hear it bark D. to see if being beaten ‎4. The dog explained that it had ______.‎ A. stopped a fireman from saving three children B. never been in the war ‎ C. acted heroically in dangerous situations D. refused a medal in the last war ‎5. The woman was ______.‎ A. advertising her dog ‎ B. happy to sell her dog C. reluctant to sell her dog D. Hoping her dog would earn thousand of dollars on television C The year is 2094. It has been announced that a comet (彗星) is heading towards the Earth. Most of it will miss our planet, but two pieces will probably hit the southern half of the Earth. ‎ On 17 July, a piece four kilometers wide enters the Earth’s atmosphere with a massive explosion. About half of the piece is destroyed, but the remaining part hits the South Atlantic at 200 times the speed of sound. The sea boils and a huge hole is made in the sea bed. Huge waves are created and spread outwards from the hole. The wall of water, a kilometer high, rushes towards southern Africa at 800 kilometers an hour. Cities on the African coast are totally destroyed and millions of people are drowned. 高考资源网 Before the waves reach South America, the second piece of the comet lands in Argentina. Earthquakes and volcanoes are set off in the Andes Mountains. The shock waves move north into California and all around the Pacific Ocean. The cities of Los Angeles, San Francisco and Tokyo are completely destroyed by earthquakes. Millions of people in the southern half of the earth are already dead, but the north won’t escape for long. Because of the explosions, the sun is hidden by clouds of dust, temperatures around the world fall to almost zero. Crops are ruined. The sun won’t be seen again for many years. Wars break out as countries fight for food. A year later, no more than 10 million people remain alive. 高考资源网 Could it really happen? In fact, it has already happened more than once in the history of the Earth. The dinosaurs were on the Earth for over 160 million years. Then 65 million years ago they suddenly disappeared. Many scientists believe that the Earth was hit by a piece of object in space. The dinosaurs couldn’t live through the cold climate that followed and they died out. Will we meet the same end?‎ ‎1. What is mainly described in the passage? 高考资源网 ‎ A. A historic discovery. B. An event of imagination. ‎ ‎ C. An event will happen on the earth. D. A scientific adventure. ‎ ‎2. When the first piece hits the South Atlantic, it causes . ‎ ‎ A. an earthquake B. damages to cities ‎ ‎ C. an Earth explosion D. huge waves ‎ ‎3. Why can’t the northern half of the earth escape for long? 高考资源网 ‎ A. Because the land is covered with water ‎ ‎ B. Because the light and heat from the sun can not reach the earth. ‎ ‎ C.Because people there can not live at the temperature of zero. ‎ ‎ D. Because wars break out among countries . ‎ ‎4. By giving the example of dinosaurs, the author tries to prove . ‎ ‎ A. animals could not live in the cold climate ‎ ‎ B. what happened 65 million years ago was an invented story ‎ ‎ C. the human beings will die out in 2094‎ ‎ D. the Earth could be hit by other objects in space ‎ D There has been, in history, a man who was swallowed by a whale and lived to tell the tale. The man's name is James Bartley. ‎ The records to prove his unusual experience are in the British Admiralty. ‎ Bartley was making his first trip on the whaling ship Star of the East. Suddenly the lookout found a huge whale . The whalers knew it was a huge whale by the size of the spray it blew into the air. They lowered their small boats. James Bartley was in the first longboat . The men rowed until they were close to the whale. A harpoon(鱼叉) was thrown and it found its mark. It sank into the whale' s flesh. The maddened beast jumped out of the water and broke the boat into pieces. When the survivors were picked up, James Bartley was missing. ‎ Shortly before sunset, the whale was finally caught. The sailors tied the whale' s carcass to the side of the ship. ‎ Because of the hot weather it was important that they cut up the whale right away. Otherwise, the meat would begin to rot and the oil would begin to spoil. When they got to the stomach, they felt something moving about wildly. They thought it would be a big fish still alive inside. But when they opened the stomach they found James Bartley. After this trip, Bartley settled in Gloucester, England, and never returned to sea.‎ ‎1．This passage is mainly about A．how to hunt whales for their oil and meat. ‎ B．the hard and dangerous lives that whalers had to live. ‎ C．the duties of each man on a whaling ship. ‎ D．a man who was swallowed by a whale and lived.‎ ‎2．The sailors knew that something was in the whale' s stomach because A．they could feel it moving about wildly. ‎ B．the whale seemed very heavy . ‎ C．the whale was bulging(鼓起来) at one spot. ‎ D．the captain heard Bartley crying for help. ‎ ‎3．James Bartley never went to sea again because A．he wanted different kinds of adventures. ‎ B．of fright and shock. ‎ C．he was hurt by the whale. ‎ D．he often got seasick. ‎ ‎4． The author, in telling James Bartley's story, gives us information by A．making us laugh B．talking about whaling in general. ‎ C．comparing whaling to other fishing. ‎ D．dramatically(戏剧性地) telling what happened.‎ ‎5． The word carcass refers to the A．whale' s tail . B．whale' s stomach.‎ C．dead body of the whale. D．whale' s side ‎（E）‎ ‎ Proverbs (谚语) are quite common in spoken English. We don’t normally put them in a composition or a letter. Sometimes it is helpful if you know what common proverbs mean. Here are a few examples.‎ ‎1) “Once bitten, twice shy.” If a dog bites me, I shall be twice as careful in future when I see it. This proverb is also used to apply to many things and not only to dogs. If you have been cheated at a shop, you will not go to the same shop again.‎ ‎2) “A bird in the hand is worth two in the bush.” If I am a hunter, trying to catch birds, it is better to catch one than to see two birds in a bush but not able to catch them. Thus this means that what you have already got is better than the chance of being able to get something bigger in future.‎ ‎3) “Too many cooks spoil the broth (soup)”. When too many people do something, they get in each other’s way and do a bad job.‎ ‎4) “To pour oil on troubled waters” is to try to calm things down. Oil is lighter than water. If a ship is in trouble at sea, another ship may come to help it. The second ship can send small boats to rescue people. However, it may first pour oil on the sea to make the sea less rough.‎ ‎5) “Don’t be a dog in a manger( 槽 )”means“ Don’t be selfish.” In a stable ( 马房 ), the manger is the place where the horse’s food is put. Sometimes a dog will sleep in the manger and bark when a horse comes to get its food. The dog doesn’t want to eat the lay in the manger but it will not let the horse eat it.‎ ‎6) “He is sitting on the fence” means that somebody will not say whether he is in favor of a plan or against it. He is sitting on a fence between two opposing sides, perhaps waiting to see which side will win.‎ 7) ‎“He who pays the piper calls the tune.” A piper is a musician. The man who employs or pays a musician can say what tunes the man will play. Thus this means that if a man provides the money for a plan, he can say how it will be carried out.‎ 7) ‎“You can’t get blood out of a stone” means that you cannot get something from a person who has not got any of the things you want. e. g. you cannot get a million dollars from a poor man. ‎ ‎1. Peter has a bicycle which is much too small for him but he does not want to let his younger brother ride on it. His mother is angry and says to him: ______.‎ ‎ A. You can’t get blood out of a stone B. Don’t be a dog in a manger ‎ ‎ C. The early bird gets the worm D. To pour oil on troubled waters ‎2. Mr. and Mrs. Smith had a quarrel. Their friend, Mr. Brown, want to talk to them. When he came back, he told his wife that he had been trying to help the Smiths by ______.‎ A. pouring oil on troubled waters B. getting blood out of a stone C. being a dog in a manger D. sitting on the fence ‎3. Mr. Wang paid for a new school. Some people didn’t like the design of the school but they didn’t argue with Mr. Wang because ______. ‎ A. he was sitting on the fence ‎ B. once bitten, twice shy C. he who pays the piper calls the tune ‎ D. a bird in the hand is worth two in the bush ‎4. Mrs. Lin wanted to buy a new dress. Her husband suggested that she buy it from a shop near their home. Mrs. Lin disagreed because she had been cheated by that shop. So she said :“I won’t go there again because ______.”　‎ A. a bird in the hand is worth two in the bush B. I am sitting on the fence C. once bitten, twice shy D. too many cooks spoil the broth ‎5. Mr. Brown had quite a good job in Hong Kong but he thought that if he went to Singapore, he might get a much better job with more money and a larger house. His wife didn’t want him to leave his job in Hong Kong and she reminded him that ______.‎ ‎ A. a bird in the hand is worth two in the bush ‎ B. too many cooks spoil the broth ‎ C. you can not get blood out of a stone ‎ D. he who pays the piper calls the broth ‎【Homework】‎ ‎1. Trees take in harmful gas from the air, and oxygen into the air.‎ A. let out B. set of C. give up D. turn into ‎2. my watch, it is already past ten o’clock.‎ A. By B. On C. In D. With ‎3.That ball hit the boy .‎ A. on the nose B. on his nose C. in his nose D. in the nose ‎4. ______ do you think will invite you to the birthday party?‎ ‎ A. Where B. Who C. Whom D. When 5. I don’t like of the songs. None of them sounds wonderful.‎ ‎ A. any B. either C. every D. all ‎6.Where is Pat? –He has gone away the weekend.‎ A. at B. in C. for D. during ‎7. the story be true? I can hardly believe it.‎ A. May B. Can C. Would D. Should ‎8.Tie the tree to the top of the stick to keep .‎ A. them straight B. them straightly C. it straightly D. it straight ‎9. —Have you decided which to take——the round table or the square one?‎ ‎ —I think of the two tables the round one is ______.‎ ‎ A. a nice one B. the nicer C. nicer D. the nicest ‎10. Please stop to listen to Mary .‎ A. sing B. to sing C. sings D. sang ‎11. It takes time to go to Beijing by plane than by train.‎ A. more B. longer C. fewer D. less ‎12. A tall man ______ along the road at midnight.‎ ‎ A. was seen run B. saw running ‎ C. had been seen running D. was seen running ‎ ‎13. There are many flowers in her garden.‎ A. little yellow beautiful B. beautiful little yellow C. little beautiful yellow D. yellow little beautiful ‎14. ____ arriving at Bond, the teachers began their work at once.‎ ‎ A. In B. On C. For D. At ‎15. _____ great number of the scientists have found that ______ number of the inventions is larger than ever before.‎ ‎ A. The; the B. A; a C. A; the D. The; a ‎16. The foreigner managed to make himself ________ with his _______ Chinese.‎ ‎ A. understood; broken B. understand; broken ‎ C. understand; breaking D. understood; breaking ‎17. ---Excuse me, are you a stranger here?‎ ‎ --- Of course not, I’ve here for two years.‎ ‎ A. come to B. gone to C. been in D. been ‎18. ---Do you mind if I sit here?‎ ‎ --- _______. It’s for Mr. Brown.‎ ‎ A. Not at all B. Never mind C. Better not D. Of course not ‎19. To my great frustration, the computer I had ____ went wrong again. A. to repair      B. it repaired  C. had repaired   D. repaired it ‎20. In our exam, the____ careful we are, the ______mistakes we’ll make.‎ A. more, more   B. more, less     C. less, less     D. more, fewer ‎2012年春季初三英语能力提升训练一 一、单项选择 ‎1. If you buy ________ MP4 player in our store, you can get a watch for ________ free. ‎ A. a; / B. an; the C. an; / D. the; the ‎2. He used to ______ games on the Internet, but now he is used to ______ a walk after supper. ‎ A. play; taking B. playing; take C. play; take D. playing; taking ‎3. ________ returning from abroad, he set about setting up a club for young children.‎ A. On B. At C. In D. With ‎4. We are living in an age ________ many things are done on computers.‎ ‎ A. that B. where C. when D. which ‎5. After the weather ________ fine for several days, it rained again.‎ A. seemed B. stayed C. looked D. became ‎6. ________ you’ve got a chance, you might as well make use of it.‎ A. After B. While C. As soon as D. Now that ‎7. If you ask me, I don’t think Mary is fit for the job, ________?‎ A. do I B. don’t I C. is she D. isn’t she ‎8. —So you didn’t say “hello” to him last night?‎ ‎—Well, I stopped and smiled when I saw him, but he _____me and walked on.‎ A. ignored B. refused C. recognized D. missed ‎9. A party was held _____ the heroes who had helped saved thousands and thousands of lives in the big earthquake in Sichuan.‎ ‎ A. in time of B. in honor of C. in danger of D. in place of ‎10. When the expression first came into being, people refused to use it but _____ they began to accept it. ‎ ‎ A. usually B. gradually C. frequently D. unwillingly ‎11. --- What do you think of Tim?‎ ‎ --- He appears a kind person. I don’t like him, ________.‎ A. even so B. even though C. though D. yet ‎12. He devoted every spare moment to __________English,________ his wife was devoted to music.‎ A. study; when B. study; though C. studying; if D. studying; while ‎13. He was made ______ the woman ______ breaking the window. A. to apologize to; for              B. to be apologizing for; to C. to apologize for; to               D. apologized to; for ‎14. The book we were interested in ______two days ago.‎ ‎ A. was published B. publishing C. published D. has published ‎15. ---The beautiful flowers _____because of lack of water. ‎ ‎ ---Yes, we have to do something to save them .‎ ‎ A. have died B. had died C. are dead D. are dying 二、完型填空 There are many kinds of friends. Some are always 1 you, but don’t understand you. Some say only a few words to you, but understand you. Many people will step in your life, but only 2 friends leave footprints (脚印).‎ I shall always recall (回忆) the autumn and the girl with the 3 . She will always bring back the friendship between us. I know she will always be my best friend.‎ It was the golden season. I could see the yellow leaves 4 _ in the cool 5 . In such a season, I liked walking alone in the leaves, 6 to the sound of them.‎ Autumn is a 7 season and life is uninteresting. The free days always get me 8 . ‎ But one day, the sound of a violin 9 into my ears like a stream (小溪) flowing in the mountains. I was so surprised that I jumped to see what it was. A young girl, standing in the wind, was 10 in playing her violin. ‎ I had 11 _ seen her before. The music was so nice that I listened quietly. Lost in the music, I didn’t know that I had been 12 there for so long but my existence (存在) did not seem to disturb her.‎ Leaves were still floating. Every day she played the violin in the corner of the building 13 I went downstairs to watch her performance. I was the only listener. The autumn seemed no longer lonely and life became 14 . 15 we didn’t know each other, I thought we were already good friends. I believe she also loved me.‎ Autumn was nearly over. One day, when I was listening carefully, the sound suddenly ‎ 16 . To my great surprise, the girl came over to me.‎ ‎“You must like violin.” she said. ‎ ‎“Yes. And you play very well. Why did you stop?” I asked.‎ Suddenly, a 17 expression appeared on her face and I could feel something unusual.‎ ‎“I came here to see my grandmother, but now I must leave. I once played very badly. It was your listening every day that 18 me.” she said.‎ ‎“In fact, it was your playing 19 gave me a meaningful autumn,” I answered, “Let’s be friends.”‎ The girl smiled, and so did I.‎ I never heard her play again in my life. I no longer went downstairs to listen like before. Only thick leaves were left behind. But I will always remember the fine figure of the girl. She is like a 20 —so short, so bright, like a shooting star giving off so much light that it makes the autumn beautiful. ‎ ‎　1. A. with B. for C. against D. to ‎　2. A. good B. true C. new D. old ‎　3. A. sound B. song C. play D. violin ‎　4. A. shaking B. hanging C. falling D. floating ‎　5. A. wind B. snow C. water D. rain ‎　6. A. watching B. listening C. seeing D. hearing ‎　7. A. lively B. lovely C. harvest D. lonely ‎　8. A. up B. off C. down D. over ‎　9. A. flowed B. grew C. entered D. ran ‎　10. A. lost B. active C. busy D. interested ‎　11. A. once B. never C. often D. usually ‎　12. A. waiting B. stopping C. standing D. hearing ‎　13. A. because B. so C. when D. but ‎　14. A. interesting B. moving C. funny D. boring ‎　15. A. But B. However C. Even D. Though ‎　16. A. stopped B. began C. gone D. changed ‎　17. A. happy B. sad C. strange D. surprised ‎　18. A. surprised B. excited C. encouraged D. interested ‎　19. A. that B. which C. it D. who ‎　20. A. song B. dream C. fire D. sister 三、阅读理解 A One day a few years ago a very funny thing happened to a neighbour of mine. He is a ‎ teacher at one of London’s big medical schools, He had finished his teaching for the summer term and was at the airport on his way to Russia to give a lecture.‎ ‎ He had put a few clothes and his lecture notes in his shoulder bag, but he had put Rupert, the skeleton (人体骨骼) to be used in his lecture, in a large brown suitcase (箱子). At the airport desk, he suddenly thought that he had forgotten to buy a newspaper. He left his suitcase near the desk and went over to the shop.‎ ‎ When he got back he discovered that someone had taken his suitcase by mistake. He often wonders what they said when they got home and found Rupert.‎ ‎1. Who wrote the story?‎ ‎ A. Rupert’s teacher. B. The neighbour’s teacher.‎ ‎ C. A medical school teacher. D. The teacher’s neighbour.‎ ‎2. Why did the teacher put a skeleton in his suitcase?‎ ‎ A. He needed it for the summer term in London.‎ ‎ B. He needed it for the lecture he was going to give.‎ ‎ C. He wanted to take it to Russia for medical research.‎ ‎ D. He wanted to take it home as he had finished his teaching.‎ ‎3. What happened at the airport?‎ ‎ A. The teacher took another person’s suitcase by mistake. ‎ B. The skeleton was stolen .‎ ‎ C. The teacher forgot his suitcase. ‎ D. Somebody else took the wrong suitcase .‎ ‎4. Which of the following might have happened afterwards?‎ ‎ A. The teacher got back the suitcase but not Rupert.‎ ‎ B. The teacher got back neither the suitcase nor Rupert.‎ ‎ C. The teacher got back Rupert but not the suitcase.‎ ‎ D. The teacher got back both the suitcase and Rupert.‎ B You have often looked into a mirror, of course. But you haven’t seen the real picture of your face yet. And why couldn’t you see it? When you look into a mirror, you don’t see your face as other people see it. You see a reversed picture. If you close your left eye, your picture closes its right eye. If you touch your right ear with your right hand, your picture touches its left ear with its left hand.‎ ‎ If you have two small mirrors, you can see your faces as your friends see it. You hold the two mirrors at right angles(角度) to each other and look into them. After some practice you will be able to see the real picture of your face.‎ ‎ Now close your left eye and your picture closes its left eye too. Touch your right ear with your right hand and your picture touches its right ear with its right hand! This happens because each mirror reflected(反射) the picture in the other mirror. So you see a reversed picture of a reversed picture, which, of course, is the same as the real picture.‎ ‎1. When you look into a mirror, you couldn’t see ______.‎ ‎ A. the picture of yourself B. your face as others see it ‎ C. the picture of your face D. the picture of your eyes ‎2. What does the word reversed mean in this passage?‎ ‎ A. 暂存的 B. 相反的 C. 模拟的 D. 虚拟的 ‎3. According to the first paragraph of the passage, if you close your left eye, your picture in the mirror ______. ‎ ‎ A. closes its right eye B. closes its left eye ‎ C. touches its right ear D. touches its left ear ‎4. Which of the following pictures is right according to the second paragraph of the passage?‎ M1 M2 M1 M1 P M1 M2‎ ‎ P ‎ P P M2 M2 ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ A B C D M = mirror P = person ‎ ‎5. We can learn something about ______ from the passage.‎ ‎ A. body language B. Physical Education C. optical illusions(视错觉) D. television invention 四：根据首字母或所给中文提示写出单词的正确形式 ‎ ‎1. It took a long time for him to r________ from a bad cold.‎ ‎2. There is an old saying, “F________ is the mother of success.”‎ ‎3. I think they should give us an e________ for their being late.‎ ‎4. When my boss are out on business, he leaves me in c________ of his company.‎ ‎5. To my great surprise, a lot of p________ from Beijing University were present at the meeting yesterday. ‎ ‎6. After the car accident, doctors were called i________.‎ ‎7. When there is not enough rainfall, i__________ is needed, because the crops won’t grow without water.‎ ‎8. The teacher has a very good _______ (关系) with her students.‎ ‎9. He looked at the envelope and r________Jenny’s handwriting at once.‎ ‎10. There are many _______ (争论) against smoking. Some are for it while some are against it.‎ 标杆英语老师告诉你：‎ 当你充满自信的朝着理想的目标迈进,并且毫不畏惧地去克服遇到的困难时,成功,会在不经意间忽然降临!‎ Lesson 3 中考英语冲刺（三）‎ ‎1. What is as big as a horse but doesn't weigh anything? ‎ ‎2. A man rode into town on Tuesday. Two days later he rode home on Tuesday. How is this possible? ‎ ‎3. There were three restaurants on the same block. One day one of them put up a sign which said "The Best Restaurant in the City." ‎ The next day, the largest restaurant on the block put up a larger sign which said "The Best Restaurant in the World." ‎ On the third day, the smallest restaurant put up a small sign which said "The Best Restaurant on this Block." ‎ ‎【Warm up】‎ ‎【词类的综合复习二】‎ ‎1.Is there that I can do for you?‎ ‎ A. something else B. anything else C. anything wrong D. something more ‎2. I really don’t know if she ____ it when she ____.‎ ‎ A. will find, arrives in B. will find, arrives ‎ ‎ C. will find, will arrive D. finds, will arrive ‎3.The earth is the moon.‎ ‎ A. as 49 times big B. 49 time as big as C. 49 times as big as D. as big as 49 times ‎4. --- What a hot day! Have you had a drink?‎ ‎ --- Yes, but I’d like to have ___ after class. ‎ ‎ A. it B. one C. that D. another ‎5.Thoughts are expressed means of words.‎ ‎ A. with B. in C. on D. by ‎6.Our monitor is always ready to help others. He’s really living Lei Feng.‎ ‎ A. a B. an C. the D. /‎ ‎7. Cats and dogs have quite different natures: dogs like ___ , cats are independent. ‎ ‎ A. comfort B. loneliness C. company D. attention ‎8. He’s starting to wonder_______ in accepting this job.‎ A. whether he did the right thing ‎ B. that he did the right thing C. if did he do the right thing D. when did he do the right thing ‎9. I can't _____ what you said because you spoke too quickly.‎ A. set up B. set down ‎ C. set out D. set off ‎10. —Have you seen the Skit(小品) acted by Zhaobenshan ?‎ ‎—Yes, I’ve seen it . It’s funny!‎ ‎ A. already; already B. yet; yet C. yet; so D. yet; already ‎11.I wonder he will come to Bond he feels better tomorrow.‎ ‎ A. if; whether B. whether; whether C. whether; if D. weather; if ‎12.I found important to learn English well.‎ ‎ A. it B. that C. it is D. this ‎13.What are you going to do of this month?‎ ‎ A. at the end B. by the end C. in the end D. to the end ‎14. I don’t think she is a nice woman; I am _____ her empty talk.‎ A. grateful for B. concerned about C. crazy about D. tired of ‎ ‎15. ----The Government may take measures to limit the housing price again in China in 2012.‎ ‎ ----Sounds , but I think it is difficult. ‎ A. good B. well C. bad D. badly ‎16.Put it down, Richard. You mustn’t read letter.‎ ‎ A. anyone’s else’s B. anyone’s else C. anyone else’s D. anyone else ‎17.We live the Thames which flows into the north sea.‎ ‎ A. in B. at C. on D. to ‎18. ______ of us like him because he thinks _______ of others than of himself.‎ ‎ A. None; more B. No one; much less C. All; much more D. Few; too much ‎19.I carried one of the .‎ ‎ A. box of books B. boxes of books C. boxes of book D. books’ boxes ‎20.The doctor me to eat less meat and take more exercise. But I find it difficult to do what the doctor told me.‎ ‎ A. suggested B. hoped C. advised D. advise ‎ ‎21. —Do you know of the two boys? —Of course. He’s Jane’s brother. ‎ ‎ A. the tallest B. taller C. tallest D. the taller ‎22.The woman the child quickly and took him to hospital.‎ ‎ A. put on B. dressed C. had on D. was wearing ‎23.This tape recorder is too loud. Will you please ?‎ ‎ A. turn down it B. turn it down C. to turn it down D. to turn down it ‎24. —He seems ill. Shall we take him to the hospital right now?‎ ‎—I don’t think it matters. Maybe he’s caught a bit of a cold. ‎ ‎ A. terrible B. terribly C. even D. to be terrible ‎25. —I think he lives No. 203 West St.‎ ‎ —Are you sure that? You’d better make sure.‎ ‎ A. at; / B. in; of C. in; about D. at; of ‎26. —Will you please show me how to operate the copying machine?‎ ‎ —Sure. It’s a piece of cake. Now let me tell you to do first.‎ ‎ A. what B. how C. whether D. which ‎27. My trousers are . I’ll buy a new pair.‎ ‎ A. wore out B. worn out C. wearing out D. sold out ‎28. —He has got much work to do that he hardly has time to have a rest.‎ ‎ —That’s true. Even on Sundays he is busy with his work.‎ ‎ A. too B. so C. very D. such ‎29. —Have you finished your work yet?‎ ‎ —No, not yet. I think it’ll take ten minutes.‎ ‎ A. another B. other C. others D. more ‎30. —Will you be back five in the afternoon?‎ ‎ —I’m not sure, maybe later than that.‎ ‎ A. in B. before C. for D. until ‎31. Spring is coming. The flowers start to in spring. I like spring because it means a new beginning.‎ ‎ A. come out B. come up C. come in D. come from ‎32. —Will you please let me have a look at the photos taken in the United States during the 2011 winter holiday?‎ ‎ —Sure. I’ll them here tomorrow.‎ ‎ A. take B. carry C. get D. bring ‎33.Hans has entered for the race.‎ ‎ A. four-hundred-meter B. four hundred meters ‎ C. four-hundred meters D. four hundreds meters ‎34. —Have you heard of the news? Ding junhui scored another 147 yesterday.‎ ‎—Yeah, it made me feel very .‎ ‎ A. excited; exciting B. exciting ; exciting C. exciting; excited D. excited; excited ‎35. As we know, many Chinese words have come into English, typhoon, tofu and gelivable.‎ A. such as B. that is C. for example D. so as to ‎【Cloze】‎ Last Friday, after doing all the family shopping in the town. I wanted to have a rest before catching the train. I __1__ a newspaper and some chocolate and __2__ into the station coffee shop. It was a cheap self-service place with long tables to __3__ at. I put my heavy bag down on the floor, __4__ the newspaper and the chocolate on the table and then went to get a cup of coffee.‎ When I came back with the coffee, There was someone __5__ in the next seat. __6__ was a boy, with dark glasses and old clothes, and __7__ bright red at the front of his hair. He had started to eat my chocolate!‎ Naturally, I was rather uneasy about him, but I didn’t want to have any __8__. I just read ‎ the newspaper, tasted my coffee and took a bit of chocolate. The boy looked at me in __9__.Then he took a __10__ piece of my chocolate. I could hardly believe it. Still I didn’t say anything to him. When he took a third piece, I felt more angry than uneasy. I thought, “Well, I shall have the last piece.” And I got it.‎ The boy gave me a strange look, then __11__ up. As he left, he shouted out, “There’s something __12__ with that woman!” Everyone looked at me, __13__ I didn’t want to quarrel with the boy, so I kept quiet. I did not realize that I had __14__ a mistake until I finished my coffee and was ready to __15__. My face turned red when I saw my unopened chocolate under the newspaper. The chocolate that I had been eating was the boy’s!‎ ‎1. A. stole B. bought C. sold D. wrote ‎ ‎2. A. went B. sat C. seated D. looked ‎3. A. sit B. seat C. lie D. laugh ‎4. A. pushed B. took C. put D. pulled ‎5. A. jumping B. playing C. sitting D. sleeping ‎ ‎6. A. He B. Which C. Who D. What ‎7. A. cut B. washed C. covered D. colored ‎8. A. coffee B. trouble C. chocolate D. matter ‎9. A. carelessness B. anger C. surprise D. happiness ‎10. A. first B. second C. very D. last ‎11. A. stood B. took C. cried D. looked ‎12. A. strange B. wrong C. OK D. funny ‎13. A. and B. but C. so D. while ‎14. A. spelt B. corrected C. made D. found ‎15. A. finish B. leave C. jump D. shop ‎【Reading】 ‎ A ‎ On May 21, 1999, some American scientists were working at the computers to look for information they needed. Suddenly they saw a lot of very bright red spots crossing the computers' screens. At the same time the computers were working much slower. To find out what was happening they stopped their work to check some parts of the computers. To their horror, they found out that most of their stored information was got rid of by computer viruses. Obviously all these computers had been infected by computer viruses.‎ ‎ It's said that the computer viruses were made by two or three Philippine young men fond of playing tricks. They all had excellent education. They created the viruses just to show their intelligence. The kind of computer viruses is named "I Love You" virus. This virus can hide in computers for long. When the time comes it will attack the computers by lowering the important functions, damaging their normal programs or even getting rid of a great deal of information which operators of the computers often use or store, what's worse, it still can reproduce itself in great quantities within a short time.‎ We come to know that "I Love You" virus often attacks computers on Mondays and that it is spreading to many computers in the world. Among the countries that suffered computer ‎ viruses last year are Britain, Australia, Switzerland and the U.S.. Those who made the computer viruses have been found out slowly and carefully. But till now, how to get rid of the terrible viruses remains a problem.‎ ‎1. When the viruses attack the computers, the computers will work_______. ‎ A. normally B. abnormally C. faster D. well ‎2. Two or three Philippine young men created the computer viruses to______. ‎ A. damage the computers ‎ B. test their ability ‎ C. tell the world that they were intelligent ‎ D. play a trick on operations of the computers ‎3. According to the passage, computer viruses seem to _____.‎ A. have been in nature for years ‎ B. exist in any computers C. be able to be got rid of in the near future ‎ D. be difficult to be got rid of at present ‎4. The most serious damage caused by the viruses is that_______.‎ A. the computer's functions are lowered ‎ B. the normal programs are damaged C. all the information stored in the computers is gone D. the computers infected by the viruses can no longer be used B ‎ English idioms are widely used, especially in the spoken language. Here are some examples for you. Do you know what they mean?‎ ‎ By the skin of your teeth ‎ If you just succeed in doing something and come very close to failing, people might say you do it “by the skin of your teeth”. For example, you pass a test by just a few points or win a match by a little bit.‎ Ask for the moon ‎ If someone tells you not to ask for the moon, they mean you can’t ask for something that you can’t get or have, or try for something impossible.‎ ‎ On cloud nine ‎ This expression is used to describe how you feel when something good happens to you, such as when you win first prize in a competition, when you get an A in an exam, or when you receive a nice present from your parents which you want to get so much.‎ ‎ Sick as a dog ‎ If you are feeling very ill, you may have used this expression. Dogs eat everything they find, which means they may easily get sick. So when people say that you are “sick as a dog”, don’t feel strange or even angry because they don’t mean to offend you.‎ ‎ Have your heart in your mouth ‎ This expression means that you are really scared or nervous about something. The ancient Greek poet Homer used the expression when he wrote the famous poem The Illiad, and people have been using it ever since.‎ ‎1. Which of the following is NOT an example of doing something “by the skin of your teeth”?‎ ‎ A. You won the first prize in the five-kilometre race, only one second faster than the one right after you.‎ ‎ B. You were made monitor of your class by 31 votes to 30.‎ ‎ C. You passed the English exam very easily since it was not difficult at all.‎ ‎ D. You caught the train just before it was about to leave.‎ ‎2. Tom didn’t come to school today because he had a bad headache. ‎ We can say that he ________.‎ ‎ A. asked for the moon B. was on cloud nine ‎ C. was sick as a dog D. had his heart in his mouth ‎3. When we say a person is “on cloud nine,” he or she will probably be very _______.‎ ‎ A. sad B. happy C. kind D. smart ‎4. What is the purpose of the passage?‎ ‎ A. To test how much readers know about the English langugae.‎ ‎ B. To encourage readers to learn English.‎ ‎ C. To tell readers the meanings of some English idioms.‎ ‎ D. To tell readers how the above English idioms started being used.‎ C For a long time, people who fish have had to rely on luck to catch fish. Even big fishing ships, fitted out with radar and modern equipment, have their share of bad days. Wouldn’t it be nice if fish could be trained to come at the call of a whistle the way some days are trained?‎ ‎ Well, the days of “fish whistle” may be just around the corner. Japanese companies are working on methods that will train fish to return to harvest areas at the sound of an underwater whistle.‎ ‎ The method works like this: First, fish eggs are hatched in a laboratory. Whenever feeding time arrives, a whistle sounds. The young fish learn to return to their feeding areas at the sound of the whistle.‎ ‎ Later, the fish are set free at sea, near special-made under water “barns”. There, the whistle-plus-feeding program continues. Being well fed and sheltered, the fish continue to live around the barn. So when fishing time arrives, all the harvesters need to do is to sound the whistle, drop their nets, and draw in a lot of fish.‎ ‎ Many countries have closed their offshore fishing waters to ships from other countries. With fish whistle and barns, Japan hope to become less dependent on importing fish from other countries.‎ ‎1. The words “around the corner” in the second paragraph means______.‎ ‎ A. a dead end B. impossible ‎ C. very near D. not a through road ‎2. Which of the following statements is true?‎ ‎ A. For many years people depend on luck to catch fish.‎ ‎ B. Fish can never be trained like a dog.‎ ‎ C. Radar can always help catch more fish.‎ ‎ D. Well-equipped fishing ships never have a bad day in catching fish.‎ ‎3. From the passage we learn that ______.‎ ‎ A. people are expecting the sea to offer more fish ‎ B. Japan hopes to supply more fish to other countries ‎ C. the harvesters can catch as many fish as possible now ‎ D. many countries have taken measures to protect their fishing waters from foreign ships ‎4. On the whole, the passage is about ______. ‎ ‎ A. a new fishing method B. an experiment with fish ‎ ‎ C. how to train fish D. how to feed fish ‎【Homework】‎ ‎1.Then a cigarette fell the coat and made a hole it.‎ ‎ A. in; on B. in; in C. on; on D. on; in ‎2.Some friends from Beijing will visit our school next month.‎ ‎ A. sometime B. some time C. sometimes D. some times ‎3.If you feel hot, you can the window to let wind in.‎ ‎ A. raise B. rise C. put on D. rose 4. ‎----The smell in the room is really terrible. ‎ ‎ ----You said it. Let’s keep all the windows . ‎ ‎ A. closed B. open C. opening D. to open ‎5. — the Internet in your school?‎ ‎— Yes, but the computers in our office often break down.‎ ‎ A. Is…used B. Is…using C. Does…use D. Has…used ‎6. There was no wind. The smoke rose _____ upward.‎ A. straightly B. straight C. frequent D. frequently ‎7. —Did Tom’s parents go to the parent meeting yesterday? ‎ ‎—Yes, of them did, but spoke.‎ ‎ A. each; none B. both; none C. neither; both D. both; neither ‎8. They lived a hard life and were often made _______ for over ten hours a day.‎ A. to work B. work C. working D. worked ‎9. — is the population of the town? ‎ ‎ —Over 22000. And a third of the population workers of the car factory.‎ ‎ A. What; are B. How many; are C. What; is D. How many; is ‎10. ----I tried to make Kate her mind, but I found it hard.‎ ‎----Well, I saw you that when I went past.‎ ‎ A. change; do B. changes; doing C. to change; do D. change; doing ‎11. The dog seems very quiet now, but he still ___ go by. A. dare not to       B.  does not dare C. dare not    D. dares not to ‎12. I was walking along the street when I met a friend of . ‎ ‎ A. my fathers’ B. my father’s C. my D. me ‎13. Sometimes ________ English is quite different from _______ English in many ways.‎ A. speaking, writing B. speaking, written C. spoken, written D. spoken, writing ‎14. —You’ve dropped “s” in the word “cross”.‎ ‎ —Oh, letter “s” should be doubled like this “cross”.‎ ‎ A. a; a B. an; the C. a; the D. the; the ‎15. —The pen writes well though it is very cheap.‎ ‎ —Let me have a try. So .‎ ‎ A. it is B. it does C. does it D. is it ‎16. Lee, of the speech, started to sleep.‎ ‎ A. tired; boring B. tiring; bored C. tiring; boring D. tired; bored ‎17. Though she is a teacher, she sometimes dresses a model.‎ ‎ A. as B. like C. look like D. is ‎18. did you visit besides the Summer Palace?‎ ‎ A. Where B. What else C. Which D. Where else ‎19. What a nice garden! How well it _________!‎ A. is looked    B. looks          C. has looked       D. is looked after ‎20. The factory has been ________ for two years.‎ A. opening         B. to open        C. open        D. opened ‎21. -----You never have noodles, ______ you? ‎ ‎---- . I only like rice.‎ A. do; Yes B. have; Yes C. do; No D. have; No ‎22. —Do you mind if I keep pets in this building? ‎ ‎— _______.‎ A. Great! I love pets B. Of course not, it’s not allowed here C. No, you can’t D. I’d rather you didn’t, actually ‎ ‎23. He up very late in the morning ,but now he up very early.‎ ‎ A. used to get ; is used to get B. used to getting ; is used to get ‎ C. is used to getting ; used to get D. used to get ; is used to getting ‎24.One of of children’s books is Alfred Strong.‎ ‎ A. best-known American writer ‎ ‎ B. the best-known American writers ‎ C. the American best-known writer ‎ ‎ D. the American best-known writers ‎25. We stood at the top of the mountain ____ east of the city, watching ____ burning sun rising.‎ A. /; a B. the; a C. the; the D. /; the 标杆英语老师告诉你：‎ 对待每份作业的态度：我深深地感受到,这份作业对我的一生非常重要,若我不认认真真地去做,简直就是在浪费我的时间与生命!我承诺我会用满腔的热忱,全心全意地完成我今天的作业!‎ ‎1. One day, the teacher inquired of Peter:“ How much is four minus four?” Peter was tongue-tied. The teacher got angry and said: “ What a fool! You see, if I put four coins in your pocket, but there is a hole in your pocket and all of them leak out, now what is left in your pocket? ” “The hole”，replied Peter.‎ ‎2. Q:What two words have thousands of letters in them? ‎ ‎ A: Post office.‎ ‎ Q: Why is the A like a flower? A: Because the B is after it. ‎ ‎ Q: "What letter of the alphabet has got lots of water?" A: "The C" ‎ ‎ Q: Which is faster, heat or cold? A: Heat, because you can catch a cold.‎ ‎ Q: What can't be used until it's broken? A: An egg.‎ ‎ Q: Why is number six afraid ? A: Because seven eight nine (seven ate nine)‎ Lesson 4 中考英语冲刺（四）‎ ‎【Warm up】‎ ‎【词类的综合复习三】‎ ‎1.Will it be long the entrance examination of senior middle school?‎ ‎ A. that B. after C. when D. before ‎2.I can a little Japanese. I know how to this word in Japanese.‎ ‎ A. say; speak B. speak; say C. tell; say D. talk; tell ‎3.When will they ?‎ ‎ A. arrive at B. get to C. arrive D. reach ‎4. The teacher said that .‎ A. practice made perfect B. practice would make perfect ‎ C. practice will make perfect D. practice makes perfect ‎ ‎5. Of the three students, one is from Shenzhen Middle School, ______two are from Shenzhen Experimental School.‎ ‎ A. other B. the other C. others D. the others ‎6. The Great Pyramid is made _______huge stones. Do you know _______each stone weighs?‎ ‎ A. of; how heavy B. from; how long C. with; how many D. of; how much ‎7. Please write to me _______you get there.‎ ‎ A. before B. while C. as soon as D. since ‎8. －Is this ______ book you were telling me about?‎ ‎－Yes, it is about ______ life of Queen Victoria.‎ A. a ; a B. the ; the C. the ; a D. a ; the ‎9. The policeman hit the thief _______the face.‎ ‎ A. in B. at C. on D. over ‎10. Mary, will you _____ our discussions?‎ ‎ A. join B. attend C. join in D. take part ‎11. Nathan Hale _______the next morning.‎ ‎ A. was hanged B. was hung C. is hung D. were hanged ‎12. If you don’t know this word, you can _______in a dictionary.‎ ‎ A. look it up B. look up it C. look it for D. look for it ‎13. What do you know about the French_______?‎ ‎ A. histories B. language C. cultural D. literature ‎14.When crossing _______Atlantic, _______Titanic struck an iceberg.‎ ‎ A. the; the B. the; / C. /; the D. /; /‎ ‎15. I think _______is the best place for a get-together.‎ ‎ A. Sally B. Sallys C. Sally’s D. the Sally’s ‎16. As the proverb goes, _______knowledge is a dangerous thing.‎ ‎ A. little B. the little C. a little of D. little of ‎17. Tom was elected _______captain of _______football team.‎ ‎ A. /; the B. the; the C. the; / D. /; /‎ ‎18. He sold the furniture _______5000 yuan.‎ ‎ A. at B. for C. with D. in ‎19. There _______some fish in the river, but there are _______now.‎ ‎ A. used to have; none B. used to being; none ‎ C. was used to be; nothing D. used to be; none ‎20. The book is very interesting; it is worth _______.‎ ‎ A. to read B. reading C. being read D. for reading ‎21. Teachers must be strict _______their students.‎ ‎ A. with B. in C. to D. at ‎22. The boss made the workers _______all day and all night.‎ ‎ A. to work B. working C. work D. were working ‎23. Out _____ , and away ______ . ‎ ‎ A. the men went ; was he B. went the men ; he was ‎ ‎ C. went the men; was he D. the man went ; he was ‎24. I’m shorter than _______.‎ ‎ A. her B. hers C. she D. his ‎25. _______ important advice father gave us the other day!‎ ‎ A．How B．What an C．What D．How an ‎26.He used to ______ games on the Internet, but now he is used to ______ a walk after supper. ‎ A. play; taking B. playing; take C. play; take D. playing; taking ‎27.If it stops ,we shopping by bike.‎ ‎ A. to rain; go B. raining; go C. to rain; will go D. raining; will go ‎28. the artist accomplished!‎ ‎ A. What a wonderful work B. How wonderful ‎ work ‎ C. What wonderful work D. What a wonderful piece of works ‎29.There is a watch on the ground. I wonder whose .‎ ‎ A. lay; it is B. lay; is it C. lying; it is D. lying; is it ‎30.About 30 of the people in the small town miners.‎ ‎ A. percents; are B. percent; are C. percents; is D. percent; is ‎31 . He takes great pride ______ his children’s success.‎ ‎ A. of B. with C. in D. within ‎32 . Don’t fill the dustbin______ rubbish any longer. It’s full.‎ ‎ A. with B. by C. without D. in ‎33 . She wears ______ nice skirt that she looks more beautiful than before.‎ ‎ A. such B. such a C. so D. so a ‎34 . Mary is swimming______ the river.‎ ‎ A. to cross B. across C. crossed D. crossing ‎35 . Before ten o'clock this morning, she all his job. (10布心中学) ‎ ‎ A. had finished B. finishes C. has finished D. finish ‎【Cloze】‎ Perhaps most of us are familiar with the saying “Laugh and the world __1__ with you, weep and you weep alone.” __2__ do you know that according to recent research, people are losing the art of laughter and it could have a __3__ effect on our health?‎ ‎ In 1930, we laughed on __4__ for 19 minutes each day, but by 1980 it had decreased to six minutes. Children, __5__ can see the funny side of things more often and may laugh up to 400 times a day.‎ ‎ By exhaling air from the lungs in short __6__ of laughter, breathing is quickened and heartbeats __7__ which achieves as much good as ten minutes on an exercise bike. Laughter, too, has a beneficial effect on our immune system, __8__ the production of white blood cells and increasing our resistance to infection. _9__ makes a difference to our appearance, too, when we relax our facial muscles.‎ ‎ Laughter __10__ is the best medicine, so why not give yourself a treat? Have a good laugh today—and feel better for it.‎ ‎1. A. fights B. sings C. laughs D. cries ‎2. A. How B. But C. So D. When ‎3. A. good B. serious C. few D. heavy ‎4. A. words B. scale C. public D. average ‎5. A. as a result B. in addition C. by chance D. on the other hand ‎6. A. bursts B. breaks C. circles D. pieces ‎7. A. decrease B. increase C. deposit D. extinguish ‎8. A. stocking B. providing C. encouraging D. discouraging ‎9. A. It B. There C. What D. Where ‎10. A. hardly B. kindly C. rarely D. really ‎【Reading】 ‎ A American and British people use different greetings. In the USA the commonest greeting is “Hi”. In Britain it is “Hello!” or “How are you?” “Hi!” is creeping（不知不觉地进入）into British, too. When they are introduced to someone, the Americans say, “Glad to know you. ” The British say, “How do you do?” or “Pleased to meet you. ” When Americans say “Good-bye”, they nearly always add, “Have a good day. ” or “Have a good trip. ” etc. to friends and strangers alike. Britons are already beginning to use “Have a good day. ”‎ The British usually use “got” in the sense of “have”. The Americans hardly ever do. AmE: Do you have a car, room, etc. ? Yes, I do. BrE: Have you got a car, room, etc. ? Yes, I have. ‎ There are a number of differences between American and British English in the spelling of words, e. g. check（US）/cheque（UK）. Many American words ending in “or”, e. g. honor, labor are spelt in British English with an “our,” e. g. honour, labour. Many verbs in American English with “ize” or “izing” forms, e. g. organize, realizing are spelt in BrE with “ise” or “ising”, e. g. organise, realising. In American English, “practice” is used both for the verb and noun. In BrE, the verb is spelt “practise”, and the noun “practice. ” In American English, one writes “traveler,” while in British English, one writes “traveller”. ‎ It was once predicted that British and American English would become separate (各自的)languages finally. But the opposite has happened. The links between the two countries are so strong that linguistically（语言上）,and probably culturally too, they are closer together than ever before. ‎ ‎1. The Americans hardly say “_____”‎ A. Good-bye. Have a good day! B. Glad to know you!‎ C. Hi! D. Have you got a car?‎ ‎2. What does the 3rd paragraph talk about?‎ A. There are lots of differences in spelling between AmE and BrE. ‎ B. Why do the Americans and the British use different spellings.‎ C. There are few differences in spelling between AmE and BrE. ‎ D. The different usages of words in AmE and BrE. ‎ ‎3. Which of the following is TRUE?‎ A. The two languages will become separate languages. ‎ B. American English will be used more and more. ‎ C. The two languages will be closer and closer. ‎ D. British English will be used more and more. ‎ ‎4. The underlined word “predicted” means ______ in Chinese. ‎ A. 解释 B. 预言 C. 考虑 D. 证明 B ‎ Here are some tips(建议) on how to stay safe in earthquakes .‎ ‎1. Stay inside and duck and cover. Get under a desk or table, or stand in a corner or under a doorway. Cover your head and neck with your arms.‎ ‎2. Move against a wall if in a high building with no protective desk or table nearby. Cover your head and neck with your arms.‎ ‎3. Try to get into an open area away from trees, buildings, walls, and power lines (电杆) if outdoors. ‎ ‎4. Pull over (停靠)to the side of the road away from overpasses (天桥) and power lines if driving. Stay in your car until the shaking ends.‎ ‎5. Get away from shelves or other areas where objects may fall if in a crowded store or public area. Do not run for the door. Lower your body close to the ground and cover your head and neck with your hands and arms.‎ ‎6. Stay in your seat if in a cinema or a theater. Get below the level of the back of the seat and cover your head and neck with your arms.‎ ‎7. If you take cover (躲避) under a strong piece of furniture, hold on to it and be prepared to move with it.‎ ‎8. Try to stay away from kitchens, where there are often many objects that might fall or get burnt.‎ ‎1. The best title of the passage is _______.‎ ‎ A. How to protect yourself in an earthquake ‎ B. Covering your head and neck with your arms can protect you in an earthquake ‎ C. Advice for dangerous situations ‎ D. How to stay calm in an earthquake ‎2. The underlined word “ duck” in Tip 1 means _______.‎ ‎ A. a water bird with short legs ‎ B. some kind of meat for eating ‎ C. walk like a duck ‎ D. lower your head or body very quickly ‎3. Which is the correct way to act in an earthquake?‎ ‎ A. Run downstairs and cover your head and neck with your arms.‎ ‎ B. Drive your car quickly through the overpass and get out of it.‎ ‎ C. When you stay under a strong piece of furniture, you should hold on to it and be prepared to move with it.‎ ‎ D. Climb over the back of the seat and cover your head and neck with your arms.‎ ‎4. _____ should be the most important part(s) to be protected in an ‎ earthquake,‎ ‎ A. Your head and arms B. Your arms ‎ C. Your neck and arms D. Your head and neck ‎5. Tip 3 and Tip 4 give you some advice on what you should do when you are ______.‎ ‎ A. inside a building B. outside a building ‎ C. in your house D. in a store C When my daughter was in the fifth grade, she came home from school almost every night with three or more hours of homework. It was my duty to help her get it done. One night she worked until midnight doing homework.      I felt annoyed, but I didn’t want the teacher to think I was lazy, so I never complained. I wasn’t sure, but it seemed to me that five hours of homework was a bit too much for a fifth grade student.      Later, I found out that parents and educators have discussed about homework for more than a century. Parents who like more homework want to give their children every advantage to succeed in today’s world. Some educators see homework as a way to help students perform better in tests.      Other parents dislike the recent trend (趋势) toward more homework. They don’t want to stay up until midnight helping their children. They would prefer to spend their time going to the park or reading some really good books with their children. Added to the opposition are those who say that homework increases the gap (差距) between the rich and the poor, since middle class families do better when it comes to helping their children with their homework.      So, who is right? Is homework an enemy or a help? According to experts the truth lies somewhere in the middle.‎ ‎1. The author thought that her daughter’s homework ____.     A. was too difficult ‎ B. was too much to finish ‎ C. was done more carefully than her classmates’     D. could be done as long as she studied harder ‎2. The author never complained to the teacher because ________.‎ ‎ A. she was too angry to talk with the teacher ‎ ‎ B. she did not like complaining at all ‎ C. she was afraid of being thought lazy by the teacher     D. her daughter would be annoyed if she complained ‎3. Some parents support the idea of giving more homework to children because _________.‎ ‎ A. they want to develop a good relationship with their children’s teachers ‎ ‎ B. they think it a good way to keep their children from spending all their time on the Internet ‎ ‎ C. they want to teach their children by themselves at home ‎ D. they believe more homework will help children succeed in today’s society ‎4. People who are against more homework believe that ________.‎ ‎ A. it hurts the poor more than the rich ‎ B. parents are too busy to help children with their studies ‎ C. it increases the gap between parents and children ‎ ‎    D. too much homework is bad for children’s health ‎【Homework】‎ ‎1. The Smiths ______ traveling ______Britain ______a holiday.‎ ‎ A. are; to; for B. is; back; for C. are; for; to D. is; to; for ‎2.They are as______ as usual.‎ ‎ A. happily B. busily C. friendly D. carefully ‎3. How delicious the food is! Would you like______ more?‎ ‎ A. much B. some C. any D. many ‎4. Jim is going to have a______ holiday.‎ ‎ A. two months B. two-months C. two month D. two-month ‎5. The doctors and the nurses______ a rest until the operation was over.‎ ‎ A. didn’t stop having B. didn’t stop to have ‎ ‎ C. stopped having D. stopped to have ‎6.—Who is listening to the English programme in the room? —______.‎ ‎ A. None B. Nobody C. Hardly any D. Yes, it is ‎7 .Each man and each woman______ an equal right.‎ ‎ A. has B. have C. had D. having ‎8. After returning home, James told the old man what happened ____he was away. ‎ ‎ A. before B. while C. as long as D. until ‎9. I’m not writing to ask you something______ American social customs.‎ ‎ A. to B. of C. about D. in ‎10. He was carrying a cage______ a large bird in it.‎ ‎ A. with B. of C. about D. on ‎11. Can you ______ me a pocket dictionary?‎ ‎ A. bring B. taken C. brought D. take ‎12. I noticed him ______ the room a few minutes ago. ‎ ‎ A. entered B. entering C. to enter D. enter ‎13. Mike hopes his son______ a useful person in the future.‎ ‎ A. to be B. will be C. becomes D. is ‎14. The advice he gave us______ .‎ ‎ A. sounds nicely B. is sounded nice C. sounds nice D. is sounded nicely ‎15. Both of them are _____. I can’t understand_____ they said.‎ ‎ A. Germen; what B. Germans; what C. Germen; how D. Germans; that ‎16. My daughter is ill. We must ______ a doctor.‎ ‎ A. send away B. send for C. send to D. send back ‎17. —Jim was late for two classes this morning.‎ ‎ —He said that he forgot both of the_____.‎ ‎ A. rooms number B. room number C. room’s number D. room numbers ‎18. —Must we hand in our exercise books today? —No, you_____ .‎ ‎ A. mustn’t B. don’t C. needn’t D. shouldn’t ‎19. —____ I take this book out of the reading room? — No, you_____ .‎ ‎ A. Can, needn’t B. May, mustn’t C. May, needn’t D. Must, shouldn’t ‎20.During the Long March we _____ pull our legs out of the snow at every step.‎ ‎ A. must B. have to C. had to D. need ‎21. Xi’an is_____ in the world.‎ ‎ A .one of oldest cities B. one of the oldest city ‎ C. one of the oldest cities D. one of the older city ‎ ‎22. Bell’s father is than her mother three years.‎ ‎ A. older; by B. older; for C. elder; by D. elder; for ‎23 Fish and chips a favourite snack in Britain.‎ ‎ A. has B. are C. has always been D. have ‎24. Because the first pair of pants did not fit properly, he asked for_____ .‎ ‎ A. another pants B. other pants C. the other ones D. another pair ‎25.The old lady did nothing on Sundays except a walk in the park.‎ ‎ A. took B. to take C. take D. taking ‎2012年春季初三英语能力提升训练二 一、单项选择 ‎1. After studying chemistry for more than ten years I can only say I have __________ general knowledge of this subject.‎ ‎ A. / B. a C. the D. few ‎2. _____ your paper carefully, and some spelling mistakes can be found out.‎ ‎ A. Having checked B. If you check C. Check D. To check ‎3. More natural resources should be made use of _____ the _____ need of energy.‎ ‎ A. meeting; increasing B. to meet; increased ‎ C. meeting; increased D. to meet; increasing ‎4. --- How would you like your coffee?‎ ‎ --- __________.‎ A. It’s well done B. Very nice. Thank you.‎ C. One cup. That is enough D. The stronger, the better ‎5. He had _______ little education that he can’t teach _______ little children.‎ A. so; such B. such; such C. so; so D. such; so ‎6. Don’t be afraid to ask for help _____ it is needed.‎ A. unless B. since C. though D. when ‎7. — Mum ,I need a new mobile phone.‎ ‎ — But didn’t I buy you _____ three months ago?‎ ‎ A. it B. that C. one D. another ‎8. —I often have some milk for breakfast.‎ ‎ — . ‎ A. So I have B. So have I C. So I do D. So do I ‎9. The concert last month was ______ that all the audience wanted to attend it once again.‎ A. so success B. such success C. so a success D. such a success ‎10. The Lakers the best basketball players in the States, and one of is Kobe Bryant. ‎ ‎ A. is made up of; whom B. consist of; whom ‎ C. was consist of; them D. is made up of; them ‎11. You will never know how excited I was when the salary I had been looking forward to _______ to me in the end.‎ ‎ A. being given B. give C. gave D. was given ‎12. How long is it ____ we visited your mother?‎ A. since B. that C. before D. after ‎13. John is staying with us__________ the time being until he finds a place of his own.‎ ‎ A. during B. in C. on D. for ‎14. _____, in front of the class, I get a little nervous.‎ ‎ A. In time B. On time C. At one time D. At times ‎15. ---I weigh less than I ____.‎ ‎---Congratulations! ‎ A. got used to B. used to C. was used to D. used to be 二、完型填空 You may think that English dictionaries have been used for many many centuries. In fact, an English dictionary you 1 today wasn’t made until the Qing Dynasty(清朝). Three men did most of the important 2 work on dictionaries. They spent nearly all their lives trying to 3 words for their dictionaries. For them, it was a wonderful journey. The largest dictionary in the world is Oxford English Dictionary. The 4 for this dictionary came from an important ‎ meeting in Britain in 1875.Twenty-two years later, Oxford University asked James Murray to be the editor(编者) of its new dictionary.‎ Murray had never been to 5 . At the age of fourteen, he left his village school in Scotland and taught himself while working in a bank. 6 he became a great teacher. After Oxford gave him the job, Murray had a small house 7 in his garden to do the work. Every morning, Murray got out of bed at five o’clock and 8 in the small house several hours before the new dictionary in ten years. But after five years, he was 9 adding words for the letter “A”! He worked on the dictionary 10 he was very old. Forty-four years later, in 1928,other editors finished the dictionary. ‎ ‎1. A. use B. write C. copy D. miss ‎2. A. easy B. boring C .early D .dangerous ‎3. A. spell B. invent C. collect D. make ‎4.A.way B. idea C. use D. prize ‎5.A.school B. cinema C. village D. college ‎ ‎6.A .Later B. Long before C. So far D. Ever since ‎ ‎7.A.sold B. built C. broken D. drawn ‎ ‎8.A.read B. wrote C. worked D. thought ‎9.A.already B. still C. usually D. always ‎10.A.if B. because C. until D. since ‎ 三、阅读理解 A Two thieves came to a house to steal something. They dug a hole in the wall of the house. There lived many mice in the house. The woman in the moonlight saw a mouse crawl（爬行）into the house. “Look！In comes one，”she said to the man in the house. The thief was so frightened that he hurriedly crawled out of the house and said to the one waiting outside，“She found me when I was just in.” But the thief outside didn’t believe him，so he said，“Let us two try to crawl into the house together.” At that time two mice happened to crawl into the house，too. The woman saw the mice and shouted，“In come two，catch them！” The two thieves were terribly frightened. The man in the house said，“You saw them come in but where are they？ I will catch them tonight.” The two thieves started running away at once.‎ The two thieves wanted to make it clear whether they had been found or not the night before. The next day they acted as men selling sweet potatoes and came before the house. The man and the woman were ploughing in their fields. The rein（缰绳）broke and the woman came home for a rope. She saw two men selling sweet potatoes and wanted to buy some. She picked out two which looked like mice. At the time the man couldn’t wait for her any longer in the fields and he ran back from the fields to hurry her up. The woman showed the sweet potatoes to the man and said，“How they look like the two of last night.” The man said，“I asked you to fetch a rope，why don’t you hurry for it？”The two thieves ran away quickly without their sweet potatoes.‎ ‎1.The two thieves failed to steal anything from the house because______. ‎ A. they were found out ‎ B. they were frightened by what they had heard in the house ‎ C. they didn’t work together well with each other ‎ D. mice stopped them from doing so ‎2. From the last paragraph，we know that ______.‎ ‎ A. the two thieves were famous selling sweet potatoes ‎ B. the woman recognized the two thieves ‎ C. the woman pretended to know nothing about the two thieves and made fun of them ‎ D. the two thieves didn’t know that they were not found at all ‎3. “______”is the best title for this passage.‎ ‎ A. Two Clever Thieves B. Terrible Mice ‎ C. Hit the Mark by a Fluke D.A Clever Couple ‎4. Which of the following statements is WRONG？‎ ‎ A. The man let the woman go home for a rope，which would be used for catching the thieves.‎ ‎ B. Whenever they found mice，the people in the house would try to catch them.‎ ‎ C. The two thieves ran away at once，because they thought the woman had seen them.‎ ‎ D. The two thieves not only failed to steal things but also lost their sweet potatoes.‎ B A businessman had two sons. While he gave the younger son a lot of love and gifts, he neglected (忽视) the elder son. It was completely puzzling (令人费解) and no one knew why.‎ When the boys grew up, they were asked to manage the father’s business. The elder son was absorbed in the business. From morning till late in the evening, he was busy working. Within a few years, he ran the business very well and even expanded (扩大) it.‎ What about the younger son? He didn't have much to do except have a good time. But the father believed that his favorite son would be a success. If the elder son could be a successful businessman, surely the younger one, with a higher education, would do much better.‎ A few years later, the results of his decision became clear. Uninterested in business, the younger son continued spending his time enjoying himself. And he went out of business. But the elder son’s far smaller share (份) of business had expanded and he had proved himself to be a good decision maker.‎ Ashamed at the turn of events, the father met the elder son and was angry with the younger one. The elder son, who was listening to all this quietly, suddenly said he wanted to set up an independent business and live on his own. ‎ ‎“Why?” asked the father.‎ ‎“I blame (责备) one person for the way my brother has turned out, and it’s not him. You can’t blame children for the faults (过失) of their parents, can you?” asked the elder son.‎ ‎1. Before the younger son went into the father’s business, he______.‎ A. was interested in business B. had achieved great success C. often looked down upon his brother D. was well-educated at school ‎2. Why did the father treat the two sons differently?‎ A. the elder son didn’t work hard B. no one knew why he did it C. the younger son was hardworking D. he wanted to do an experiment ‎3. Which is NOT the reason for the younger son’s going out of business?‎ A. he himself didn’t work hard B. his father didn’t educate him properly C. he was not interested in business at all D. he was busy working every day ‎4. What does the text really want to teach us? ‎ A. Parents are responsible for children’s development.‎ B. Once something is done, you should do it well.‎ C. Interest is the most important for success.‎ D. One has responsibility for what he himself has done.‎ 三、单词拼写（共15小题，每小题1分；满分15分）‎ ‎1. According to the new law, if a doctor wants to prove that he has done nothing wrong, he has to provide __________ （令人信服的）evidence.‎ ‎2. According to the w________, the old man was knocked by a black car.‎ ‎3. Victor remained modest d his great success.‎ ‎4. Visitors to Hangzhou a___________ the beauty of West Lake.‎ ‎5. The committee a her suggestions.‎ ‎6. E______________(最后) he died for the doctor could do nothing to help the patient.‎ ‎7. I can’t one from the other because they are only slightly different.‎ ‎8. Children are c__________ about everything. They often ask some strange questions.‎ ‎9. We live on the (对面的) side of the street.‎ ‎10. Our teacher sets very high _____________ ( 标准 ) of work in his class.‎ 标杆英语老师告诉你：‎ 做你畏惧的事,畏惧就会消失!‎ Lesson 5 中考英语冲刺（五）‎ A man walks into a shop and sees a cute little dog. He asks the shopkeeper, "Does your dog bite?" The shopkeeper says, "No, my dog does not bite." The man tries to pet the dog and the dog bites him. "Ouch!" He says, "I thought you said your dog does not bite!" The shopkeeper replies, "That is not my dog!" ‎ ‎【Warm up】‎ ‎【词类的综合复习四】‎ ‎1.Miss Shute, their new teacher of English, is European.‎ ‎ A. a; an B. 不填；a C. an; the D. the; 不填 ‎2.—Oh, dear. The ticket is in the hotel.‎ ‎—Wait here. Let me it for you.‎ ‎ A. gone; take B. left; fetch C. lost; carry D. missing; bring ‎3．The teacher the students to work even harder.‎ ‎ A．hoped B. wished C．let D．made ‎ ‎4．What important news report it is!‎ ‎ A．a B. the C．an D．/‎ ‎5. —How do you find the film “The Flowers Of War”?‎ ‎ —The film “The Flowers Of War”? I it. It’s just so so.‎ ‎ A. have seen B. see C. was seeing D. had seen ‎6. The car here for ten minutes already.‎ ‎ A. has come B. has been C. has been to D. came ‎7. —How long have you Shenzhen?‎ ‎ —For three years.‎ ‎ A. come back B. been away from C. left D. returned back to ‎ ‎8. He told me that he here for five minutes.‎ ‎ A. came B. had arrived C. had come D. had been ‎9. I’ll go to see the basketball game between Lakers and Dallas Mavericks(达拉斯小牛队) if I _____ tomorrow. ‎ ‎ A. will be free B. am free C. won’t be free D. will free ‎10. Hurry up! The class _____ for five minutes. ‎ ‎ A. has begun B. had begun C. has been on D. began ‎11. --- Do you like the material? --- Yes, it ___ very soft. 　A. feels B. felt   C. is feeling D. is felt 12. David had had a headache for a week before he went to a doctor,_____ ?‎ ‎ A. hadn’t he B. didn’t he C. hasn’t he D. did he ‎13. Returning to my home, __________.‎ A. my watch was missed B. I found my watch losing ‎ C. my watch was missing D. I found my watch missing ‎ ‎14. Good medicine ______ to the mouth.‎ ‎ A. tastes bitter B. tastes bitterly C. is tasted bitter D. is tasted bitterly ‎15.He won’t tell anyone how much .‎ ‎ A. did his house cost B. cost his house ‎ C. his house it cost D. his house cost ‎16. Our teacher isn’t here; he _______the library.‎ ‎ A. went B. has gone to C. has been to D. go to ‎17. —Did you have wonderful lunch yesterday?‎ ‎ —Yes, and we will have vegetables for lunch today.‎ A．a, a B．a, / C．/, a D．/, /‎ ‎18. I ______ the time ______ so quickly. ‎ ‎   A. hadn’t realized; had passed   B. don’t realize; passed    C. haven’t realized; passed      D. didn’t realize; had passed ‎ ‎19. Unluckily, when I arrived there, Professor Smith _____, so we only had time for a few words.‎ ‎ A. was just leaving B. has just left C. had just left D. just left ‎20. We’ll never forget the days _____ we spent in the village. ‎ A. when B. that C. what D. on which ‎21. —How long you a fever? — Since last night.‎ ‎ A. have…got B. have…had C. have…caught D. did…have ‎22.He always shuts his eyes when his photo is .‎ ‎ A. being taken B. taking C. being taking D. took ‎23.You were surprised when you heard the news, ?‎ ‎ A. didn’t you B. weren’t you C. wasn’t it D. didn’t it ‎24. This is a family ______is not very big and one ______ everyone is friendly to others. ‎ A. which ;that B. that ;that C. which ;where D. / ;where ‎25. I haven’t read _________ of his books, but judging from the one I have read I think he is a very promising writer.‎ ‎ A. any B. none C. both D. either ‎26. By the end of last month we about forty funny English passages.‎ ‎ A. have read B. had read C. read D. was reading ‎27. – Would you mind if I closed the window?‎ ‎ -- ______. I feel not a little cold.‎ A．Certainly not B．Of course C. I’m sorry D．Yes, please ‎28. If city noises ____ from increasing，people ____ shout to be heard even at dinner． 　　A．are not kept, will have to B． are not kept, have 　　C．do not keep, will have to D． do not keep, have to ‎29. I _______ that the job has been filled.‎ A．regret having said B．regret saying C．regret to have said D．regret to say ‎ ‎30. Great changes ___ in the city, and a lot of factories ___. 　　A. have been taken place; have been set up B. have taken place; have been set up 　　C. have taken place; have set up   D. were taken place; were set up ‎【Cloze】‎ Mr. Green was ill and went to the hospital. A doctor __1__ and said, “Well, Mr. Green, you are going to __2__ some injections, and you’ll feel much better. A nurse will come __3__ give you the first one this evening, and then you’ll __4__ get another one tomorrow evening.” __5__ a young nurse came to Mr. Green’s bed and said to him, “I am going to give you your __6__ injection now, Mr. Green. Where do you want it?”‎ The old man was __7__. He looked at the nurse for a __8__, then he said, “__9__ has ever let me choose that before. Are you really going to let me choose now?”‎ ‎“Yes, Mr. Green,” the nurse answered. She was in a hurry. “Where do you want it?”‎ ‎“Well, then,” the old man answered __10__ “I want it in your left arm, please.”‎ ‎1. A. looked for him B. looked him over C. looked after him D. looked him up ‎ ‎2. A. get B. give C. make D. hold ‎ ‎3. A. so B. but C. or D. and ‎ ‎4. A. must B. can C. had better D. have to ‎ ‎5. A. In the morning B. In the afternoon C. In the end D. In the evening ‎ ‎6. A. first B. one C. two D. second ‎ ‎7. A. confident B. surprised C. full D. hungry ‎ ‎8. A. hour B. minutes C. year D. moment ‎ ‎9. A. Somebody B. Anybody C. Nobody D. People ‎10. A. with a smile B. in time C. in surprise D. with tears in his eyes ‎【Reading】‎ A ‎ It was winter, and Mrs Miller wanted to do a lot of shopping. She waited until it was Saturday, when her husband was free, and she took him to the shops with her to pay for everything and to carry for her what she had bought. They went to a lot of shops, and Mrs. Miller bought everything she could think of. She often stopped and said“Look,Peter! Isn’t that beautiful?”‎ ‎ Mr Miller then answered,“All right, my dear. How much is it?”and he took money out to buy it for her.‎ ‎ It was almost dark when they came out of the last shop, and Mr Miller was tired. He was thinking about a nice drink by the side of a warm fire at home. Suddenly his wife looked up at the sky and said.“Look at that beautiful moon, Peter!”‎ ‎ Without stopping. Mr Miller answered at once.“All right, dear. How much is it?”Then he took his wallet out of his pocket.‎ ‎1．Mrs Miller did shopping .‎ ‎ A．alone B．together with her husband ‎ C．every day D．in the morning ‎2．Mrs Miller took her husband to the shops because .‎ ‎ A．he liked beautiful things B．he liked to do shopping too ‎ C．she wanted him to pay money D．he was always free ‎3．Mrs Miller bought in the shops.‎ ‎ A．nothing B．a lot of things ‎ C．the most beautiful thing D．a drink ‎4．Mr Miller the shopping.‎ ‎ A．was very interested in B．was not interested in ‎ C．was thinking about D．liked ‎75．Mr. Miller .‎ ‎ A．wanted to buy the moon B．did not really know what his wife was saying C．did not like the idea of buying the moon D．agreed to do it B ‎“I sometimes get up at three or four in the morning and I surf the net.”‎ ‎ “I often check my e-mail forty times a day.”‎ ‎ “I often spend more than three hours during one time on the net.”‎ ‎“I spend more time in chat rooms（聊天室）than with my real-1ife friends.”‎ Do you know any people like these？They are part of a new addiction（瘾）called Internet addiction. Internet addicts spend at least thirty to forty hours online every week. The use of the Internet can be an addiction like drug（毒品）use. People lose control（控制）of the time they spend on the Internet For example，one college student was missing for several days. His friends were worried， and they called the police. The police found the student in the computer lab. He was surfing the net for several days straight.‎ Studies show that about 6 to 10% of Internet users become addicted. And people worry about the teens because the Internet is changing the playing field for some of them. They spend more time in cyberspace（网络空间） than in the real world of friends and family.‎ Is “surfing the net” a hobby or an addiction for you? You may have a problem if you have these symptoms（症状）：‎ ‎●You do not go to important family activities or you do not do school work because you like to spend hours on the Internet.‎ ‎●You can’t wait for your next online time.‎ ‎●You plan to spend a short time online, but then you spend several hours.‎ ‎●You go out with your friends less and less.‎ ‎    1. What does the beginning of the passage tell us?‎ ‎    A. How to become an Internet addict.          B. What an Internet addict usually does.‎ ‎    C. Where to find an Internet addict.          D. Why to write this passage.‎ ‎    2 How does the writer describe the addicts’ use of Internet?‎ ‎    A. It is something like keeping drugs.        B. It is a way of producing drugs.‎ ‎    C. It is like taking drugs.                   D. It is terrible to imagine.‎ ‎    3. Why do people worry about the teens?‎ ‎    A. The teens are wasting too much money.‎ ‎    B. They used to work on the Internet.‎ ‎    C. The playing field of the teens will disappear.‎ ‎    D. More and more of the teens wil1 become addicted to the Internet.‎ ‎    4. The example in the passage shows that _______.‎ ‎    A. Internet problems are more serious among college students ‎    B. Internet addicts usually stay in the computer lab without sleep ‎    C. Some of the Internet users have already been seriously addicted ‎    D. The police often help to find those Internet addicts.‎ ‎    5. What is the writer trying to tell us at the end of the passage?‎ ‎    A. Don’t be addicted to the Internet.‎ ‎    B. Go to family activities more often.‎ ‎    C. Do things as you have planned.‎ ‎    D. Stay with your parents as often as possible.‎ ‎ C My granddaughter, 10, was very happy the day before yesterday because her mother and the mother of one of her classmates took them to a park and a Pizza Hut （比萨饼屋）to celebrate Children’s Day. For a whole day, the two girls played heartily – no homework, no extra-curricular(课外) skills training. The happy life lasted only for one day. Yesterday, everything returned to normal: doing homework till late at night and going over lessons learned at last weekend’s English and “ Olympic mathematics” (数学奥赛)　courses.‎ Every time I went to my daughter’s house in the evening, I saw my granddaughter sitting by the small desk in her room doing math exercises or writing a compositions given by her teacher. On the white wall behind the desk are some words she wrote. One sentence reads: “ Why is the exercise endless?”‎ Poor girl!‎ Although teachers have stopped giving after-school homework to primary school children, parents have been forcing their kids to take part in different kinds of extra-curricular training courses-learning English, painting, music instrument (乐器), weiqi, “ Olympic mathematics” and so on, every Saturday and Sunday.‎ Are these extra-curricular courses really necessary in children’s education? The answer is certainly “ No”. Take the so-called “ Olympic mathematics” for example. These courses are very difficult for the children to understand. Often, they are difficult even for adults (成年人).‎ ‎1. The writer’s granddaughter celebrated her Children’s Day by _____.‎ ‎ A. playing all day B. doing nothing ‎ C. having a party D. going over lessons 2. Usually at weekends the girl will _______.‎ ‎ A. stay at home B. play with their classmates ‎ C. do whatever she likes D. go to different kinds of training courses ‎3. The writer thinks that her granddaughter ______.‎ ‎ A. lives a happy life B. goes to bed early at weekend ‎ C. has too much homework D. likes to do more exercises ‎4. Which is true according to the passage?‎ ‎ A. The “Olympic Mathematics” is too difficult for kids.‎ ‎ B. The grandfather thinks playing is more important than learning.‎ ‎ C. Teachers often give students useless homework.‎ ‎ D. The parents don’t want their kids to do lots of homework.‎ ‎5. From the last paragraph we know that the writer thinks _____.‎ ‎ A. only school courses are useful to kids ‎ B. some extra-curricular courses kids learn after school are not necessary ‎ C. some extra-curricular courses are even more difficult for adults ‎ D. kids shouldn’t learn difficult courses ‎【Homework】‎ 一、单项选择题 ‎1． much progress you have made, you should be modest．‎ ‎ A．No matter B．How C. However D．Whatever ‎ ‎2．—Sorry, Dad, I forgot to water the flowers．‎ ‎ — ．You can do it after lunch if you like．‎ ‎ A．Never mind B．That's right C．Don't mention it D．Me，too 3．The pen I ______ I ______is on my desk, right under my nose.‎ ‎   A. think; lost   B. thought; had lost   C. think; had lost   D. thought; have lost ‎4．---How do you find your missing pen? --- . A. Quite by accident       B. I found it in my bag ‎     C.  I had no idea where it was   D. It writes well ‎ ‎5．He managed to finish the work in time ________ his lack of experience.‎ ‎ A. despite B. although C. though D. in spite ‎6．— What was the result of the football match between Barcelona and Arsenal?    — Great! Barcelona was gelivable! They won by 3:1. A.  not in the least         B. not a little C. anything but          D. by no means ‎7．It was said that his father ______.‎ A. has died B. died C. has been dead D. had died ‎8．_____seven years since Mr. Jiang began to work in Bond.‎ A. He has been B. It is C. It was D. There are ‎9．It was clear Lucy was unhappy. ___, it comes as no surprise she has decided to resign.‎ ‎ A. Therefore B. Otherwise C. However D. Besides ‎10．It is the very place _____ the anti-Japanese soldiers fought over sixty years ago.‎ A. that B. where C. which D. there ‎11．They asked me to have a drink with them. I said that it was 10 years since I ______ a good drink.‎ A. had enjoyed B. was enjoying C. enjoyed D. had been enjoying ‎12．— That’s great dinner. _________‎ ‎—Thanks. But it really only took an hour.‎ A. I had never had it before! B. I enjoyed it very much.‎ C. You must have spent all day cooking. D. Who cooked it?‎ ‎13．— Has Jack finished his homework yet?    — I have no idea；he it this morning. A. was doing        B. had been doing      C. has done        D. did ‎14．The suspect _______ to the police that the hammer still _______ where he had _______ it.‎ ‎ A. lay; lay; lain B. lay; lied; laid C. lied; laid; lain D. lied; lay; laid ‎ ‎15．Tell the children ______ there not to make so much noise．‎ ‎ A．playing B．played C．play D．to play ‎16．York, __________ last year, is a nice old city.‎ A. which I visited B. that I visited C. where I visited D. which I visited in ‎17．— Did he notice you enter the room?    — I don’t think so. He to the radio with his eyes shut. ‎ ‎ A. listened      B. was listening       C. has listened     D. had listened ‎18．The headmaster’s office is equipped with __________ furniture.‎ A. old French brownish wooden B. old brownish wooden French C. old brownish French wooden D. French old brownish wooden ‎19．— Can you give me the right answer?    — Sorry, I .Would you repeat that question? A. hadn’t listened         B. haven’t listened         C. don’t listen         D. wasn’t listening ‎20．I must be off now. I__________ a manager from France at seven p.m.‎ ‎ A. am meeting B. have met C. meet D. met ‎21．By the end of last term, we 2000 English words.‎ ‎ A．have learned B．has learnt C．had learned D．learned ‎22．The Reads lunch when I got to their house.‎ ‎ A．were having B．was having C．are having D．is having ‎23．His family TV from 10 to 12 last night.‎ ‎ A．watched B．were watching C．had watched D．was watching ‎24．—Why didn’t you tell him about the meeting?‎ ‎—He rushed out of the room I could say a word.‎ A．when B．until C．before D．after ‎25．— Remember the first time we met, Jim?    — Of course I do. You in the library. A. were reading     B. had read         C. have read      D. read Lesson 6 中考英语冲刺（六）‎ ‎ ‎ ‎【Warm up】‎ Interesting Words Kathy keeps a record of new words and terms in English. She usually writes them in a small notebook. Then she often asks her teacher about them. “Mrs. Jones, these terms are new to me. He’s blue today. What’s the matter? You’re yellow? A little white lie. She has a green thumb. Blue and yellow people with green thumbs? White lie? Could you explain what they mean, please?” Mrs. Jones replied, “Sure. In everyday English, Kathy, blue means sad. Yellow means afraid. A person with a green thumb grows plants very well. And a white lie is not a very bad thing.”‎ ‎“I don’t understand. Please give me an example.”‎ ‎“For example, I offer you some cake, but you don’t like it. You don’t say that. Instead, you say, ‘No, thanks. I’m not hungry.’ That’s a white lie.”‎ ‎“Oh, I see. Thanks for the explanation.”‎ ‎【词类的综合复习五】‎ ‎1. The cakes are delicious. He’d like to have _____third one because _____second one is rather too small. ‎ ‎　A. a; a 　B. the; the 　C. the; a　D. a; the ‎ ‎2. All but one take part in the conference tomorrow. A. are going to； which is to be held ‎ B. are going to； that is about to hold C. are going to； that is to be taken place         ‎ D. is going to； that is going to take place ‎ ‎3. — Betty this morning?    — Not yet, but she is sure to be here before noon. A. Have you seen    B. Will you see      C. Do you see       D. Did you see ‎4.The physics lesson in the lab tomorrow. Please tell the students for class.‎ ‎ A. will teach; not be late B. will be taught; not to be late ‎ C. will be taught; don’t be late D. will teach; don’t to be late ‎5. You’d better put on your sunglasses to _____your eyes from sunlight. ‎ ‎　A. protect 　 B. keep　 C. prevent　 D. stop ‎6. Rather than ____on a crowded bus, I always prefer ____a bicycle. ‎ A. riding; ride B. to ride; to ride C. ride; to ride D. to ride; riding ‎7. When he ______ all the newspapers, he'll go home.‎ A. sells B. has sold C. will have sold D. will be sold ‎8. Neither of the novels which__________ popular with us__________ been translated into English.‎ A. are; have B. is; have C. are; has D. is; has ‎9. You are doing it in a wrong way. It _____ in this way.‎ ‎ A. used to do B. used to be done C. is used to doing D. is used to do ‎10. "Hurry up, you ______ on the phone. " "Oh, I'm coming. Thank you. "‎ A. are wanted B. are being wanted C. want D. are wanting ‎11. Look out! That tree _____ fall down.‎ A. is going to B. will be C. shall D. would ‎12. Jane, I hear you to China. Have you got everything ready?‎ A. are travelling B. travel C. have travelled D. would travel ‎13. He made another wonderful discovery, _____ of great importance to science.‎ A. which I think it is B. which I think is ‎ C. which I think it D. I think which is ‎ ‎14. They can't leave until they _____ their work.‎ A. has done B. will have done C. have done D. do ‎15. We could see nothing because the lights suddenly_________.‎ ‎ A. put away B. put out C. were gone out D. went out ‎16. He has made many friends since he _______ to Bond.‎ ‎ A. came B. comes C. has come D. will come ‎17. I ______ see you, but I didn't, for I had no time.‎ A. had wanted to B. has wanted to C. wanted D. was wanted ‎18. The rubbish in the river .‎ ‎ A. smells badly B. is smelt badly C. is smelt bad D. smells bad ‎19. The teacher asked Mary _______ she could tell him the general idea of the poem.‎ ‎ A. whether B. that if C. that D. weather ‎20. Would you please me your notebook?‎ ‎ A. borrow B. to lend C. lend D. to borrow ‎21. The woman there a new bag in her hand.‎ ‎ A. is B. has C. be D. with ‎22. Jack, it’s ________ bad manners to blow your nose at ________ table.‎ A. the; a B. the; / C. /; the D. /; /‎ ‎23. You can feel better, look better and have more energy if you eat the right food and exercise ___ _.‎ ‎ A. secretly B. regularly C. perfectly D. successfully ‎24. a cup of milk, you will have a good sleep.‎ ‎ A. If you drink, and B. If you don't drink,/ C. Drink, and D. Drink, /‎ ‎25. By this time next year you ______ from the junior school.‎ A. will be graduating B. should be graduating C. will have graduated D. is graduating ‎26. After a while the manager _____.‎ A. arrived at B. arrived in C. arrived D. reached ‎27. He didn’t go to the party not the weather but what you said.‎ A because; because B. because; because of C. because of; because of D. because of; because ‎28 . The little girl wanted to ride her small bike in the street, but her mother told her .‎ A. do not to B. not to do C . not to D. not do it ‎29. How much do you think that vase _____?‎ A. is cost B. takes C. spends D. cost ‎30. ____ the big snake, the little girl stood under the tree ____ out of her life.‎ ‎ A. To see; frightened B. Seeing; frightening ‎ C. Seeing; frightened D. To see; frightening ‎【Cloze】‎ A generation gap（代沟）has become a serious problem. I read a 1 about it in the newspaper. Some children have killed themselves after quarrels（争吵）with 2 . I think this is because they don' t often have a talk with each other. Parents now 3 more time in the office, 4 they don't have much time to stay with their children. As time passes, they both ‎ feel that they don't have the 5 topics to talk about. I want to tell parents to be more with your 6 , get to know them and 7 them. And for children, show your 8 to your parents. They are the people who love you. So 9 them your thoughts. In this way, you 10 have a better understanding of each other.‎ ‎1. A. message B. call C. report D. letter ‎2. A. friends B. teachers C. classmates D. parents ‎3. A. spend B. stay C. work D. have ‎4. A. because B. if C. but D. so ‎5. A. interesting B. same C. true D. good ‎6. A. business B. children C. work D. office ‎7. A. get on with B. look after C. understand D. love ‎8. A. interest B. secret C. trouble D. feelings ‎9. A. tell B. ask C. answer D. say ‎10. A. can B. should C. must D. would ‎【Reading】‎ A Homesick is a compound (复合) word made up of HOME and SICK. You know what each word means on its own, of course. But think about what the words mean when they are used together. Homesick means SICK FOR HOME. ‎ Now think for a minute about SEASICK. If you change the word home in the definition(释义) to the word sea, would the definition fit SEASICK? Does seasick mean SICK FOR SEA? It means something quite different. Seasick means SICK BY THE MOVEMENT ON THE SEA. When you are homesick, the only place you want to be is at home. When you are seasick, the last place you want to be is at sea. ‎ Have you ever heard of a person being heartsick? Heart-sick doesn't mean that something is wrong with a person's heart. People are heartsick when they are hurt deep inside and when they feel as if their hearts are broken. ‎ But, on the other hand, we have such compound words as handshake and handbag. Perhaps you may write definitions for them and knowing something like this must be helpful in your English study. ‎ ‎1. The word SEASICK means " ". ‎ A. to want very much to go to the sea B. what has nothing to do with the sea C. to be sick because of the sea D. that the sea is terrible ‎2. When we say a person is heartsick, we mean that .‎ A. his heart is broken B. his heart needs testing C. he's sorry at heart D. he's terribly disappointed and sad ‎3. "The last place you want to be" is . ‎ A. where you want to be most B. where you want to be least C. where you go the last D. the last place you go to ‎4. The definitions of handbag and handshake are . ‎ A. easy to know B. difficult to know C. impossible to learn D. unnecessary(没必要) to learn ‎5. The writer wanted to tell us that . ‎ A. there are many compound words in English ‎ B. the building of compound words is interesting C. the definitions of some compound words are hard to guess D. not all the compound words are what they seem to be B No, 4 Middle School ‎　　Kunming, Yunnan ‎　　April 2nd, 2003‎ ‎　　Dear editor,‎ ‎　　I live in a beautiful city. Many visitors come to my city. There are so many colorful peacocks （孔雀）here.‎ ‎　　The peacocks mostly live on the grass land of Dongfeng Square（广场）. They are given food freely by visitors. They usually throw food to them, and don't think about at all whether the food is right or not. Some of the peacocks became ill, some even died after eating the bad food given by the visitors.‎ ‎　　I'm sure most of the visitors who throw food to the peacocks really like the birds, but don't realize that they may be doing them harm.‎ ‎　　The visitors should be told that what they have done is very harmful to the birds, and this kind of thing must be stopped from happening.‎ ‎　　Perhaps we can build some small shops beside Dongfeng Square to sell peacock food. For us every person, it's our duty to give more love to these beautiful birds and to look after them carefully.‎ Yours, Sun Yan ‎1. Many visitors come to the writer's city to________.‎ ‎　A. do some shopping B. see beautiful peacocks ‎　C. play on Dongfeng Square D. eat nice food ‎2. Some peacocks became ill and died because some visitors________.‎ ‎　A. didn't give them any food B. gave them too much food ‎　C. threw them some bad food D. loved them and played with them ‎3. Some shops can be built beside Dongfeng Square so that they may________.‎ ‎　A. sell food for visitors B. sell food for peacocks ‎　C. make the square more beautiful D. have the beautiful birds ‎4. From the passage we know people should________.‎ ‎　A. live and play with the birds ‎　B. stop the birds from eating too much ‎　C. give right food to the birds ‎　D. give more food to the birds ‎5. We can guess the writer of the letter, Sun Yan, may be a________.‎ A. visitor B. shopkeeper C. square keeper D. student C Do you want to save money when you travel by train? Here are some ways.‎ Day Returns (往返票)‎ This kind of ticket can save you 45% on the fare. You have to travel and return the same day before 8:00 a.m. and after 6:00 p.m. from Monday to Friday, but you can travel at any time on Saturday or Sunday.‎ Big City savers (优惠票)‎ You can save much money with these tickets on some trains. You have to buy them at the latest by 16:00 the day before you travel.‎ Weekend Returns You can use Weekend Returns for most journeys over 60 miles. Go on Friday, Saturday, or Sunday, and return the same weekend on Saturday or Sunday, and you can save 35% on the fare.‎ Monthly Returns You can use these tickets for most journeys over 65 miles. Go any days and return within a month. Monthly Returns can save you 25% on the fare Family Returns ‎ You can get a card of Family Returns of $20 and then when you buy tickets later, you need to pay only $3 for each of the other family members (4 at most). You can travel as often as you like within two months.‎ ‎1. Which kind of the ticket are you going to choose if you want to go to a small town 75 miles away for four days?‎ A. Day Returns. B. Monthly Returns. ‎ C. Weekend Returns. D. Family Returns.‎ ‎2. If a man buys himself a ticket of $15 and three tickets for his family with a card of Family Returns, how much will he pay?‎ ‎ A. $47. B. $27. C. $24. D. $15.‎ ‎3. The passage is probably taken from a _____.‎ ‎ A. dictionary B. textbook C. newspaper D. storybook ‎4. What’s the best title for the passage?‎ A. How to travel all over the world? ‎ B. Traveling by train is cheaper than traveling by plane.‎ C. Do you want to save money to travel?‎ D. Good ideas for saving money when you travel by train.‎ ‎【Homework】‎ ‎1. The 2011 Shenzhen Universiade was _____ that everybody was greatly impressed with it.‎ ‎ A. a such big success B. such big success C. so big success D . so big a success ‎2. Nobody noticed the thief slip into the house because the lights happened to ___. 　 A. be put away B. give in C. put out D. go out ‎3．---- Where is the coffee table? ---- Tom just had it ____ away.‎ ‎ A. move B. moving C. moved D. moves 4． Take care! Don’t drop the ink on your shirt, for it __ easily. 　A. won’t wash out B. won’t be washed out ‎ ‎ C. isn’t washed out D. can’t be washed out ‎5. This kind of books ______ well. A. sells    B. is sold  C. is selled D. was sold ‎ ‎6. When your work ______ , you may go and play. A. has done  B. was done  C. is done D. will be done ‎ ‎7. The maths problem can be______. A. easy worked out        B. easy to worked out C. easily worked out      D. easily to work out ‎8. —Your name again? I ____ quite catch it. —Federico Macadam.‎ ‎ A. didn't B. don't C. wouldn't D. won't ‎9. Every possible means ______ ,but none proves successful. A. has been tried    B. tried    C. have been tried    D. have tried ‎10. —Well, I found this. I think it must be yours.‎ ‎ —My watch! Thank you. Where _____it.‎ ‎ A. do you find B. had you found C. were you finding D. did you find ‎11. The girl is to ______ a rich man. A. marry with    B. be married    C. marry to    D. be married to ‎12. Who can you imagine ______ to his wedding party? A. inviting    B. being invited    C. was invited    D. to be invited ‎13. The book ______ on the ground for ten minutes but no one has picked it up.    A. has lying    B. has laid    C. lay    D. has been lying ‎14. —How do you find Shenzhen? ‎ ‎ —Oh, I ___ such a beautiful city before. ‎ ‎ A. don't visit B. didn't visit C. haven't visited D. hadn't visited ‎15．I'm sorry, sir. Your recorder isn't ready yet. It _____ in the factory.‎ ‎ A. is being repaired B. is repaired C. has been repaired D. hasn't repaired ‎16．This kind of cloth very soft.‎ ‎ A、is felt B、feels C、feel D、is feeling ‎17. _______ everybody knows about it, I don’t want to talk any more．‎ A．For B．Even C. However D．Now that ‎ ‎18. The two sportsmen congratulated each other _____ winning the match by shaking hands．‎ A．on B. with C．in D．to ‎19. So far this year we a rise in house prices by between 5 and l0 percent．‎ ‎ A．saw B．see C．had seen D．have seen ‎ ‎20. Although we invited him to the party, Mr. Mundy decided to _____another late night_____ the computer-room.‎ ‎ A. cost; on B. take; for C. spend; in D. spend; on ‎21. The teacher asked us to write _______ report.‎ A. an one – thousand-words B. an one – thousand – word C. a one—thousand-words D. a one – thousand—word ‎22. Born in a poor family, he has already ____ hard work.‎ ‎ A. used to B. used to doing ‎ C. been used to D. been used to do ‎23. –So it’s nothing serious, Doctor?‎ ‎--___ . The children will be all right in a day or two.‎ A. Yes B. No, it is C. Yes, it isn’t D. No ‎ ‎24. Mr. Wang made up his mind to devote all he could ____ his oral English before going abroad.‎ A. improve B. to improve C. improving D. to improving ‎25. He was ___ boy with ___ little money in his pocket that no one paid any attention to him.‎ A. such a little; such B. so little a; so C. a very little; such D. such little; so ‎2012年春季初三英语能力提升训练三 一、 单项选择 ‎1. John said he would pay __________ second visit to China __________ next month. A. the; / B. the; the C. a; the D. a; /‎ ‎2. You look not a bit older than you did 5 years ago. How do you __________so young? A. change B. grow C. become D. stay 3. I don't think this necklace ____ as much as the one your sister has just _____. A. costs; paid B. spends; paid back C. is worth; paid for D. pays; spent ‎4. He is the sort of person that is not fit for the kind of work that ____ carefulness and patience. A. calls up B. calls for C. calls on D. calls at ‎5. When he came back to life, he found himself _____ in the woods and everything he _____.‎ A. lay; had been stolen B. lying; had been stolen C. lying; had stolen D. lay; had stolen ‎6. There is a feeling in me _______ we will never see each other again. A. that B. which C. of which D. what ‎ ‎7. If you compare food costs today ______ of a year ago, you will find the ‎ difference. A. to that B. to them C. with that D. with those ‎8. Was _____that I saw last night at the concert? A. that yourself B. not you C. you D. it you ‎ ‎9. _____ by what the doctor said, he stood up and quickly ran out of the hospital.‎ ‎ A. Annoying B. Annoyed C. To annoy D. Having annoying ‎10. The boss commanded that the task ______ before 5 o’clock this afternoon.‎ ‎ A. was finished B. would be finished C. be finished D. should finish ‎11. _______ your letter, I would have started off two days ago.    A. If I have received    B. If I received C. Should I receive     D. Had I received ‎ ‎12. I suggested that he _______ to the hospital at once, but he insisted he _______ quite well ‎ ‎ then.‎ ‎ A. be sent ; was feeling B. was sent ; felt ‎ ‎ C. be sent ; feel D. should be sent ; should feel 13. Only _______ as an interpreter _______ how important it is to grasp English.    A. when did I work；I realized   B. when I worked；I realized    C. when did I work； did I realize   D. when I worked；did I realize 14. The noise of the train __________ in the dark night.‎ ‎ A. died out B. died from C. died away D. died of ‎15. If you want to go into the temple, make sure that you are dressed ___ . ‎ ‎ A. approximately B. appropriately C. correctly D. absolutely 16. A club is a place to make frequent _________with friends.‎ ‎ A. contract B. contrast C. content D. contact ‎17. _____ the chat room ten minutes ago, you would have known what we were talking about!‎ ‎ A. Had you joined in B. If you joined ‎ C. If you had joined in D. Had you joined ‎18. On the bed ___________.‎ ‎ A. did a poor old lady lie B. a poor old lady lay ‎ C. lay a poor old lady D. a poor old lady did lie ‎19. The ship ____ with a lot of live animals is sailing ____ to Australia.‎ ‎ A. loading, western B. to load, to the west ‎ ‎ C. loaded, west D. load, the west ‎20. He apologized to me for his_________ me to his home. A.delay inviting  B.delaying to invite C.delay to invite         D.delaying inviting ‎21. It matters little _____ a man dies, but ____ matters much is _____ he lives.‎ A. how; what; how B. how; it; how C. why; it; why D. that; what; that ‎22. Such difficult experiments __ _ you did that day need much patience __ _ imagination. ‎ A. like; as well as B. as; as well as C. for; as well D. like; as well ‎23. _______ has recently been done to provide more buses for the people, a shortage of public vehicles remains a serious problem.‎ ‎ A. In spite of what B. Though what C. What D. Because of what ‎24. It was the training _____ he had as a young man _____ made him such a good engineer.‎ A. what; what B. which; that C. that; which D. that; what ‎25. ________ you met the foreigner from Canada?‎ A. Where it was that B. Who it was that ‎ C. Where was it that D. Where was that 二、完型填空 Mr. White with his wife was now living at a small Italian hotel, where they had stayed in Italy for months on holiday. One night he went out for a walk 1 . It was late. The small street was dark and 2 . Suddenly he heard 3 behind him. He 4 his head and saw a middle-aged woman with wild hair, who quickly walked past him. The woman was 5 out of sight when Mr. White suddenly found that his watch was 6 . He thought it was the 7 woman who had taken his watch, 8 he ran quickly after her and soon caught up with her. As he knew 9 Italian, Mr. White had to ask the woman to 10 the watch in another way. He showed the woman his strong arms and 11 to her watch pocket. The woman thought a while and gave 12 watch to Mr. White.‎ Mr. White returned home and told his wife 13 had happened. He was greatly 14 when Mrs. White pointed to the watch on the table. Now he found it was 15 that had taken the Italian’s watch.‎ ‎ 1. ‎ A. secretly ‎ B. lonely C. alone D. freely ‎2. ‎ A. noisy B. crowded C. bright D. quiet ‎3. ‎ A. voice B. sound C. feet D. steps ‎4. ‎ A. rose B. moved C. turned D. put ‎5. ‎ A. nearly B. hardly C. mostly ‎ D. even ‎6. ‎ A. losing B. going C. missing D. missed ‎7. ‎ A. very B. proper C. same D. just ‎8. ‎ A. then B. so C. as D. but ‎9. ‎ A. much B. no C. enough D. little of ‎10. ‎ A. lend B. tell C. return D. keep ‎11. ‎ A. pointed B. listened C. shouted D. looked ‎12. ‎ A. his B. the other C. the D. another ‎13. ‎ A. what B. that C. why D. how ‎14. ‎ A. delightful B. surprised C. amused D. disappointed ‎15. ‎ A. he himself B. him C. himself D. herself 一、 阅读理解 A The market is a concept. If you are growing tomatoes in your backyard for sale you are producing for the market. You might sell some to your neighbor and some to the local manager of the supermarket. But in either case, you are producing for the market. Your efforts are being directed by the market. If people stop buying tomatoes, you will stop producing them.‎ If you take care of a sick person to earn money, you are producing for the market. If your father is a steel worker or a truck driver or a doctor or a grocer, he is producing goods or service for the market.‎ When you spend your income, you are buying things from the market. You may spend money in stores, supermarkets, gas station and restaurants. Still you are buying from the market. When the local grocer hires you to drive the delivery truck, he is buying you in the labor market.‎ The market may be something abstract(抽象的). But for each person or business who is making and selling something, it is very concrete. If nobody buys your tomatoes, it won’t be long before you get the message. The market is telling you something. It is telling you that you are using energies and resources in doing something the market doesn’t want you to do.‎ ‎1. Which of the following would be the best title of the passage?‎ ‎ A. Selling and Buying ‎ B. Everything you do is producing for the market.‎ ‎ C. What is the market?‎ ‎ D. What the market can do for you.‎ ‎2. All of the following acts are producing for the market except_______.‎ ‎ A. working in a bank B. attending a night school ‎ C. printing a book D. growing beans for sale ‎3. You are buying from the market when you ________.‎ ‎ A. borrow a book from the library.‎ ‎ B. walk to the seaside for a holiday.‎ ‎ C. look after your children.‎ ‎ D. dine at restaurant.‎ ‎4. The word “concrete” in the last paragraph may most probably mean______.‎ ‎ A. serious B. important C. necessary D. real ‎5. In what way is the market very concrete for each person or business who is making and selling something?‎ ‎ A. It tells you what to produce.‎ ‎ B. It provides you with everything you need.‎ ‎ C. It tells you how to grow tomatoes.‎ ‎ D. It helps you save money.‎ B Have you ever stayed up late? If so, you know that not getting enough sleep can make you ‎ tired and grumpy. Not sleeping enough sleep can also make it harder to think clearly the next day.‎ ‎ Sleep scientists have long known that getting a good night’s sleep is very important. It helps kids be able to do their best during the day. ‎ A recent study shows that sleep helps improve problem-solving skills and creative(创造性的) thinking. For the study, two groups of students answered a math problem. The group that slept for eight hours solved the problem correctly more often than the group that did not get enough sleep.‎ ‎ While you sleep at night, your brain is busy doing its “homework”. It sorts out(整理) all the information that you get in the day. Getting enough sleep each night can improve your thinking ability. That will surely help you do your best at school. Experts say that, in return, can lead to better grades.‎ ‎ 1. The underlined word grumpy in the first paragraph means_______.‎ ‎ A. excited and happy B. active and creative ‎ C. impatient and angry D. bored and weak ‎ 2. Choose the best title for this passage.‎ ‎ A. Sleep to Success B. A Recent Study ‎ C. Do Sleep Well D. The More Sleep, the Better ‎3. Here is a cube (立方体). How many nearest ways from A to B can you find?‎ A.3 B.4 C.5 D.6‎ ‎4. How can you divide the graph(图形) into six parts of the same shape size ?How many lines should you draw in the graph?‎ ‎ A.3 B.4 C.5 D.6‎ C I always have difficulty in buying birthday presents．My idea never seems to go farther than ties，pens or cards．But，strangely enough，it did not take me long to decide on Tom’s birthday present．For the first time in life，I had a good idea. I would buy him a bottle of champagne（香槟酒）．Before the party began，Tom suggested that I should open the bottle．I put it ‎ between my knees and began to pull，but it remained unmoved．Soon a lot of people gathered round to watch the fight between me and the bottle．I could hear all kinds of “helpful” suggestions from them like “Break the top off”，“Use your teeth”，etc．But I was losing the fight．We were fighting on the floor together，when all of a sudden there was a loud “pop” and the cork（塞子）shot up into the air，while the angry bottle showered（淋）every-body with champagne．‎ ‎1．When buying birthday presents，I find my idea is____．‎ A．poor            B．colourful            C．rich             D．good ‎2．I was____ my present for Tom’s birthday．‎ A．very sorry for    B．very proud of C．afraid of          D．tired of ‎3．Tom suggested I should open the bottle ____．‎ A．towards the end of the party B．after the party started C．at the end of the party D．before the party started ‎4．Which of the following is true？‎ A．Though the people around gave all kinds of suggestions，I was not able to open the bottle at first．‎ B．I tried all the ways that the people suggested．‎ C．All the suggestions were helpful．‎ D．Some of the suggestions were very bad．‎ ‎5．At last____．‎ A．I opened the bottle easily B．nobody opened the bottle C．the bottle was broken D．the bottle managed to be opened ‎ 四、单词拼写 ‎1．Social c__________ are different in different countries.‎ ‎2．In the May 12 Earthquake in Wenchuan，thousands of houses were completely d . People there became homeless．‎ ‎3. I have an a__________ with my manager at 3 pm. ‎ ‎4．The famous film star wore a pair of large sunglasses so that people wouldn’t ‎ r her．‎ ‎5．Let me finish it. If you keep i me with such foolish questions, I shall go mad.‎ ‎6．G__________, he began to understand.‎ ‎7．Going to Sichuan was a long and difficult j ．but we arrived in the end．‎ ‎8．After g from college，he was sent to work in a factory in his hometown.‎ ‎9. What he saw in China gave him a deep __________. ( impress )‎ ‎10. I offer you my hearty ___________ on your success. ( congratulate )‎ ‎11. I’m afraid he has a fever. Let me take his t________.‎ ‎12. I want to d________ blood when I grow up after I know blood could save a life.‎ ‎13. I feel n________ when I have the exams.‎ ‎14. The ______________（平均）age of the students in my class is 15.‎ ‎15. Women were proud of their fat body in Tang D_____________.‎ 标杆英语老师告诉你：‎ 两个人在森林里，遇到了一只大老虎。A就赶紧从背后取下一双更轻便的运动鞋换上。B急死了，骂道："你干嘛呢，再换鞋也跑不过老虎啊！"  A说："我只要跑得比你快，我就得救了！"  ‎ 同学们，这就正如是中考一样，谁跑的快，谁就会得救，否则就会被淘汰！对于即将到来的中考，没有危机感是最大的危机！中考就要到了，同学们，你们有没有准备好自己的跑鞋呢？‎ Lesson 7 中考英语冲刺（七）‎ 1. A butcher is 200 centimeters tall, wears size 110 trousers and size 12 shoes what does he weigh?‎ 2. What kind of umbrella does a Russian carry when it's raining?‎ 3. What is the end of everything?‎ 4. Why did the man throw the butter out the window?‎ 5. Why is the letter "T" like an island ?‎ ‎【Warm up】‎ 深圳各校试题精选（一）‎ I.【Vocabulary and Grammar】‎ ‎1. old lady in brown is university professor.(高级)‎ ‎ A. An; a B. The; a C. The; an D. An; /‎ ‎2. He thought relaxing to spend the weekend fishing near the lake. (高级)‎ ‎ A. it’s B. that C. that is D. it ‎3. There _______ a tall tree in front of the house ,and people got used ____a rest after supper under it. (南外)‎ A. used to be ,to taking B. used to being ,to taking ‎ C. used to having, taking D. used to have ,taking ‎4. ---- terrible news! Heavy snow and serious earthquake! (高级)‎ ‎ ----Yeah, I hope to fly there and help them.‎ ‎ A. What; How B. What a; How C. What ; What D. How; How much ‎5. The students in my school are twice as _____as _____in NO.5 Middle School. （南外）‎ A. many ,that B. much ,that C. many ,those D. much, those ‎ ‎6. Which of the following is correct?(外国语)‎ A. Coming to school, my watch was missing.‎ B. Is this the article you want to have published?‎ C. Jason came to school yesterday. He has been ill for a week.‎ D. Not only the teacher but also the students is coming to school today.‎ ‎7. Which of the following statements is RIGHT ? （南外）‎ A. 2210 written in words is two thousands two hundreds and ten B. Ought we go shopping with cloth bags? ‎ C. The less plastic bags we use, the better it will be to the environment.‎ D. They have been married for 10 years.‎ ‎8. Last winter we came back to the town, ______ we stayed for 2 days. （实验）‎ ‎ A. that B. where C. when D. which ‎9. The problem of pollution is getting ______. We should ______ to protect our environment not only in words. （实验）‎ ‎ A. serious; take part in B. even more serious; take in ‎ ‎ C. more and more serious; take action D. less serious; take turns ‎10. ----Do you know the woman who is looking ____over a patient?(南外)‎ ‎ ----Yes, she is one of the best in our hospital.‎ ‎ A. carefully, women doctors B. careful, women doctors ‎ ‎ C. careful, woman doctors D. carefully, woman doctors ‎11. The earthquake ________ the whole town, but fortunately quite a lot of people _______ the earthquake. （实验）‎ ‎ A. hurt; escaped B. injured; were alive ‎ C. destroyed; survived D. hit; disappeared after ‎12. —Why did he quit his job? （实验）‎ ‎—__________ he wanted to __________ his own company.‎ ‎ A. Since; set up B. Because ; set up C. As; set off D. Because ; build on ‎13. ----Which of your parents has been abroad ?（南外）‎ ‎ ----Neither of them _____ever been abroad, but both of them want to go to _____.‎ A. have, German B. has , French C. have, France D. has, Germany ‎14. ----Do you mind if I open the door and let them in ? （南外）‎ ‎ ----_______________.‎ A. No, of course not B. Yes, you can ‎ C. No, you can’t open it D. Sorry, I can’t ‎15. This machine washing clothes, so we call it “washing machine”. （实验）‎ ‎ A. used to B. is used to C. is used as D. is used for ‎16. A: _____ have you been to Hongkong ? B: Once. （实验）‎ ‎ A. How often B. How long C. How soon D. How many times ‎17. The government has taken action to __________ the factories from pouring waste water into the river. （实验）‎ ‎ A. protect B. band C. ban D. against ‎18. It’s for me to see his strange gesture.(上步)‎ ‎ A. surprising B. surprised C. surprise D. in surprise ‎19. does he ? (上步)‎ ‎ A. How; like B. What; is like C. What; look like D. What; likes ‎20. Could you tell me _______?(上步)‎ ‎ A. how much is the scarf B. how much the scarf was ‎ C. weather he will buy the scarf D. if he will buy the scarf ‎21. ----Would you please tell me______ next?（石厦）‎ ‎ ----Think it over. You’ll find a good way.‎ ‎ A. when to do B. how to do C. what to do D. where to do ‎22. I asked them________ . （石厦）‎ ‎ A. whether could they help me B. if could they help me C. could they help me D. whether they could help me ‎23. It was ______ serious accident that the driver was kept in hospital for three months.（实验）‎ ‎ A. such B. such a C. so D. so a ‎24. Tom arrived for work __________ that the manager sent him home again. （实验）‎ ‎ A. too late B. very late C. so late D. much later ‎25. I think it is necessary for my 19-year-old son to have his own mobile phone, for I sometimes want to make sure if he __________ home for dinner. （实验）‎ ‎ A. come B. comes C. has come D. will come ‎26. The train had left the station __________ I got there. （实验）‎ ‎ A. as soon as B. immediately C. at the moment D. by the time ‎27. Is this the reason __________at the meeting for this carelessness in his work? （实验）‎ ‎ A. he explained B. what he explained C. how he explained D. why he explained ‎28. _______ troubles me is _______ I can’t learn all these English idioms by heart. （实验）‎ ‎ A. That, that B. What, what C. That, what D. What, that ‎29. It is foolish to take a taxi __________ you can easily walk to the station. （实验）‎ ‎ A. before B. that C. unless D. when ‎30. “I am sure you like your new job.” “__________, it’s boring.” （实验）‎ ‎ A. In addition B. On the other hand C. On the contrary D. At the same time Ⅱ. Cloze（实验）‎ ‎ Tom went into the station shortly after five o’clock in the afternoon. This is a bad time to travel in London, both by bus or by train, because people go home from work at this hour. He had to 1 a long queue of people who were waiting for tickets. When at last his 2 came, he got the right ticket and, 3 asking several people the way, he 4 found the right platform. It was crowded. He was not able to get on the first train, but he was able to move near to the edge of the platform so as to be in a 5 place to get on the next one. When it came in, Tom was 6 forward to the train by the 7 of people from behind. The doors closed ‎ and the train moved off before he was able to get his breath 8 . Since he was unable to 9 the names of the station where the train stopped, he had to count the number of stops 10 he could know where to get off. His station was the seventh along the line.‎ ‎ When the train reached the seventh station, Tom got off. But he was surprised to see that he had got off at a station that he had never heard of. A man on the platform told him that he had traveled on a train in wrong direction.‎ ‎1. A. jump B. stand C. join D. find ‎2. A. turn B. hour C. train D. luck ‎3. A on B. by C. through D. without ‎4. A. first B. already C. almost D. also ‎5. A. safe B. better C. right D. empty ‎6. A. thrown B. swept C. sent D. pulled ‎7. A. race B. number C. queue D. rush ‎8. A. back B. over C. down D. out ‎9. A. follow B. see C. remember D. call ‎10. A. because B. although C. since D. so that Ⅲ.【Reading】 ‎ A(市外)‎ ‎ A very snobbish woman met George Bernard Shaw, the famous English play writer, at a garden party one afternoon in London.‎ She was the sort of woman who was only interested in people who were rich or famous, and she was very eager to have Shaw as a guest in her own house so she could show him off to her friends.‎ One day she sent her driver in a black Rolls Royce to Shaw’s home with the following invitation:‎ ‎ Lady Whitley-fallwell will be at home ‎ On Tuesday, the 14th of December,‎ ‎ From 4 to 6.‎ The following reply came back immediately:‎ So will Mr. G. B. Shaw.‎ ‎1. George Bernard Shaw was good at .‎ A. learning English B. writing plays C. making friends D. showing himself off ‎2. Rolls Royce may be a kind of .‎ A. garden B. guest C. car D. party ‎3. Shaw’s reply really means .‎ A. he will be at home at that time B. he refuses the woman’s invitation C. he asks the lady to come to his house D. he will have something important to do at home ‎4. A snobbish person means a person .‎ A. who is interested in plays B. who respects any person with much knowledge C. who dislikes or keeps away from those he feels to be poor or not famous D. who likes to make friends with others ‎5. From this story we can see that .‎ A. it’s difficult to make friends with rich and famous people B. a snobbish person can be admired C. all famous people want to show themselves off D. a great person usually dislikes the snobbish ones ‎ B (中考模拟)‎ The following form(表格) shows the result of a survey of parents from five countries who were asked why children are important to them , and they were asked to choose three main reasons from seven . For example , the three most important reasons for Japanese parents are Item 4—strengthening (加强) family ties(51%) ， Item 5 —developing oneself through raising one’s children (60%) , and Item 7—raising responsible citizens(抚养有责任心的公民)(45%).‎ Items(项目)‎ Japan(%)‎ Korea(%)‎ USA(%)‎ Britain(%)‎ France(%)‎ ‎1)To see oneself going on in future ‎35‎ ‎31‎ ‎32‎ ‎17‎ ‎59‎ ‎2)To keep the family line(家族)‎ ‎24‎ ‎68‎ ‎28‎ ‎17‎ ‎26‎ ‎3)To receive care in old age ‎10‎ ‎38‎ ‎8‎ ‎7‎ ‎8‎ ‎4)To strengthen family ties(关系)‎ ‎51‎ ‎25‎ ‎50‎ ‎55‎ ‎66‎ ‎5)To develop oneself through ‎ raising one’s children ‎60‎ ‎19‎ ‎54‎ ‎69‎ ‎35‎ ‎6)To enjoy raising children ‎20‎ ‎19‎ ‎50‎ ‎71‎ ‎39‎ ‎7)To raise responsible citizens ‎45‎ ‎40‎ ‎46‎ ‎28‎ ‎15‎ ‎1. Among all the countries , only ____ think that keeping the family line is their most important reason for raising children . ‎ A. Americans B. Frenchmen C. Japanese D. Koreans ‎2. Which reason is thought to be the least important by the parents of ‎ most countries ?‎ A. Item 3 . B. Item 2. C. Item 4. D. Item 7. ‎ ‎3. Which item do the most countries think is one of their main ‎ reasons ?‎ A. Item 1. B. Item 5. C. Item 4. D. Item 6. ‎ ‎4. Which two countries have the same three main reasons for raising children ?‎ A. Japan and Korea . B. America and Britain . ‎ C. Britain and Korea . D. Japan and America. ‎ ‎5. In which country do most people enjoy raising children ?‎ A. In Japan . B. In the USA . ‎ C. In Britain . D. In France . ‎ C (中考模拟)‎ It’s every student’s bad dream: exam time. During the last three days of the term, we have six exams.‎ ‎ My easiest exam was math. All of its questions were from earlier exams.‎ ‎ The biology exam was hard. At first, I thought I would fail it. It asked about lots of things we never studied in class, though we could use our textbooks. And there wasn’t enough time to check every question. I guessed at many of them. But my teacher said that I did well in it. ‎ ‎ In the career planning and computer applications(职业规划与电脑应用) exam, we had a lot to do : a PowerPoint presentation, a book report and a class evaluation(评价). I felt like I needed more time, but some of my classmates didn’t so. They just quickly wrote some answers and then played games.‎ ‎ I don’t think I did very well in the English exam. We had to write an essay about books we have read in class. But I didn’t study hard enough.‎ ‎ At our school, we can “test out” of some classes. That means students can study by themselves and then take exam. If they pass, they don’t have to take that class. I tested out in both computer and health classes.‎ ‎ Studying for those exams was terrible. Those classes would go on for six months. But had to teach myself everything in three weeks. Also, I had to do three big projects at the same time. I watched no TV for almost three weeks! I am so glad it is over, and it’s the summer holiday.‎ ‎ For my classmates, it will be two and a half months for fun without school or homework. But I am a Chinese, and you know what Chinese parent do with their kid’s free time: more homework.‎ ‎1. How did the writer pass the biology exam? ____________‎ ‎ A. He checked the biology exam paper carefully.‎ ‎ B. Because a lot of things had something to do with textbooks.‎ ‎ C. Although the writer didn’t have enough time to examine every question, he guessed on many of them correctly.‎ ‎ D. His teacher taught well ‎2. The underlined phrase “test out” means ____________‎ ‎ A. 免修 B. 必修 C. 选修 D. 重修 ‎3. Why did the writer test out computer class? Because __________.‎ ‎ A. he spent much time on it and studied hard by himself ‎ B. the teacher said he did it well ‎ C. some classmates didn’t pay attention to it at all ‎ D. it was quite easy for him to study and play it ‎4. The underlined phrase “go on for” is that __________‎ ‎ A. last B. spend C. take D. cost ‎5. The main idea of the passage is that ___________‎ ‎ A. it tells us what the “test out” fail exams ‎ B. If you study hard, you won’t fail exams ‎ C. There are some differences among different kinds of exams ‎ D. It’s no easy for students to take exams D (中考模拟)‎ ‎ I’m confused these days. We are taught at home and at school that violence is bad. For example, last week, my friend and I were playing at the beach. We found a really beautiful shell. My friend picked it up, but I saw it first, and I said it was mine. He said, no, it was mine. He said, no, it was his. I really want the shell, and I even thought about hitting him, that’s how angry I was.‎ ‎ Now should that be right? No! I shouldn’t use violence. I should talk with my friend instead, and solve that. My parents and teachers often tell me that using violence is the least civilized way to solve problems.‎ ‎ So, if adults had a disagreement, and if they used violence towards each other in order to win, is it all right? No!‎ ‎ Now, I’m confused. When two countries disagree, they often use violence. They fight a war. Using violence is not okey at home, at school, or in your country but okey between two countries, why?‎ ‎ A war is extreme violence. So not only soldiers but citizens, including small children and babies have been killed and injured because of wars.‎ ‎ Adults say they are fighting wars in order to solve problems and make peace. But can you really “make peace” by using violence and killing so many people?‎ ‎ I don’t think that bombs and missiles(导弹) can reach people’s hearts and change them. Bombs and missiles can’t create love and caring, and that’s what we need in the world. Why can’t they use their wisdom and talk it over?‎ ‎1. What happened to the writer and his friend last week at the beach? ________‎ ‎ A. They had a fight B. Joshua hit his friend ‎ B. They had a class about violence D. They found a beautiful shell ‎2. How should we solve problem according to this passage? _________‎ ‎ A. We should argue about the problems ‎ ‎ B. We should study at school ‎ C. We should use our wisdom and talk them over ‎ D. We should use violence ‎3. Which opinion is mentioned in the passage __________‎ ‎ A. Violence can solve the problems B. We should fight wars ‎ C. A war is extreme violence D. Bombs and missiles can reach people’s hearts ‎4. What does the sentence “Bombs and missiles can’t create love and caring and that’s what we need in the world” mean? ____________‎ ‎ A. We need to use violence to solve problems ‎ B. What we need is bombs and missiles ‎ C. We need bombs and missiles to create love and caring ‎ D. What we need in the world is love and caring ‎5. What’s the passage about? It’s about __________‎ ‎ A. the writer’s thoughts about wars B. the writer’s story ‎ C. hate and love D. arguments Ⅳ. 解释句子，用英语解释下列句子.（翠园）‎ ‎ 1.Building the bridge took a long time.‎ ‎ 2. It’s necessary to look after your hair every day.‎ ‎ 3. It’s nice of you to offer me a seat.‎ ‎ 4. I got up late this morning, so I missed the early bus.‎ ‎ 5. As a matter of fact, you are the greatest in my heart.‎ Ⅴ. 写作专版（一）‎ 一、书面表达考点分析 ‎(一)命题原则 书面表达是中考试卷中必不可少的主观测试题型，是一项能够充分体现考生综合语言能力的题型。书面表达测试考生的语言表达能力和语篇层次上的写作能力，它不但考查考生的语篇辨识能力，而且对考生的语言运用能力和技巧，比如：书写、拼写、标点、大小写等书写技能、用词技能、应用语言规则技能、语篇整合与连接技能等加以考查；而且重点考查学生运用所学语言知识进行英语思维的能力和连贯叙述的能力。它要求学生能仿照学过的题材和话题，利用所给范例写简单的叙述文；能按要求根据图片提供的信息和简单的文字说明来表达自己的观点。‎ ‎(二)常考体裁及话题 中考的书面表达着重于引导式作文。试题明确规定语篇的话题和情景。写作体裁包括记叙文（写人、介绍他人、介绍自己、写事、介绍地点等），说明文，议论文，应用文（书面通知、口头通知、日记、书信、便条、寻物启示、贺卡、电话留言、明信片、电子邮件等）。近几年来对记叙文和应用文体的考查占多数，所选话题比较广泛、新颖、富有时代感、贴近学生生活，如：互联网、减负、给笔友写信、学习生活、环保、感恩、运动与健康、社会热门话题等。‎ ‎(三)常考题类型 ‎1.提示作文；‎ ‎2. 图表作文。‎ ‎3.图画作文.‎ ‎4.(半)开放式作文.‎ ‎5.读写综合 Lesson 8 中考英语冲刺（八）‎ Teacher: Tell me a sentence that starts with an "I". Student: I is the... Teacher: Stop! Never put 'is' after an "I". Always put 'am' after an "I". Student: OK. I am the ninth letter of the alphabet.‎ ‎【Warm up】‎ 深圳各校试题精选（二）‎ I.【Vocabulary and Grammar】‎ ‎1. It is better ________ you to have a hairstyle like that because you have a square face.(翠园)‎ ‎ A. for B. of C. by D. at ‎2. —Do you still remember the snow storm that winter? (翠园)‎ ‎ —Sure. _________ people __________ from going home during that time.‎ ‎ A. One hundred, stopped B. Ten hundreds of, were stopped ‎ C. Hundreds, stopped D. Hundreds of, were stopped ‎3. Mrs. Butcher was listening to her kid ________ the piano this time yesterday. She seemed ________it very much! (翠园)‎ ‎ A. to play; to enjoy B. playing; enjoying C. play; enjoy D. playing; to enjoy ‎4. —Will Daisy ________ speak Chinese as ________ as her parents after her further study in ‎ ‎ Shenzhen University? (翠园)‎ ‎ —Sure, she can make it. Maybe much better.‎ ‎ A. can, good B. could; well C. be able to; well D. is able; better ‎5. Knives are used to ________ things. We use knives for_________ things. (翠园)‎ ‎ A. cut…cut B. cutting…cutting C. cut…cutting D. cutting…cut ‎6. —Your watch is quite nice. Where did you buy_________?（桂园）‎ ‎ —In Shanghai. Do you want to have _________ like this.‎ ‎ A. it, one B. it, it C. one, it D. one, one ‎7. —Bill had nothing for breakfast this morning, _________?（莲花）‎ ‎ —________, he got up too late.‎ ‎ A. had he, Yes B. hadn’t he, Yes C. did he, No D. didn’t he, No ‎8. —Jim finds _________ easy to remember all the English words.（中考模拟）‎ ‎ —___________ a smart child he is !‎ ‎ A. it, What B. that, How C. this, What D. it, How ‎9. —Where is my book? (红岭)‎ ‎ —Is it ___________book ___________cover is green?‎ ‎ A. a; which B. the; that C. a; who D. the; whose ‎10. —Look! What heavy smoke ___________by the factory!（外国语）‎ ‎ —We must try our best to prevent the air pollution ___________a healthy life.‎ ‎ A. send; from living B. sent; to live C. sending; living D. sent; living ‎11. —Mum, Where is my school bag? （外国语）‎ ‎ —It is ___________behind the study’s door.‎ ‎ A. hanged up B. hung up C. hanged out D. hung out ‎12. —_________a year does your school have sports meet? （外国语）‎ ‎ —Twice a year.‎ ‎ A. How often B. How soon C. How long D. How many times ‎13. Which of the following sentences is RIGHT? （外国语）‎ ‎ A. Do you know the person whose story is very moving?‎ ‎ B. You don’t need to look for every new word in your dictionary while reading.‎ ‎ C. He is the first one which finished the exercise.‎ ‎ D. I am sorry to you for what I said.‎ ‎14. Shenzhen is the most beautiful city ____we are living in, and it is the place ____2011 World Universiade was held .‎ ‎ A. which , that B. that, that C. where, where D. that. where ‎ ‎15. ----Few well-known singers came to 2011 Shenzhen New Year Concert,____?(南外)‎ ‎ ----_____.Many of them came , such as Zhou Bichang. Han Geng and Zhou Xun.‎ ‎ A. did they , Yes ,they did B. did they ,No, they didn't ‎ ‎ C. didn't they, No, they didn't D. didn't they, Yes, they did ‎16. — Why did Miss Wang look so worried when we saw her? (红岭)‎ ‎ — Because she wondered ____________.‎ ‎ A. where did the other students go B. when would the policemen come ‎ C. what her students have done during the trip D. if the students had escaped ‎17. — The Bird’s Nest has enough ____________ to hold over 90.000 people. (红岭)‎ ‎ — How great the building is !‎ ‎ A. palace B. space C. place D. seat ‎18. — Angela, thank you for ____________ the quiz show. (红岭)‎ ‎ —Not at all. I knew I ___________ at that moment ‎ A. attending; needed B. joining; was needed ‎ C. joining in; needed D. taking part in ; was needed ‎19. — We have to start early, ___________? (红岭)‎ ‎ — Yes, we must leave ___________.‎ ‎ A. don’t we; ahead of time B. haven’t we; in advance ‎ C. must we; ahead of time D. mustn’t we; in advance ‎20. —The room is beautiful ___________ the curtain. (红岭)‎ ‎ A. except B. except for C. beside D. besides ‎21. She ____________ a millionaire last year. (红岭)‎ ‎ A. married to B. married with C. got married to D. has been married to ‎22. Russia is bigger than _______ in the world. (红岭)‎ ‎ A. the other countries B. any other countries ‎ C. all the countries D. every country ‎23. Which is TRUE? (红岭)‎ ‎ A. He was absent of the meeting. ‎ B. The song is familiar with me.‎ ‎ C. I am very proud for our great motherland.‎ ‎ D. She is patient and thoughtful. She’ good with children ‎24. Sandy could do nothing but to his teacher that he was wrong.(实验)‎ A. admit B. admitted C. admitting D. to admit ‎25. Those words reminded her she left something at home.(高级)‎ A. that B. about C. of D. with ‎26. The local guide to me. But at last, I found the house the little valley behind the trees. (高级)‎ A. lay; lay in B. lied; lied in C. lied; lay in D. lay; lied in ‎27. ----What of car have you bought? (高级)‎ ‎ ----A Toyota. It’s quite expensive, I think it is worth .‎ A. making; to buy B. make; buying C. make; to buy D. making; buying ‎28. ---John must be in the library, he?(深中)‎ ‎ ---I think so. I saw him it just now.‎ ‎ A．mustn’t; entered B．isn’t; enter C．needn’t; enter D．isn’t; enter into ‎29. ---What can you see in the room? (深中)‎ ‎ ---I can see nothing ?‎ ‎ A．but, an old furniture B．but, a piece of old furniture ‎ C．besides, some old furnitures D．except, some old furnitures ‎30. Which of the following sentences is TRUE? (翠园)‎ ‎ A. Are you enough strong to carry the big box?‎ ‎ B. It’s silly for you to do that thing.‎ ‎ C. Can you recommend some new books on this subject to me?‎ ‎ D. I was very disappointing at you because you didn’t pass the exam.‎ Ⅱ. Cloze (市外)‎ In traditional education, the teacher may feel that the students are not very grown up.‎ ‎ 1 , teachers are older than students, 2 , teachers feel that students are young and do not know 3 about the world. The teachers feel that they must tell the students 4 to do most of the time, and that they must also make the students study specific things. In open education, the teacher’s 5 are very different. These teachers feel that the students are 6 first, and students second. They 7 the students to be responsible for the things that they do, just as adults 8 . A student’s ideas and feelings are just as important as the 9 . The teacher allows the students to decide what they want to do, and does not make them study what they do not want to. The teacher 10 them decide what to study and how much to study. It’s very important for the teacher to show how he or she feels about the students.‎ ‎1. A. Usually B. Indeed C. Or D. Actually ‎ ‎2. A. and B. however C. still D. yet ‎3. A. some B. much C. many D. a little ‎4. A. that B. what C. how D. which ‎5. A. idea B. feelings C. order D. methods ‎6. A. beginners B. teachers C. learners D. individuals ‎7. A. wish B. expect C. respect D. hope ‎8. A. are B. do C. will D. would ‎9. A. teacher B. teachers C. teachers’ D. teacher’s ‎10. A. allows B. permits C. lets D. expects Ⅲ. Reading Comprehension A ‎　　Food sometimes gets poisoned with harmful things. A person who eats such food can get an illness called food poisoning. Food poisoning is usually not serious, but some types are deadly. The symptoms of food poisoning usually begin within hours of eating the poisoned food. Fever is one of the most common symptoms.‎ Certain microorganisms（微生物）cause most types of food poisoning. Becteria and other microorganisms can poison eggs, meat, vegetables, and many other foods. After entering the body, these tiny living things release（释放）poisons that make people sick.‎ Some chemicals can also cause food poisoning. They are often added to food while it is being grown, processes, or prepared. For example, many farmers spray chemicals on crops to kill weeds and insects. Some people may have a bad reaction to those chemicals when they eat the crops.‎ Some plants and animals contain natural poisons that are harmful to people. These include certain kinds of seafood, grains, nuts, seeds, beans, and mushrooms.‎ When people handle food properly, the risk of food poisoning is very small. Microorganisms multiply rapidly in dirty places and in warm temperatures. This means that people should never touch food with dirty hands or put food on unwashed surfaces. Food should be kept in a refrigerator to stop microorganisms from growing. Meat needs to be cooked thoroughly to kill any dangerous microorganisms. People should also wash food covered with chemicals before eating it. Finally, people should not eat wild mushrooms or other foods that grow in the wild. Some of these foods may contain natural materials that are poisonous to humans. In addition, some types of fish can be poisonous.‎ Most people recover from food poisoning after a few days of resting and drinking extra water. If people eat natural poisons, they must go to the hospital right away to have their stomachs emptied. ‎ ‎1.Which of the following statements is NOT true?‎ A. Food when poisoned can make people sick. B. Food poisoning means death.‎ C. Food poisoning comes in varieties. D. Food poisoning can be serious.‎ ‎ 2.We know from the passage that the symptoms of food poisoning .‎ ‎ A. are always accompanied by a fever B. are too common to be noted ‎ C. can be noticed within hours D. can he ignored ‎ 3.Food poisoning can be caused by all the following EXCEPT .‎ ‎ A. some chemicals B. low temperatures ‎ C. some tiny living things D. certain natural materials ‎ 4.From Paragraph 5,we can learn that .‎ ‎ A. mushrooms should not be eaten ‎ B. vegetables are safer than meat and seafood ‎ C. natural poisons are more dangerous than chemicals ‎ D. different types of food should be handled differently ‎ 5.It can be inferred from the passage that .‎ ‎ A. natural materials are safe in food processing ‎ ‎ B. chemicals are needed in food processing ‎ C. food poisoning can be kept under control ‎ D. food poisoning is out of control ‎ B（实验）‎ It was just three degrees above zero. “That’s cold,” thought Jane as she got ready to ‎ deliver her morning papers. Jane had 50 customers, and on cold mornings when she couldn’t ride her bicycle, it took her more than an hour to make her rounds.‎ As she collected her papers and put them into a big canvas bag, Jane regretted that she hadn’t finished her math homework the night before. There was still time. She’d hurry with the papers and finish the math before breakfast.‎ Less than an hour later Jane was nearly finished. She had only five customers to go. She could then head for home to complete her math while her mom made breakfast. As she rounded the corner, she saw a car in the middle of the street. It was Mr. Zimmerman, the elderly man who walked with a walking stick. His car was out of gas.‎ ‎“I’d like to help Mr. Zimmerman,” thought Jane, “but if I do, I won’t have time to do my homework. ” She hated to think what Mr. Roberts would say if she hadn’t finished her papers.‎ ‎“It’s his own fault（过错）for running out of gas,” Jane talked to herself. “The station is only a half mile down the street. Surely Mr. Zimmerman can walk that far, even on a cold morning like this … can’t he?” As she walked down the street, Jane wondered what to do.‎ ‎1．Jane delivers her papers _________.‎ A．before she goes to school B．on cold mornings C．with the help of Mr. Zimmerman’s car D．on the way to school ‎2．Mr. Zimmerman was old and _________.‎ A．couldn’t drive well B．would have nobody to help him C．was not rich enough to buy enough gas D．was not able to walk a long way ‎3．The best title for this reading should be _________.‎ A．Fifty Customers B．There’s No Easy Answer C．No Time to Finish Homework D．A Cold Morning for Jane ‎4．We know from the reading that _________.‎ A．Jane couldn’t find any time to finish her homework B．it took about an hour for Jane to send the papers C．Jane would have her breakfast in the school D．Jane liked to deliver papers on cold mornings ‎5．The reading doesn’t say but we can infer that _________.‎ A．Jane bought the gas for Mr. Zimmerman B．usually Jane would deliver papers by bike C．Mr. Robert didn’t’ like Jane at school D．Mr. Zimmerman had to leave the car for Jane C（市外）‎ It isn't strictly true that one half of the world is rich and the other half is poor. It’s one third that is very rich and two thirds that are very poor.‎ ‎ People in the rich countries don’t realize the great difference between them and those in the poorer countries. A very simple example is that a dog or a cat in North America eats better ‎ than a child in the poorer countries. A fisherman in South America may be catching fish which is made into pet food, and his own children are not getting enough to eat for their bodies to develop properly.‎ ‎ Although a lot of the world’s natural resources like oil come from these poorer countries, people in the richer countries are probably using sixty times as much of these resources as a person in Asia or Africa. And it’s the richer countries that decide what kind of prices they are ready to pay for these resources. And the prices the richer countries get to sell their own products abroad, however, are always going up. So they are getting richer and richer and the poorer countries are getting poorer.‎ ‎1. It’s of the world that is very rich and that are very poor. ‎ A. one half; the other half B. one-third; two-thirds C. two-thirds; one third D. one-third; two-third ‎2. A dog or a cat in North America eats better than a child in the poorer countries because .‎ A. the dog and the cat are more important than a child in the poorer countries B. the dog and the cat are richer than a child in the poorer countries C. there are great differences between people in the richer countries and those in the poorer countries.‎ D. the poor children like to eat worse than the pet animals ‎3. The prices of the resources should be decided .‎ A. by the richer countries B. by the poorer countries C. mainly by the poorer countries D. mainly by the richer countries ‎4. is probably using as much of the world’s natural resources as .‎ A. A person in the developed countries; sixty times; a person in the developing countries B. A person in the poorer countries; sixty times; two people in the poorer countries C. A person in the poorer countries; sixty times; a person in the richer countries D. A person in the richer countries; sixty times; a lot of people in Asia or Africa ‎5. The result is that .‎ A. the poorer countries are getting richer and the richer countries are getting poorer B. the richer countries are getting richer and richer and the poorer countries are getting richer too C. the richer countries are getting richer and richer and the poorer countries are getting poorer D. the richer countries are getting poorer and the poorer countries are getting poorer too ‎ Ⅳ. 解释句子：尽可能用最简单，最地道的英语表达解释下列句子（实验）‎ ‎1. Think it over, and you’ll find a way.‎ ‎2. We all think that her point of view is right.‎ ‎3. Parents oughtn’t to put pressure on their children to learn what they wouldn’t like to learn.‎ ‎4. He failed the important experiment because he didn’t do it carefully.(as a result of…)‎ ‎5. Not everyone is happy to see children become the growing consumer group.‎ Ⅴ. 写作专版（二）‎ 二 常见题型的写作技巧 不同的写作题材，它的人物，时间，写作的重点也是不尽相同的。下面结合一些常见的题型介绍一下写作的注意事项以及写作技巧。‎ ‎ (一)提示作文 ‎ 提示作文又称情景作文。它是根据所提供的情节来进行写作。‎ 包括:中英文提示作文、英文提示作文、中文提示作文以及图表提示.其特点是：文章的中心思想和信息内容都在提示的情节中得到暗示。‎ 写这类作文时：‎ ‎1.明确中心:认真阅读、分析所提供的情景,确定文章主题,体裁. ‎ ‎2.建构框架:围绕文章中心去选择材料,并从这些材料中分析,构思,想象和发展段落。 段与段,句与句之间要符合逻辑,衔接自然.切忌把中文提示的情景逐句翻译。‎ ‎3.语法准确:依据文中提供的思路用自己熟悉的英文来表达思想。力求时态,语态准确.语言表达符合英语习惯。‎ 例:根据中英文提示,写出意思连贯,符合逻辑的英文短文。次数80个左右，所给英文提示词必须用上。‎ 中文提示：格林先生是一位著名医生，挽救了许多病人的生命。他工作认真，经常很晚回家。一次下班回家途中目睹了一起交通事故:一个司机开车撞倒了骑车的老人后逃跑了,老人受了重伤?格林先生看到后做了些什么。老人怎样了呢。‎ 英文提示:Mr Green, famous, save, work, come off work, help, traffic accident, run away, hit, policeman, operate on, take...to ‎ 解析：通过分析中英文提示，可以确定本文是一篇写人叙事的记叙文。然后从中文提示的事情发展顺序去组织材料,建构整体框架 ,发展段落,同时可以适当增加细节内容和点评。第一段介绍格林先生及工作情况?第二段叙述巧遇交通事故。第三段叙述挽救病人等情况。‎ 接下来分析英文提示组织语言， 确定时态，介绍格林先生的个人情况时用一般现在时，描述他目睹交通事故并救人的经过用一般过去时。‎ 参考范文:‎ Mr. Green is a famous doctor. He saves a lot of patients' lives.‎ He works hard and carefully. He often gets back home very late after work. He is always ready to help others。‎ One day he saw a traffic accident on his way home from work. The driver hit an old man and ran away.‎ Mr. Green took the old man to his hospital as quickly as possible after he called the policeman. He tried his best to operate on the old man in the hospital. The old man was saved.‎ ‎ 2012年春季初三英语能力提升训练四 一、 单项选择 ‎1. March 11th, 2011 is special day for Japan, because powerful earthquake happened and had caused many deaths.‎ ‎ A. a; a B. a; the C. the; a D. the; the ‎2. As a result of the serious earthquake, two-thirds of the buildings .‎ ‎ A. need to rebuild B. need rebuild C. need rebuilding D. needs to be rebuilt ‎ ‎3. On her way home, she found her handbag ___ .‎ ‎ A. being lost B. missing C. losing D. has gone ‎4. You _______ afraid of the difficulties.‎ A. need not to be B. don’t need be C. don’t need to be D. need not ‎ ‎5. We could have been here in time. But our car ______ halfway, so it is not our intention to keep you waiting here for so long.‎ ‎ A. broke up B. broke into C. broke down D. broke out ‎6. These two pairs of shoes are the same ________ size, and they are _______ the same quality. In addition, you can pay either _____ cash or ______ cheque.（支票） ‎ A. in; of; in; by B. in; on; in; with C. of; of; by; in D. on; in; with; through ‎7. The shirt ______ very easily. No wonder that all shirts of this kind _______ out so quickly.‎ A. is washed; have been sold B. washes; have sold ‎ C. has been washed; have been sold D. washes; have been sold ‎8. --- The air smells terrible here.‎ ‎ --- Well, across the river there ____ two factories and each of them ____ paper.‎ A. lie; make B. lies; makes C. are; makes D. is; make ‎9. London is a most beautiful city in Britain, ____ the River Thames.‎ A. lying in B. lied on C. located on D. stood in ‎10. As ___ as you persist (坚持) in what you are doing, you will achieve success.‎ A. long B. soon C. well D. usual ‎11. --- The forest guards are often very busy in this season.‎ ‎ --- Yes, many people come camping here, and sometimes they leave campfire that has not been ____ completely.‎ A. gone out B. put out C. put away D. put off ‎12. My dictionary . I have looked for it everywhere but still it.‎ A. has gone；don’t find B. is lost；don’t find C. has lost；haven’t found D. is missing；haven’t found ‎13. — Oh, it’s you. I ________ you.‎ ‎— It’s not surprising you didn’t. I’ve just had my hair dyed red.‎ A. don’t recognize B. hadn’t recognized ‎ C. haven’t recognized D. didn’t recognize ‎14. I don’t think Jim saw me; he into space.‎ A. just looked B. was just looking C. has just looked D. had just looked ‎15. Look, a lot of policemen are ______ the village for the thief who stole a lot of money from this bank.‎ A. looking B. searching for C. looking for D. searching 二、完型填空 A One night a man came to a well (井) and looked into it. He saw the moon 1 the water. “The moon has 2 down the well. ” he said to himself, “I must get it 3 . ” He ran home 4 a rope. Then he threw an end of the rope into the water and held the other in his 5 . The rope rounded a big stone in the well. He pulled and pulled,‎ ‎ 6 the stone didn't move. When he pulled very hard, 7 rope was broken. The man fell to the 8 and the rope went up into the air While he was looking up, he was very ‎ 9 , “Good !” he said, “I have put the moon back into the 10 . ”‎ ‎1. A. in B. to C. on D. at ‎2. A. gone B. fallen C. taken D. come ‎3. A. up B. from C. on D. in ‎4. A. getting B. got C. gets D. to get ‎5. A. hand B. foot C. mouth D. arm ‎6. A. so B. but C. because D. and ‎7. A. a B. it C. the D. there ‎8. A. ground B. water C. air D. well ‎9. A. right B. good C. happy D. sad l0.A. sky B. well C. ground D. air B Dick works in a factory. It’s far from his home. On weekdays he 1 to work in the morning and back home in the evening. One day he came home late and didn’t look 2 . His wife saw his 3 ，then asked him，“Why aren’t you happy today？Are you not ‎ 4 dear？”‎ ‎“Yes，I’m quite well. But I’m very angry, 5 the bus ticket was three pence(便士) last week. Today it is two 6 . ”“That’s 7 , ”his wife said. “The bus ticket is cheaper now. You 8 save two pence every day. ”But Dick said, “No, you a 9 . I walk to work and back home every day. Last week I saved 10 pence every day, but now I have two pence less. ”‎ ‎1. A. runs B. wants C. drives D. walks ‎2. A. happy B. angry C. strong D. sorry ‎3. A. bus B. ticket C. bag D. face ‎4. A. late B. well C. hungry D. tired ‎5. A. so B. or C. because D. though ‎6. A. clearly B. nearly C. only D. really ‎7. A. good B. true C. well D. terrible ‎8. A. should B. can C. must D. may ‎9. A. driver B. woman C. worker D. fool ‎10. A. three B. four C. five D. six 三、阅读理解 A A famous teacher was speaking to the students at our school. He began his lesson by holding up a ￥100 bill. Then he said to the three hundred students， “Who would like this ￥100 bill？” The students began to put up their hands at once.‎ Then he said， “I am going to give this ￥100 to one of you， but first， let me do this.”‎ ‎ He then made the bill into a ball. Then he said， “Who wants it now？” The hands went back into the air.‎ ‎ “Well，” he said， “What if I do this？” and he dropped it on the floor and stepped on it. He picked up the dirty， crumpled bill and said， “Who still wants it？” Hands went back into the air.‎ ‎ “My friends，” he said， “you have learned a valuable lesson today. No matter what I did to the money， you still wanted it because it did not go down in value. It was still worth ￥ l00！”‎ Many times in our lives， we are dropped， crumpled， and stepped on by the chances we take and the things that happen to us. We feel as if we are worth nothing. But remember， no matter what has happened to you， you will never lose your value： you are always valuable to those people who love you. Your value doesn‘t come from what you do or whom you know， but WHO YOU ARE.‎ You are special and valuable. Don‘t ever forget it！‎ ‎1. Even though it was dirty， the money _______.‎ A. still went up in value B. was worth nothing C. didn‘t go down in value D. was still ours ‎2. We are always valuable to the people _______.‎ ‎ A. who pay us B. who call us C. who hate us D. who love us ‎ 3. Your value doesn‘t come from what you do but _______.‎ ‎ A. who you know                   B. who made you C. who you remember               D. who you are ‎ 4. The sentence “Hands went back into the air” means “_______”。‎ A. the students put up their hands again ‎ B. the students put down their hands ‎ C. the students put their hands behind their backs again ‎ D. the students put their hands in front of them ‎5. Why did the famous teacher use a ￥100 bill at his lesson？‎ ‎ A. Because he wanted to make the bill into a ball.‎ B. Because he used to drop a bill on the floor and stepped on it.‎ ‎ C. Because he was going to give the bill to one of his students.‎ ‎ D. Because he wanted to make the students know what value was.‎ 四、单词拼写 ‎1. Do you know the ___________(德国人) who are talking with our headmaster?‎ ‎2. Bill Gates _____________ (捐赠) a lot of money to poor people every year. ‎ ‎3. Would you please give us an_______________(解释)for your being late?‎ ‎4. His question was so ______________（挑战的）that all of us failed to answer it.‎ ‎5. After g_____________ from university, he once worked as a newspaper reporter.‎ ‎6. What are the _________（品质）you should find in a famous scientist?‎ ‎7. Only those who are fit for the job can be invited for an (面谈) ．‎ ‎8. Would you please give us an _______________ (介绍) to your new book？‎ ‎9. To keep fit, we should always avoid food that _____________ (含有) too much fat.‎ ‎10. Do you know who will be in c________ of our class next week when our teacher is away？‎ ‎11. Obey the school rules, otherwise you will get p_______________.‎ ‎12. You must be c______________ to go swimming in such bad weather.‎ ‎13. The plane reached the ____________(海拔高度) of about 39,000 feet.‎ ‎14. If you carry a s_________, you try to find out information by asking people a series of questions.‎ ‎15. As is known to all, IQ stands for i_________ quotient.‎ 五．完成句子 (共10分)‎ ‎1．总是节食对身体是有害的。‎ Always going _______ ________ is harmful to our body．‎ ‎2．他过去起得早,而现在不那样了。‎ He _________ __________ get up early, but now he doesn’t．‎ ‎3．她很累，想要好好睡一觉 She was very tired and_______ ________having a nice sleep．‎ ‎4．当她躺在医院里的时候，她后悔没有听从妈妈的劝告。‎ When she lay in the hospital, she regretted_______ ________her mother’s advice ‎5．汤姆的父亲喜欢钓鱼，汤姆也喜欢。‎ Tom’s father likes going fishing and ________ _________ Tom．‎ 标杆英语老师告诉你：‎ 一只小象出生在马戏团，小象的父母是马戏团里的演员。它很顽皮，总是在马戏团里乱跑，工作人员只好用一条锁链一头绑着小象，一头绑在铁杆上，这样小象就只能在一定的范围内活动了。‎ 刚开始的时候，小象很不习惯，拼命地想挣脱锁链，但是没能成功。几天过去了，小象经过一次次的失败后，变老实了，因为不管它怎么用力，锁链还是没能挣脱。渐渐地，小象习惯了被锁链锁着的生活。直到小象变成了大象，这时它的力气足以扯断锁链，但它没有这么做，因为它以为锁链是无坚不摧的，这个心理暗示已经深深印在小象的记忆中了。‎ 其实，真正限制小象自由的锁链不是有形的锁链，而是小象心中无形的锁链。‎ 无论何时，我们都应该对自己有信心，今天的你已不是昨天的你，要相信自己能打破精神的枷锁，让灵魂展翅飞翔。‎ ‎ 相信自己，并且现在就去做该做的事，你定能成功！‎ Lesson 9 中考英语冲刺（九）‎ A very drunk man comes out of the bar and sees another very drunk man. He looks up in the sky and says, "Is that the sun or the moon?" The other drunk man answers, "I don't know. I'm a stranger here myself."‎ ‎【Warm up】‎ 深圳各校试题精选（三）‎ I.【Vocabulary and Grammar】‎ ‎1. ______ useful information it is for me!（外国语）‎ A. What B. What a C. What an D. How ‎2. She used to _____ in town, but now she finds herself used to _____ in the country. （实验）‎ A. live; the life B. living; living C. live; live D. living; live ‎3. —I am going to the post office. （实验）‎ ‎ —________ you are there, can you get me some stamps?‎ A. As B. While C. Because D. if ‎4. ---Today is ____unusual day because my dream of entering ____university has come true. ‎ ‎ ---Congratulations! （石厦）‎ A. a; a B. an; an C. an; a D. a; an ‎5. ---What is in the box? （石厦）‎ ‎ ---There __________some chicken and some ____________.‎ A. are; photos B. is ; photos C. is; photoes D. are; photoes ‎6. ---How many students are there in your school? （石厦）‎ ‎ ---There are __________students and a third of the students are girls.‎ A. nine hundred and ninety; boys B. nine hundred and ninty; boy C. nine hundred and ninety; boy D. nine hundred and ninety; boys ‎7. ---He was very miserable. He lost the key ______the door _________a cold night. （石厦）‎ ‎ ---How poor he was!‎ A. to; on B. in ; in C. on; in D. in ;on ‎8. ---Is someone hurt in the car accident?(外国语)‎ ‎ ---Yes, one is hurt, but not________.‎ A. badly B. much C. hardly D. bad ‎9. ---_______beautiful flowers they are! （石厦）‎ ‎ ---________.‎ A. What a ; So are they B. How ; So they are C. What ; So are they D. What; So they are ‎10. ---What was your problem? （石厦）‎ ‎ ---I had difficulty _______this work. I was made ______these words five hundred times.‎ A. to finish; to copy B. finishing; to copy C. finishing; copy D. finish; copy ‎11. He is ______honest man. I have known him since he was ______ one-year-old boy.（联考）‎ ‎ A. a; an B. a; a C. an; an D. an; a ‎12. People can use QQ to __________ with each other on the Internet. （联考）‎ ‎ A. talk B. speak C. say D. tell ‎13. We’re looking forward to _______volunteers in the Universiad. （联考）‎ ‎ A. be B. do C. being D. doing ‎14. It’s wrong __________ you _________ your classmates. （联考）‎ ‎ A. for; frightened B. of; to frighten C. of; frightening D. for; to frighten ‎15. ---This website must be useful for you, __________ it ? （联考）‎ ‎ ---Yes, there _________ information for us to search for.‎ ‎ A. must; is B. mustn’t are C. isn’t; are D. isn’t ; is ‎16. If it ___ fine tomorrow, I don’t know if they ___ football. If they ____ that, _____.（联考）‎ ‎ A. is; will play; do; so will I B. will be; will play; will do; so will I ‎ C. is; play; will do; so do I D. will be; will play; do; so I do ‎17. — How far is your school from your home?（实验）‎ ‎ — It’s about 6 kilometers ____________.‎ ‎ A. far B. long C. along D. away ‎18. — When will you leave? （实验）‎ ‎ — I __________ here until the boss comes back.‎ ‎ A. won’t wait B. won’t leave C. will leave D. won’t stay ‎19. —Did you see the big fire? （实验）‎ ‎ —Yes, I saw it _________ with my own eyes.‎ ‎ A. took place B. take place C. to take place D. takes place ‎20. ---How long is the modern bridge?(莲花)‎ ‎ --It is ________.‎ ‎ A. eight kilometers long B. eight-kilometer-long ‎ C. eight-kilometers long D. eight-kilometer long ‎21. The water is _____ cold. Please give me ______ warm water. （实验）‎ ‎ A. a little; a bit B. a little; a little of C. a bit; a little of D. a bit; a bit of ‎22. Everyone has to keep quiet, ______?（实验）‎ ‎ A. don’t they B. hasn’t he C. doesn’t he D. doesn’t they ‎23. --- Sugar ______ milk? （实验）‎ ‎ ---Only milk, please, ______ I used to like sugar.‎ ‎ A. and; and B. and; but C. or; and D. or; but ‎24. They _______ in hospital for so long because they feel much better now. （实验）‎ ‎ A. needs not stay B. need not to stay C. don’t need stay D. need not stay ‎25. They planned to stay in Shanghai for a short time, maybe only _____.（实验）‎ A. two and a half day B. two and half a days C. two days and a half D. half a day and two ‎26. He has been told ______ to be careful in class. （实验）‎ ‎ A. a hundred time B. hundred of times C. hundreds of times D. a hundred of times ‎27. He has not money with him, which makes_ __for him to travel all over the world. （实验）‎ ‎ A. that impossible B. him impossible C. it impossible D. him stop ‎28. The heavy snow is still on. _______ clothing is _______ needed in the village. （实验）‎ A. Many; much B. Much; badly C. A good many of; rather D. A great deal; very ‎29. Tom together with his classmates _______ the ending of the film, _________?（实验）‎ A. dislike; doesn’t he B. dislikes; don’t they C. dislikes; doesn’t he D. dislike; don’t they ‎30. Your bathroom needs _____; You’d better have it _____ this week. （实验）‎ A. cleaning; do B. to be cleaned; do C. cleaning; done D. being cleaned, done Ⅱ. Cloze I have experienced many different types of teachers and from each of them. I have drawn out characteristics to form the __1__ teacher. The person has no age or sex requirements __2__ this person must be pleasant to look at. I don’t believe teachers have to be beautiful but they have to keep __3__ well groomed. I have had a teacher who didn’t keep herself well groomed; the other students and I found her __4__ quite distracting. I believe that a teacher should wear the clothes he or she likes, but not things that are shocking or totally 5 . I find that students spend more time 6 _ than they do listening. ‎ This person should know his or her __7__ in detail. He or she must also possess a certain 8 for it to get the students enthusiastic. He or she must be able to make lessons 9 and pick out little details that relate it to the students. A teacher who just relays facts __10__ to be boring . A student can pick out facts from a textbook; it is the teacher who is to tie the subject together in an interesting fashion. ‎ ‎1. A. real B. beautiful C. ideal D. pleasant ‎2. A. but B. because C. since D. although ‎3. A students B. colleagues C. principals D. themselves ‎4. A. method B. appearance C. speech D. manner ‎5. A. strange B. new C. expensive D. cheap ‎6. A. playing B. writing C. copying D. staring ‎7. A. students B. time C. subject D. character ‎8. A. idea B. attitude C. love D. question ‎9. A. serious B. humorous C. intensive D. funny ‎10. A. tends B. fails C. avoids D. pretends Ⅲ.【Reading】 ‎ A ‎ There is no excuse for not doing your assignments（作业）. If you can’t come to school, you should call your teacher or your classmate and ask about homework. It is your responsibility to find out what homework you have missed. It is not the teacher’s job to remind you of the missed assignments.‎ You must not be absent on a test day. If you are seriously ill, call and let the teacher know you will not be there for the test. If your teacher allows a make-up test（补考），you should take the test within one or two days after you return to class. Serious illness is the only reason for missing a test.‎ Be on time! It is impolite to be late. Also, it bothers other students. If you must come in late, be sure to do it quietly. Have your books and papers out of your bag before you come into ‎ the room. Then go to your seat and sit down quietly. In the USA, it is not necessary to knock before you enter the classroom. Most teachers will give you a low grade if you are often late.‎ In America, you should call your teacher by his or her last name instead of “ teacher”. Also you should use Mr, Miss, Ms or Mrs before the last name ( such as Mrs Smith or Mr Jones). This is polite. The teacher will tell you the title that he or she likes. It is impolite in the USA to eat, drink or chew gum during class. Don’t do these until the break. Also, removing your shoes in the classroom is not polite.‎ ‎1. What should you do if you miss a class?‎ A. Give an excuse for missing the assignments.‎ B. Tell the teacher you can’t come to school or do the assignments.‎ C. Ask your teacher to remind you of the missed assignments.‎ D. Call your teacher or your classmate to find out what assignments were given.‎ ‎2. When can a student miss a test according to the passage?‎ A. When he / she is late for the test.‎ ‎ B. When he/ she is really sick.‎ ‎ C. When he / she failed another test.‎ ‎ D. When he / she doesn’t want to have the test.‎ ‎3. In America, if your teacher’s name is Susan Black, what should you call her politely?‎ A. Ms Black B. Ms Susan C. Susan Black D. Teacher Black ‎4. Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?‎ A. A student is thought to be impolite when he / she takes off his / her shoes in ‎ the classroom.‎ B. A student is thought to be impolite when he / she eats and drinks in class.‎ C. When a student is late for class, he / she must knock before he / she enters the classroom.‎ D. A student is thought to be impolite when he/she doesn’t come for class on time.‎ ‎ B (石厦)‎ Most people worry about failure, but do you know that successful people fail more often than unsuccessful people? The University of California at Davis has made a world-wide study of more than 2000 scientists who failed much more often than the less successful ones.‎ ‎ You may have heard that Edison failed over thousands of times before he finally invented the light bulb. Albert Einstein also said, “Show me someone who has never failed and I will show you someone who hasn’t tried hard enough.” In modern sports, Michael Jordan also experienced many “failures”. He missed more shots than any other player during each of his final three NBA championship games. Yet in each of those years he was still named “the Most Valuable Player”. That was because the things he did to help his team succeed were far more important that his many “failures”‎ ‎ Successful people don’t give up even though they make mistakes all the time. They learn from their mistakes, come up with new solutions to the problems and try again. They don’t allow the fear of failure to stop them from achieving their goals.‎ ‎1. The study the University of California made tells us that ____________.‎ ‎ A. there are more and more scientists in the world ‎ B. the 2000 scientists are all great scientists.‎ ‎ C. the more successful the scientist is, the more times he or she may fail.‎ ‎ D. all scientists fail many times in their researches.‎ ‎2. What does Albert Einstein mean by what he said?‎ ‎ A. there is no one who has never failed ‎ B. If someone works hard to get success, he or she is sure to meet many difficulties.‎ ‎ C. We can’t be successful if we don’t try our best.‎ ‎ D. You can’t be more successful if you fail more times.‎ ‎3. Why was Michael Jordan still named “the Most Valuable Player” in each of the years he played?‎ ‎ A. He missed more shots than any other player.‎ ‎ B. He made more shots by himself in his team.‎ ‎ C. He was more famous than any other player.‎ ‎ D. He did a lot to help the team, though he missed the most shots.‎ ‎4. The underlined work “achieving” can be replaced by __________.‎ ‎ A. reaching B. setting C. kicking D. pitying ‎5. What does the passage tell us?‎ ‎ A. We should try to help others to succeed.‎ ‎ B. We should think carefully before we do anything.‎ ‎ C. We should try our best to do everything.‎ ‎ D. We shouldn’t fear failure and should never give up.‎ ‎ C (红岭)‎ The little mermaid lived in a castle in the ocean. She was a beautiful girl with no feet. Because her body ended in a fish’s tail.‎ ‎ One fine day, she saw the ship of a handsome prince. Suddenly the sea started to get rough (汹涌). A huge wave capsized (倾覆) the ship but the prince did not know how to swim. The little mermaid (美人鱼) saved him. She took him to beach and returned to the sea. When the prince woke up, he saw a girl. He thought the girl saved his life. He wanted to thank the girl, but he was too weak to speak. ‎ ‎ The little mermaid fell in love with the prince and wanted to be human. She went to see a witch to change he fish’s tail into legs, so she could be with the prince. The mermaid had a beautiful voice. The witch made her exchange her voice for the medicine that would give her legs.‎ ‎ The witch told the little mermaid that she must win the prince’s love, or she would die. The next night she swam to the beach. Her legs grew and she walked to the prince’s palace. She danced for the prince but she could not talk to him. To her surprise, the prince told her, “I want to get marry to the woman who saved my life.”‎ ‎ The little mermaid was very sad. That night, she dreamed about the witch. The witch told her to kill the prince so she could live and become a mermaid again. The little mermaid decided that she could not kill the prince, so she jumped into the sea to kill herself. The gods of the air saved her, because her heart was pure and today she lives in the wind with her friends.‎ ‎1. What did the little mermaid have instead of feet?‎ ‎ A. fish’s wing B. A fish’s tail C. Human’s feet D. Human’s legs ‎2. The best title of the story is _________.‎ ‎ A. The little Mermaid B. A prince C. A witch D. A fairy tale ‎3. The little mermaid had to exchange her _________ for getting her legs.‎ ‎ A. love B. heart C. voice D. life ‎4. Why didn’t the prince marry the little mermaid?‎ ‎ A. He thought he didn’t know her B. He thought she had no human legs.‎ ‎ C. He didn’t love her D. He didn’t know she was the girl who saved her life.‎ ‎5. The underlined word “fell in love with” means “________” in Chinese.‎ ‎ A. 落下 B. 和……坠入爱河 C. 与……一起 D. 掉到……里 D (红岭)‎ ‎ “Depend on yourself ” is what nature says to every man. Parents can help you. Teachers can help you. Others still can help you. But all these only help you to help yourself.‎ ‎ There have been many great men in history. But many of them were very poor in childhood, and had no uncles, aunts or friends to help them. Schools were few and not very good. They couldn’t depend on them for education. They saw how it was, and began to work with their own efforts to know something. They worked their own way up to fame.‎ ‎ One of the most famous teachers in England used to tell his pupils, “I can’t make worthy (值得尊敬的) men of you, but I can help you make men of yourselves.”‎ ‎ Some young men have the best of everything, but they are to be pitied. They can never do things successfully if they don’t see their weak point and change their course(方向). They are nobody now, and will be nobody as long as they don’t follow the advice of their parents and teachers, and depend on their own efforts.‎ ‎1. “Depend on yourself” in this passage means __________.‎ ‎ A. rely on your own efforts B. rely on nature ‎ C. wait for others to help D. count on your parents ‎2. Many of the great men in history succeeded because _________.‎ ‎ A. they were very poor in childhood ‎ B. they could not depend on schools for education ‎ C. they made great efforts to learn and work ‎ D. they wanted very much to become famous ‎3. According to the famous teacher in England, a teacher can _________.‎ ‎ A. make his pupils worthy men ‎ B. help his pupils find a way to fame ‎ C. help his pupils make themselves useful men ‎ D. make his pupils men of strength and courage ‎4. If young people depend on their own efforts, __________.‎ ‎ A. they are to be pitied ‎ B. they can be ambitions ‎ C. they are nobody now and will be nobody in the future ‎ D. they can be successful in their work ‎5. How can young men be successful?‎ ‎ A. They should see their weak point and change their course.‎ ‎ B. They should follow the advice of their parents and teachers.‎ ‎ C. They should depend on their own efforts.‎ ‎ D. All above Ⅳ. 解释句子，用英语解释下列句子.（红岭）‎ ‎1. Tom runs fast. Ken runs fast, too.‎ ‎2. Peter spent 5,000 dollars on his new car.‎ ‎3. Watch out when you go across the street..‎ ‎4. Mr. Smith has taught English in this school for 5 years.‎ ‎5. Turn right at the second turning.‎ Ⅴ. 写作专版（三）‎ ‎(二)图表作文 以图表提供情景的作文要以“读”为主，首先要读懂图表中的数据、时间、编码、序号以及相互间的变化关系，对所给信息加以分析 ‎、推断、筛选、概括、去粗取精；在写作时目的要明确，要注意内容的准确性和严肃性，尤其是图表中的数据、时间等不得有误。‎ 例：健康很重要。在学习和工作的压力日趋增大的今天，会休息的人才会有健康的身体。人们是如何度过假期的呢？国际健康组织对此作了一次调查，下图是他们此次的调查结果。根据你所得的信息，请为国际健康组织写一篇完整的调查报告,并提倡大家进行假日休闲。‎ work visit friends or parents travel stay at home 解析：‎ ‎1 认真审题，找出文章要表达的中心。‎ 我们可以找到关键词：如何度过假期，调查结果，提倡假日休闲 ‎2 用简单的句子或短语列出文章要点。‎ ‎ A lot of people travel . ‎ ‎ Some people stay at home. ‎ ‎ Some other people visit friends or parents. ‎ ‎ A few people work.‎ ‎ Enjoy your vacation.‎ ‎3 加首尾，使结构完整。‎ 有了主体，然后考虑首尾。可以采取总分总结构或者总分结构，开头或结尾的句子应注意简洁，漂亮。‎ How do people spend their vacation? We made a survey and here is our survey report.（首段）‎ Come and enjoy your vacation. People who relax well work well.（结尾）‎ ‎4 连句成段。恰当运用关联词句，使得文章层次清晰，各个部分衔接自然。同时选好词句，美化文章。在有把握的情况下展示自己的语言功底。‎ We interviewed people about the ways to spend the vacation and here is our survey report. ‎ According to it, most people choose to travel to get away from the busy world during the holidays . Then some people like to stay at home, watching TV or surfing the Internet to have a good rest. And to visit friends or parents also makes them relaxed. However, a few people have to work. ‎ Come and enjoy your vacation. People who relax well work well.‎ Fred is 32 years old and he is still single. One day a friend asked, "Why aren't you married? Can't you find a woman who will be a good wife?" Fred replied, "Actually, I've found many women I wanted to marry, but when I bring them home to meet my parents, my mother doesn't like them." His friend thinks for a moment and says, "I've got the perfect solution, just find a girl who's just like your mother." A few months later they meet again and his friend says, "Did you find the perfect girl? Did your mother like her?" With a frown on his face, Fred answers, "Yes, I found the perfect girl. She was just like my mother. You were right, my mother liked her very much." The friend said, "Then what's the problem?" Fred replied, "My father doesn't like her."‎ Lesson 10 中考英语冲刺（十）‎ ‎【Warm up】‎ 深圳各校试题精选（四）‎ I.【Vocabulary and Grammar】‎ ‎1. —Is he _______________one-year-old baby you talked about the other day? (高级)‎ ‎ —Yes, but he is _____________ naughty baby.‎ ‎ A. a; a B. an; a C. the; a D. the; an ‎2. — Excuse me, ________ I don’t think you can smoke here.（高级）‎ ‎ — Sorry I ________ this is a no-smoking zone.‎ ‎ A. but, didn’t know B. but , don’t know C. and, didn’t know D. and, don’t know ‎3. ---It’s useful book. Whose is it?‎ ‎ ---It belongs to .(彩田)‎ ‎ A．the, mine B．a, me C．an, me D．an, I ‎4. ---Has Mary been back? (彩田)‎ ‎ ---Not yet. She will come back the evening of June .‎ ‎ A．in, the nineteenth B．at, first C．on, the twelfth D．to, thirtieth ‎5. ---Here’s One hundred dollars I from you last week. Thank you. (彩田)‎ ‎ ---Oh, I almost forgot you the money.‎ ‎ A．borrowed, to lend B．borrowed, lending C．lent, to borrow D．lent, lending ‎6. ---Who has solved the problem?(碧波)‎ ‎ ---Mike has. I think is clever Mike to solve it.‎ ‎ A．it, of B．this, for C．it, for D．that, of ‎7. ---Peter is never late for school, ? (碧波)‎ ‎ --- . He always comes on time.‎ ‎ A．is he, Yes B．isn’t he, No C．is he, No D．isn’t he, Yes ‎8. --- fun it is to walk and cycle along the Mangrove (红树林)！(碧波)‎ ‎ --- ‎ ‎ A．What a , So it is B．What; So it is ‎ C．How a, so is it D．How, So is it ‎ ‎9. --- How long has the foreigner _______ here? (碧波)‎ ‎ --- He has _______ here for several hours.‎ ‎ A. arrived; come B. stayed; been C. been; got D. left; been away ‎10. Don’t forget to hand _____ your homework ______ the end of the week.（联考）‎ ‎ A. in; to B. to; in C. in; by D. in; at ‎11. Kate’s shoes were worn out. She decided to buy a new ___ in the nearby ___ shop.(外国语)‎ A. pair; shoe B. one; shoe C. one; shoe’s D. pair; shoe’s ‎12. We have lived on the ______ floor for ______.（外国语）‎ A. forteenth; two years and half B. tenth; two years and a half C. fifth; two and one half years D. nineth; two and a half years ‎ ‎13. Mother is ill and she ______ in bed for two days. （实验）‎ ‎ A. has lay B. has laid C. has lied D. has lain ‎14. Cleaning women in big cities usually get _________ by the hour. （联考）‎ ‎ A. pay. B. paying. C. paid. D. to pay.‎ ‎15. _______ you promise to come to help me, I don’t mind what time tomorrow you arrive at my place. （联考）‎ ‎ A. So long as B. As well as C. Even if D. Otherwise ‎16. Our class __ __ forty-five students. In other words, our class _ __ _ forty-five students. （联考）‎ ‎ A. consists of, is made up of B. is consisted of, make up of ‎ C. consists of, makes up of D. is consisted of, are made up of ‎17. Millionaires are often very generous and ________ a lot of their money to charities to help the poor.（外国语）‎ ‎ A. give in B. give up C. give away D. give off ‎18. If there ______ no water, there ______ no life on the earth. （外国语）‎ ‎ A. is, would be. B. was, was. C. were, would be. D. were, would have ‎19. ---Excuse me, Sir. __________ is it from here to Guangzhou?（07深圳中考）‎ ‎---About ______ drive.‎ ‎ A. How long; two hours B. How far; two hours’ ‎ C. How far; two-hour D. How long; two hours ‎20. ― our great surprise, Wen Jiabao chatted online with e-pals February 28th 2009（中考模拟）‎ ‎ ―Yes, We were really excited at it.‎ ‎ A. For, in B. To, on C. At, on D. With, in ‎21. ―Do you think I can pass the coming exam? （中考模拟）‎ ‎ ―You pass the examination you study harder from now on.‎ ‎ A. didn’t; until B. won’t; if C. won’t; unless D. will; whether ‎22. ―Why does she always say she is money? （中考模拟）‎ ‎ ―Because half of her money on food and clothes.‎ ‎ A. out of, takes B. short for, pays ‎ C. short of, is cost D. short of, is spent ‎23. ― .(中考模拟)‎ ‎ ―They did? That’s great! Congratulations ‎ A. I failed in my driving test ‎ B. We all finished my homework yesterday C. My mother had a baby girl last week ‎ D. Manchester United beat Liverpool by 2-1 last night ‎24. ---________that new bike over there?（09深圳中考）‎ ‎ ---I think it’s __________.‎ ‎ A. Who’s, Sam B. Who’s, Sam’s ‎ C. Whose is, Sam D. Whose is, Sam’s ‎25. ―Where shall we have a picnic on weekend, Dameisha or Xiaomeisha?（中考模拟）‎ ‎ ―I don’t mind. place is Ok.‎ ‎ A. Both B. Neither C. Every D. Either ‎26. Which of the following is True?（08深圳中考）‎ ‎ A. Could you tell me what is the matter with him?‎ ‎ B. Do you know where does Elizabeth live?‎ ‎ C. I’ve got no idea how to do with it.‎ ‎ D. There are many people read in the library.‎ ‎27. ―You’d better not go out now. It’s raining and a cold wind is blowing.(中考模拟)‎ ‎ ―It doesn’t matter. My coat can keep rain and wind.‎ ‎ A. from B. of C. on D. off ‎28. ―Paul, you’ve got so many ancient coins.（桂园）‎ ‎ ―Yeah. I collect coins but now I collect stamps instead of coins.‎ ‎ A. was used to B. used to C. am used to D. used ‎29. ―I think Mr. Li in the lab. He said just now he would go there.（中考模拟）‎ ‎ ―No, he be there, I have just been there. I didn’t see him.‎ ‎ A. may, mustn’t B. must, can’t C. must, mustn’t D. can, can’t ‎30. Which of the following sentences is TRUE?(上步)‎ ‎ A. Here is your changes.‎ ‎ B. It’s not right talk loudly in the exhibition hall.‎ ‎ C. We were made clean the room last night.‎ ‎ D. I have made the decision to visit Mr. Green tomorrow.‎ Ⅱ. Cloze ‎ A (能力提升)‎ How do superstitions（迷信）begin? Today’s most common superstitions go back many ‎ __1_. Take, for example, the superstition that it’s bad luck to __2_ a mirror. This superstition probably began in ancient times. Back then, people believed their reflections（映象）in the mirror contained a part of their _3__. So, when people broke a mirror, they also __4___ their soul.‎ Why would this bring seven years of bad luck? Well, Romans believed life __5__ itself every seven years. So a broken soul would take seven years to __6_ . ‎ Today most people don’t know how or where superstitions _7__. If you ask most Westerners why it’s bad luck to break a mirror, they probably won’t know. And they’ll probably tell you that they don’t really believe that the superstition is true. __8_ many of them may still skeptically follow it.‎ Other people follow superstitions without even thinking about it. For example, if I’m waiting for some good news, I may ask my friends to “ Cross their _9_.” But I don’t really believe that this will bring me any __10_ luck.‎ ‎1. A. people B. generations C. nations D. families ‎2. A. use B. break C. bring D. throw ‎3. A. figures B. bodies C. shadows D. soul ‎4.A. wounded B. destroyed C. injured D. damaged ‎5. A. renewed B. repaired C. replaced D. reminded ‎6.A. heal B. mend C. overcome D. survive ‎7. A. developed B. disappeared C. originated D. discovered ‎8. A. Though B. But C. And D. So ‎9.A. arms B. legs C. feet D. fingers ‎10. A. bad B. normal C. additional D. terrible Ⅲ. Reading Comprehension A（红岭）‎ ‎　　Computer viruses are small software programs. They can spread from one computer to another and interfere(介入) with computer operation. A virus might delete(删除) information on your computer. They can use your e-mail program to spread itself to other computer, or even make everything on your hard disk gone. Viruses are most easily spread by attachments(附件) in e-mail messages. That is why it is essential that you never open e-mail attachments unless you know who it’s from and you are expecting it. Viruses can pretend to be attachments of funny pictures, greeting cards, or audio and video files. Viruses also spread through downloads on the Internet. They can be hidden in illicit(盗版的) software or other files or programs you might download.‎ ‎ To help avoid viruses, it’s essential that you keep running the latest antivirus tools(杀毒工具) on your computer, and follow a few rules when you surf the Internet, download files, and open attachments. Once a virus is on your computer, its type or the way it used to get there is not as important as removing it and preventing further infection(感染).‎ ‎1. What are computer viruses? They are ______________.‎ ‎ A. some kinds of illness B. some kinds of insects in computers ‎ C. some small software programs D. some kinds of worms in computer ‎2. What can computer viruses do ? They can _____________.‎ ‎ A. make your computer work well. B. make your computer work more quickly ‎ C. make your computer work badly D. make you computer more beautiful ‎3. What’s the easiest way for computer viruses to spread from computer to computer?‎ ‎ A. They spread themselves by floating in the air.‎ ‎ B. They spread themselves by attachments in e-mail messages.‎ ‎ C. They spread themselves by jumping from computer to computer.‎ ‎ D. They spread themselves by getting into the hard disk.‎ ‎4. What can we do to help avoid viruses?‎ ‎ A. Run the latest antivirus tools. B. Don’t open unexpected e-mail attachments.‎ ‎ C. Be careful with the download files. D. All above.‎ ‎5. What will you do if you find a virus on your computer?‎ ‎ A. Try to find out the type of the virus B. Try to find out how it spread itself.‎ ‎ C. Try to remove it D. Take your computer to the hospital B（中考模拟）‎ Do you know that a turtle can lay 12 eggs in one minute? A large sea turtle lays around 150 eggs at a time. She lays all these eggs in just a few minutes. ‎ Large sea turtles live in the warm seas of the world. Except for when they lay their eggs, they spend their whole lives in the water. When it is time to lay their eggs, the females swim to land. They usually return to the place where they themselves were born. How they find their way back there is unknown. ‎ When they reach shore, the big, heavy turtles crawl slowly up to the high water mark. Using their flippers, they pull themselves along the sand. They must struggle like mountain climbers. When they finally reach dry sand, they rest before beginning the difficult task of laying eggs. ‎ The turtles lay the eggs in deep holes and cover them with warm sand. The sand protects the eggs from harm. Then the females leave them. After a few weeks, if you happened to be walking along the beach, you might see the sand begin to shake. You may see tiny black balls coming out of the sand. The tiny heads of baby turtles!‎ ‎1. Which sentence expresses the main idea? ‎ A. Sea turtles have interesting life habits. ‎ B. Sea turtles swim to shore to lay their eggs. ‎ C. Large sea turtles lay their eggs in special ways. ‎ D. Sea turtles enjoy staying in the sand. ‎ ‎2. Turtles bury their eggs to protect them from ___. ‎ A. deep water B. danger C. heat D. bad weather ‎3. We can conclude from this passage that ____ ‎ A. many turtles die while swimming to shore ‎ B. female turtles protect their babies ‎ C. once turtles land, they never return to the sea. ‎ D. the job of laying eggs takes great strength. ‎ ‎4.The writer compares turtles to climbers ____. ‎ A. because they lay their eggs in mountain areas. ‎ B. to give you a picture of how hard they work ‎ C. to tell you that they like to climb.‎ D. to show that mountain climbers are as slow as turtles. ‎ C（中考模拟）‎ American teenagers are aware of the economic situation faced by their country as the global recession(经济不景气) begins. A few California high school students talk about how the recession had changed their life.‎ ‎ Q: How has the economic situation affected you and those around you?‎ ‎ Halle Black, Loreto High School: Mostly, the economy has affected me with closing. And my mum works in a company, so she will be losing her job.‎ ‎ Kitty VO, West Campus High School: A lot of people I know through church have had their hours reduced. And a lot of my friends are talking about quitting school to get work. It is terrible.‎ ‎ Tamar Smith, Loreto High School: I am teacher’s assistant at a weekend learning center, and now I’m working fewer hours… Parents can’t afford to send their kids for as many hours as before.‎ ‎ Jacob Ruffian, Granite Bay High School: Both my parents don’t know what’s going to happen next. This will affect whether I can afford to go to college, which will influence the rest of my life.‎ ‎ Amy, McKnight, Milton High School: I think in some ways it made my parents aren’t as willing to give $20 to go shipping, and we all have to look at how much money we spend.‎ ‎ In a word, the economic crisis (经济危机) has been on for some time. It makes us start to realize how hard the life is now! And we should face the hard times as well as try hard to overcome it!‎ ‎ 1. There has been an economic crisis in America, how do the kids at school feel?‎ ‎ A. They didn’t realize it. B. They pay no attention to it.‎ ‎ C. They are unaware of it. D. They began to realize it.‎ ‎ 2. The economic crisis also influences the kids, for example, ____________.‎ ‎ A. Halle Black will be losing her job.‎ ‎ B. Tamar Smith is quitting school to get work.‎ ‎ C. Kitty VO can’t afford to go to college.‎ ‎ D. Amy, McKnight has to care about spending money.‎ ‎ 3. Who tells us that parents can’t afford to send the kids to the weekend learning centre as many hours as before?‎ ‎ A. Jacob Ruffian B. Tamar Smith C. Halle Black D. Amy, McKnight ‎ 4. People have to reduce hours to go to church, said by one of the kids from________.‎ ‎ A. Loreto High School B. West Campus High School ‎ C. Granite Bay High School D. Milton High School ‎ 5. The passage tells that _______________.‎ ‎ A. American kids learn about hard times and don’t know how to face it.‎ ‎ B. American kids learn little about hard times.‎ ‎ C. American kids learn about hard times and are ready to face bravely.‎ ‎ D. American kids learn about hard times and it changed their lives thoroughly.‎ Ⅳ. 解释句子：尽可能用最简单，最地道的英语表达解释下列句子（红岭）‎ ‎1. What is the weight of the elephant?‎ ‎ 2. It is two weeks since he left Shenzhen ‎3. He heard from his father last week.‎ ‎4. Please give me a hand.‎ ‎5. We will fly to Beijing for our holiday Ⅴ. 写作专版（四）‎ ‎（三）图画作文 以图画提供情景的作文应以“看”为主，通过细心观察图中的人物、景物、文字、环境、数字等，弄清写作的意图，通过分析思考把握逻辑联系，找出主题并借助所给的文字，把图中的信息转化成文章，但要注意，文章不能停留在图画的浅表，而要表达出提供情景的意图和内涵。‎ 请你参考图文提示，写一篇60~80词的短文。‎ 注意：1. 语言规范，语意完整，内容丰富。‎ ‎2. 表达符合图意，书写规范。‎ ‎3. 给出自己的观点。‎ ‎4. 文章的开头已给出。‎ 参考词：pollute, turn off the tap(水龙头)，dry, save(节约 vt.), water resources(水资源)‎ From the pictures we know that _______________________________________‎ ‎____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ 解析：‎ 第一步： 通过“看”，我们可以确定文章的主题是“保护水资源，节约用水”‎ 第二步：仔细观察每一幅画，并分析内在联系确定内容要点，并用一、二句话概括出来。考虑所要选用的单词、词组、句型，要能根据自己的英语水平，尽量扬长避短，避难就易。遇到想不起的词、句时，就用同（近）义词或同义句代替，不要使用没有把握的词句，并且要综合考虑所涉及到的情景、场合，语言要地道。 ‎ 图1：工厂排放污水，污染了江河湖泊Some factories are pouring waste water into rivers and lakes. The water becomes dirty and lots of fish have died.。图2： 用水后不关水龙头，浪费水。Many people often waste water. For example, they often forget to turn off the taps.图3：土地干涸 植物枯死If we don’t have enough water, land will be dry and crops will die. We can’t live without water.。图4：告诉大家保护水资源，节约用水。 we should try our best and encourage everyone to protect water resources. We must save water and stop polluting it. If we do that, Things will be much better.‎ 第三步：连句成文,适当发挥,考虑首尾,注意逻辑.‎ From the pictures we know that much water has been polluted. Some factories are pouring waste water into rivers and lakes. The water becomes dirty and lots of fish have died. Many people often waste water. For example, they often forget to turn off the taps. If we don’t have enough water, land will be dry and crops will die. We can’t live without water. So we should try our best and encourage everyone to protect water resources. We must save water and stop polluting it. If we do that, Things will be much better.‎ ‎2012年春季初三英语能力提升训练五 一. 单项选择 ‎1. Tom broke the law and now is in prison．His parents are going to prison to see him on Sunday．‎ ‎ A．the，the B．/，/ C．a．the D．/，the ‎2. _____ you have bought! A．What a fine piece of furniture B．How fine furniture C．What a fine furniture D．How beautiful a furniture ‎3. When he came to the village，he found himself _____ by a group of villagers． A. surrounding B. is surrounded C. surrounded D. surround ‎4. I found the interesting book I had been looking forward to ________ to others. ‎ A. selling B. sold C. having sold D. be sold ‎5. I know there is a coin in your left hand, but what’s in your _______ hand?   A. other     B. another    C. the other   D. others ‎6. I would rather experience trouble and hardship like that than ______ care of by others.‎ A. take B. taken C. to take D. be taken ‎7. The flowers sweet in the garden attract the visitors to the beauty of nature.学科网 A、smell B、smelling C、are smelt D、smelt ‎8. It is ______ work of art that everyone wants to have a look at it.‎ ‎ A. a so unusual B. so unusual C. such an unusual D. such unusual ‎9. —Mr. Wide! How can I achieve high grades in English writing?‎ ‎ —First of all, great attention should be paid to _________ your handwriting. First impression, you know, really counts. ‎ A. improve B. have improved C. improving D. being improved ‎10. —Tom seldom tells lies, ____________ ?‎ ‎ — , you can trust him.‎ A. doesn’t he, No B. does he,Yes C. doesn’t he,Yes D. does he, No ‎11. The bad news about the company _________ a wave of selling its shares. ‎ A. put off B. set off C. brought in D. set up ‎12. We would like to pay you a visit this weekend ________．‎ ‎ A．if you are convenient B．if it will be convenient to you C．if it is convenient to you D．if you will be convenient ‎ ‎13. (1) When she came several days later, she found that all things still _______ where she had _______ them. A. lay; laid             B. laid; laid C. lay; lain               D. lying; lain ‎(2) The hens _____ 50 eggs last week, but this week they aren’t _____eggs. A. lay, lying                 B. laid, laying C. lay, laying             D. lied, lying (3) The girl ______ on the ground _____ to me that she had _____ the purse on the desk. A. lying, lay, laid           B. lying, lied, laid C. lie, lied, lay          D. lay, lied, lain ‎(4) He _______ on the ground _______ to me that his hen _______ two eggs.‎ ‎ A．lied; laying; had laid B．lay; lying; had laid ‎ C．laid; lay; had lain D．lay; lied; has laid ‎14. --- Would you like to join us?   --- Sorry, I’m not _______ as any one of you.   A. a so good player   B. a such good player   C. so good a player   D. such good a player 15. --- The young man spent as much time as he _______ the experiments.   --- No wonder he succeeded _______. ‎ ‎  A. did; by the end                        B. could doing; in the end                          C. could doing; at the end                  D. could to do; in the end 二、完型填空 The Blind Boy A blind boy sat on the steps of a building with a hat by his feet. He held up a 1 which said: “I am blind, please help.” There were only a few 2 in the hat.‎ A man was walking by. He took a few coins from his 3 and dropped them into the hat. He 4 took the sign, turned it around and wrote some words. He 5 the sign 6 everyone who walked by would see the new words.‎ Soon the hat began to 7 . A lot more people were giving money to the blind boy.‎ That afternoon the man who had 8 the sign came to see 9 things were. The boy 10 his footsteps and asked, “Were you the one who changed my sign this morning? What did you write?”‎ The man said, “I only wrote the truth. I said what you said in a different way, 11 .” What he had written was: “Today is a（n） 12 day and I cannot see it.”‎ Do you think the first sign and the second sign were saying the same thing? ‎ ‎ 13 both signs told people the boy was blind. But the first sign simply said the boy was blind. The second sign told people they were so 14 that they were not blind. ‎ Should we be surprised that the second sign was more 15 ?‎ Be thankful for what you have. 16 life gives you a 100 reasons to cry, show life that you have 1000 reasons to 17 . Face your past without regret. 18 your present with confidence . Prepare for the 19 without fear. Keep the faith and 20 the fear. ‎ ‎1. A. cover B. sign C. board D. note ‎2. A. cashes B. treasures C. pennies D. coins ‎3. A. pocket B. can C. backpack D. case ‎4. A. still B. then C. already D. yet ‎5. A. put on B. put out C. put off D. put back ‎6. A. in case B. now that C. so that D. as though ‎7. A. mix up B. show up C. fill up D. make up ‎8. A. changed B. prepared C. supported D. reached ‎9. A. what B. why C. where D. how ‎10. A. realized B. recognized C. felt D. discovered ‎11. A. though B. but C. yet D. still ‎12. A. average B. successful C. harmonious D. beautiful ‎13. A. After all B. In the long term C. Of course D. As a matter of fact ‎14. A. happy B. disappointed C. lucky D. strange ‎15. A. effective B. brave C. surprising D. scientific ‎16. A. Once B. When C. While D. Because ‎17. A. smile B. exist C. survive D. prove ‎18. A. Look into B. Search for C. Deal with D. Depend on ‎19. A. tomorrow B. adventure C. future D. sunrise ‎20. A. preserve B. take C. feel D. drop 三、阅读理解 A First Frenchman: I once heard someone shout, "Look out," I put my head out of a window and a basin (盆) of water fell on me. It seems that "Look out" may mean "don’t look out." ‎ ‎　　Second Frenchman: Once I was on a ship and heard the captain (船长) shout, "All hands on deck," I put my hands on the deck and someone walked on them. 　　Third Frenchman: I once visited an English friend early in the morning and the maid who came to the door and said, "He’s not up yet. Come back in half an hour," When I went again for him, she said, "He’s not down yet." 　　"If he’s not up and he’s not down, where is he?" I asked. 　　She said, "He’s still in bed. When I say ‘He’s not up ’ I mean ‘he has not yet got up’. When I say ‘He’s not down ’ I mean ‘he has not yet come downstairs,’" 1."Look out" here means “ _______”. 　　A. put your head out of the window and look B. Take care 　　C. I’m going to pour the water D. Help me 2."All hands on deck" means “ _______ ”. 　　A. All the sailors gather ( 集合 )on deck B. Give your hands to me 　　C. Put your right hand and left hand on deck D. Shake your hands with me 3.When the maid said, “He’s not up yet.” She meant that _______ . 　　A. he has not grown up yet B. he has not yet got up 　　C. he has not woke up yet D. he has not yet come upstairs 4.When the third Frenchman went back, the English friend _______ . 　　A. was washing his face B. was having his breakfast 　　C. was still in an upstairs room D. was reading a newspaper 5.Which do you think is the best title for this article? 　　A. Three Frenchmen and their English Friends B. The English Language 　　C. Three French Stories D. What a Language!‎ B Carl lost his job. This poor man had so little money that he spent his days at home. He watched his neighbor’s room, where an old professor lived. He found that the rooms were full of antique（古董）furniture and vases（花瓶）. Then an idea came up to his mind, “Why haven’t I got an antique vase? I could sell it for a lot of money.”‎ ‎ Carl had an old gun（枪）. It had been his great-grandfather’s favorite thing a long time before. Carl didn’t want to use the gun but he thought, “Anything could happen.” He wanted to hide the gun under his coat but it was too long so he cut the end off.‎ ‎ Next morning he watched the professor leaving home at 10:00. Carl broke the window and entered the house. He didn’t know much about arts . He reached his hands towards a big vase when he heard a noise. Someone entered the house. It was the professor. He had forgotten to take an important document. Carl became afraid and pulled out the gun. “I haven’t stolen anything. I just want to go away or I will shoot,” cried Carl. “With that gun?” asked the professor and he began to laugh. He wasn’t afraid of Carl.‎ ‎ He said, “You can’t shoot with that antique gun. Its place is in a museum.”‎ ‎ “Is this really an antique gun?” asked Carl. “How much is it worth?”‎ ‎ “It was worth about 1,7000 dollars,” said the professor. “But now you can get 10 dollars for it.”‎ ‎ “Why?” asked Carl.‎ ‎ The professor said, “Because its end is missing.”‎ ‎1. Carl wanted to steal because .‎ ‎ A. he was interested in antique vases and furniture B. he wanted to have fun ‎ C. he lost his job and had little money D. he hated his neighbor very much ‎2. He cut the end of the gun off because .‎ ‎ A. the gun was useless B. the gun was to long for him to hide ‎ C. the end cost a lot of money D. the end of the gun was broken ‎3. Why did the professor come back?‎ ‎ A. He forgot to take a document. B. He was free that day.‎ ‎ C. He found something wrong in his house. D. He saw Carl enter his house.‎ ‎4. Why wasn’t the professor afraid of the gun?‎ ‎ A. He thought that Carl dared（敢） not shoot. B. He had a gun. too.‎ ‎ C. He knew it was an antique gun. D. He had called the police before.‎ ‎5. This antique gun cost only ten dollars now because .‎ ‎ A. Carl had cut off its end B. the gun was too old ‎ C. the gun was not a real antique gun D. the gun was not old enough 四、单词拼写 ‎1.There are many farmers _____________（收割）their crops in the field.. ‎ ‎2. I really ______________（钦佩）the way the woman brings up those kids all by herself. ‎ ‎3. His ______________（好奇心） to learn new knowledge is quite strong. ‎ ‎4. Different religions may have different _____________.（信仰）‎ ‎5. You must a_____________ to your teacher for the rude things you said to her in class. ‎ ‎6. I think the car was ___________（发明）in 1885.‎ ‎7. Today’s show was a great s_________（成功）.‎ ‎8. She felt g about leaving her sick child and going to work.‎ ‎9. We live in an （气氛） of freedom.‎ ‎10. The company was e in 1860.‎ ‎11. It is said that the chemical factory gives off a lot of _____________(有毒) gases every day.‎ ‎12. I tried to p___________ him to give up smoking, but failed.‎ ‎13. The thief was sent to prison as a p___________.‎ ‎14. He a__________ having done wrong .As a result, I forgave him.‎ ‎15. Word came that Rockets was d_________ again, which made all of us sad.‎ 标杆英语老师告诉你：‎ 在一把旧钥匙上发现了一则意义深远的铭文——如果我休息，我就会生锈。对于那些懒散而烦恼的人来说，这将是至理名言。甚至最为勤勉的人也应以此作为警示：如果一个人有才能而不用，就像废弃钥匙上的铁一样，这些才能就会很快生锈，并最终无法实现自己的目标。‎ 努力可以征服一切。这里所指的努力不是断断续续的，间歇性的或方向偏差的努力，而是坚定的，不懈的，方向正确的每日努力。正如要想拥有自由就要时刻保持警惕一样，要想取得伟大的，持久的成功，就必须坚持不懈地努力。‎ Lesson 11 中考英语冲刺（十一）‎ ‎ 2012深圳市中考模拟试题(一)‎ ‎1. A:Guess how many coins I have in my pocket. B:If I guess right, will you give me one of them? A:If you guess right, I'll give you both of them!‎ ‎2. A: How many apples can you eat if your stomach is empty? B: 4 or 5 A: No, that's wrong, because after eating one apple your stomach isn't empty.‎ ‎【Warm up】‎ I.【Vocabulary and Grammar】‎ ‎1. — Is it __________ English dictionary you like best?‎ ‎ —Yes, and it is ___________ useful one.‎ ‎ A. an; a B. the; an C. an; an D. the; a ‎2. ―Which do you prefer, coffee milk?‎ ‎ ― . Anything will do.‎ ‎ A．or, Neither B．and, None C．and, All D．or, Either ‎ ‎3. ―With the help of computers, news can every corner of the world quickly.‎ ‎ ―Quite right. It is really thanks the computer.‎ ‎ A. get; to B. arrive; for C. reach; to D. return, for ‎ ‎4. — terrible drought disaster happening these days in Southwest China!‎ ‎ —Yeah, we should do all we can the people there.‎ ‎ A. What; help B. What a; to help C. How ; to help D. How a; help ‎5. ---I’m sorry I my exercise book at home.‎ ‎ ---Don’t forget it to school tomorrow, please.‎ ‎ A．forgot, to take B．forgot, to bring C．left, bringing D．left, to bring ‎ ‎6. ---Do you know Peter, Mary?‎ ‎ ---Of course, I do. We friends since we were young.‎ ‎ A．have met B．have been C．made D．have become ‎7. —Does your father let you ____________computer games?‎ ‎ —Yes. But he often asks me ___________ too much.‎ ‎ A. to play; not to play B. play; don’t play C. play; not to play D. to play; not play ‎8. —Can I take part in the activity, Mum?‎ ‎ —You can when you ___________a bit older.‎ ‎ A. get B. will get C. are getting D. will have got ‎9. —___________my English-Chinese dictionary?‎ ‎ —Yes, I ___________it on the sofa a minute ago.‎ ‎ A. Do you see, have seen B. Had you seen, had seen ‎ C. Did you seen, saw D. Have you seen, saw ‎10. — Ken failed his English examinations three times.‎ ‎ — ______________ he studies hard, he will never pass the examinations.‎ ‎ A. Unless B. If C. Because D. Since ‎11. —You didn’t go to school yesterday, did you?‎ ‎ —____________, though I didn’t feel well.‎ ‎ A. No, I didn’t B. No, I did C. Yes, I did D. Yes, I didn’t ‎12. ---Are you going to see that film tomorrow?‎ ‎ ---I’ve no idea, If you don’t . If you do, .‎ ‎ A．nor shall I, so shall I B．nor do I, so do I ‎ C．neither I shall, so I shall D．I don’t, I do ‎13. If a fire breaks out in a cinema, you should find , and quickly leave.‎ ‎ ‎ A B C D ‎14. ---Where do you work?‎ ‎ ---I work for a company sells computers.‎ ‎ A．what B．who C．which D．where ‎ ‎15. Which of the following sentences is RIGHT?‎ ‎ A. It is such good food that we all like them very much.‎ B. The news about the drought in Southwest China makes me feel sad.‎ C. Neither you or he has been to Hawaii before ‎ D. Bruce has lived here since two years.‎ Ⅱ. Cloze The skit Donor made by Zhaobenshan in the 2010 Spring Festival Evening caused huge critical remarks(批评性评论), because too many advertisements were put into it.‎ It is very difficult to find a public place without advertisements now. We can 1 them in the newspaper, on the television, and hear them over the radio, 2 when we game , ads will meet our eyes. ‎ ‎ It is true that in the activities of business ads are 3 a more and more important part . They tell people about new products and help more in sales. 4 this way they help to be on the increase of products .This is a big advantage.‎ ‎ 5 ,ads also bring people all kinds of disadvantages. For example, some of the manufacturers, in their hope to win a big 6 for their products, are even so dishonest that they don’t 7 about their products. When you are watching an interesting TV play, it is suddenly 8 by some ads and they are appearing on the screen. All above, people may get tired of ads. Also some ads 9 children, and they ask their parents to buy them something in the ads. From this point , ads 10 have some disadvantages.‎ ‎1.A.read B. see C. feel D. realize ‎2.A.and B. only C. even D. even though ‎3.A.playing B. taking C. getting D. doing ‎4.A.On B. At C. In D. With ‎5.A.But B. Also C. Anyway D. However ‎6.A.shop B. supermarket C. production D. market ‎7.A.tell the truth B. say anything C. think a lot D. describe anything ‎8. A. continued B. stopped C. attacked D. performed ‎9.A. fit B. encourage C. prefer D. attract ‎10. A. hardly B. badly C. really D. nearly Ⅲ.【Reading】 ‎ A ‎ A good friend of mine has the name of “Tree”. Having a name like that can be a very big problem. When she was a child, she was called “Woody” by her friends. But that is nothing compared to the problem that her brother has. His parents decided to call him “Christmas”-Christmas Tree. Some parents are really horrible! Here’s a list of silly names that parents have given to their children. John Will Fail, Be Careful, May, January February March, Football Match.‎ ‎ 1. “Tree” is the girl’s ___________.‎ ‎ A. family name B. second name C. middle name D. nickname(绰号)‎ ‎ 2. “But there is nothing compared to the problem her brother has” means _______.‎ ‎ A. that has nothing to do with her brother ‎ B. her brother’s name can cause no problem ‎ C. her brother doesn’t mind what his name may suggest ‎ D. her brother’s name may cause a more serious problem than hers ‎ 3. The name of John Will Fail may suggest that ___________.‎ ‎ A. the person will never fail. B. the person will succeed for ever.‎ ‎ C. the person will become a great man. D. the person will never succeed.‎ ‎ 4. Some parents have given their children such names because __________.‎ ‎ A. they are really silly themselves ‎ B. they want to make their children’s names sound interesting ‎ C. names like those are easy to remember ‎ D. they want to add some special meanings to their children’s names ‎ 5. The best title for this passage should be __________.‎ ‎ A. How To Name A Girl B. Silly Names ‎ C. The Problem of A Name D. Tree ‎ B ‎ Dear Alice,‎ ‎ You really have two different questions here, so we’ll discuss them one at a time. Your problems at school may be a result of a number of things. You don’t say much about how these classmates get along with each other. It’s possible that all the students are feeling little cautious(谨慎的) in the first term.‎ ‎ It’s also possible that the others are unkind. If this is so, you have to find out why you are the class “outsider”.‎ ‎ In your letter you say you often offer to help others with their work. Is it possible that your classmates don’t understand your offers? Could it seem that you were trying to “buy” friends with these offers?‎ ‎ Is it possible that you took no notice of your classmates when you had your good friend near you? They may have felt hurt at that time. It may take a time for them to believe in you if so. Try to ask one classmate directly what the problem is. If you hear a negative answer, at least you’ll know what to do.‎ ‎ 1. From the letter we know that Alice was very ____________.‎ ‎ A. lucky B. unkind C. clever D. unhappy ‎ 2. From the letter we can see that __________.‎ ‎ A. Alice wasn’t pleased with her teachers ‎ B. Alice’s parents made her study too hard ‎ C. Alice didn’t get along well with her classmates ‎ D. Alice didn’t want to go to school any more ‎3. Which of the following is NOT true according to the letter?‎ ‎ A. Alice felt her classmates weren’t kind to her.‎ ‎ B. Alice was very warm-hearted to help her classmates ‎ C. Alice didn’t want to get along well with her classmates.‎ ‎ D. The girl asked two questions in her letter.‎ ‎4. In the letter Shelia talked about ________ possible reasons for Alice’s problems.‎ ‎ A. four B. six C. seven D. eight ‎5. Shelia’s advice to Alice is that ___________.‎ ‎ A. Alice should find out the true reason for her problem ‎ B. Alice should leave school as soon as possible ‎ C. Alice should get one negative answer ‎ D. Alice should buy friends with her offers ‎ C A boy and his father were walking in the mountains Suddenly the boy fell, hurt himself, and cried, “AAAhhhhhhhh!!!” To his surprise, he heard the voice repeating, somewhere in the mountain, “AAAhhhhhhhh!!!” Then the boy shouted, “Who are you?” He received the answer, “Who are you?” He got angry at the answer, so he shouted, “Foolish!” He received the answer, “Foolish!”‎ He looked at his father and asked, “What’s going on?” The father smiled and said, “My son, listen.” And then he shouted to the mountain, “I love you” The voice answered, “I love you!” Again the man cried, “You are the best!” The voice answered, “You are the best!”‎ The boy was surprised, but did not understand. Then the father explained. “People call this ‘Echo’, but really this is Life. It gives you back everything you say or do. Our life is just a reflection (反映) of what we have done. If you want more love in the world, have more love in your heart . If you want to be successful, work hard. This can be used in everything in life. Life will give you back everything you have given to it.”‎ ‎ 1．At first the boy cried because .‎ ‎ A．he hurt himself and felt bad B．he wanted to give himself a surprise.‎ C．he felt it was so quiet in the mountain D．he hoped his father would help him ‎2．When the boy heard the voice repeating, he thought ‎ ‎ A．it was foolish to hear others’ voice ‎ B．someone else in the mountain liked his voice C．there were many other people in the mountain D．he was laughed at by someone else in the mountain ‎ ‎3．The father shouted to the mountain to ‎ ‎ A．find out who was repeating his voice ‎ B．have fun with other people in the mountain ‎ C．show more examples to his son before giving him the answer D．let his son know whose voice was louder ‎ ‎4．The word “Echo” means .‎ ‎ A．life itself B．repeating voice ‎ C．love in the world D．everything in life ‎ ‎5．From the story, we know .‎ ‎ A．the boy didn’t like others’ voice at all ‎ B．the father had his own way to teach his son C．it is not polite to repeat others’ voice ‎ D．the boy and his father were rather tired 生命有如空谷回音，你如何呼喊，它就怎样回应；生命又如回力镖，你如何掷出，它就怎样飞回。‎ D ‎ Winter is behind us. It is spring time again! Are you still staying at home and watching boring TV programs? Why not go out to bathe in the warm sunshine and enjoy the flowers? Here are three places for you to visit to see the most beautiful displays.‎ ‎ Our first trip is Lijiang, Yunnan Province. From mid-March to late April, the spring air in Lijiang is sweet with fragrance (香气) of cherries(樱桃). Cherries are one of the first fruits to be sold at the market each year. Sellers put the fruit in large glass jars, making the most gorgeous ( 华丽的) things. The lovely bright red cherries will get you in a spring mood.‎ ‎ Next, from late March to April, Wuhan, the capital of Hubei Province and Wuyuan county which lies in Jiangxi Province are the best places to enjoy the charm of bright yellow rape flowers(油花菜). Walking along the stone roads, over bridges, seeing the waves of flowers, you will feel you are returning to nature.‎ ‎ Last from mid-April to early May, you can visit Qingdao in Shandong Province, A sea of sakura (樱花) will await you. People say that sakura trees are more densely planted here in any other place in the world except Japan. In a park in Qingdao, there are more than 20.000 sakura trees.‎ ‎ Can’t wait to feast (款待) your eyes? These beautiful sights are really worth a weekend or two of anyone’s time.‎ ‎1.What does the passage really want to say? .‎ ‎ A. Spring is calling B. Don’t stay at home any more!‎ C. Winter has gone D. Spring has come.‎ ‎2.How many places of interest did the passage tell us to call at?‎ ‎ A. more than four B. less than three C. four D. only five ‎ ‎3. Which province does Wuhan belong to?‎ ‎ A. Yunnan Province B. Jiangxi Province ‎ C. Shandong Province D. Hubei Province ‎ ‎4.How do the sellers make cherries the most gorgeous? ‎ ‎ A. Put the cherries on the plate B. Put the cherries in large glass jars ‎ C. Put the cherries in large grass jars D. Put the cherries in bamboo baskets ‎ ‎5.We can see more densely sakura trees in besides in Japan.‎ ‎ A. Wuhan B. Qingdao C. Lijiang D. Wuyuan ‎ ‎ E Little Mike’s grandma died weeks ago. He missed her very much. One afternoon Mike went to the city park where his grandma used to go . There he saw an old lady. She looked very kind. She was sitting there, watching pigeons(鸽子). Little Mike went up and sat next to her. He took out his food and drinks and gave some to her. She smiled at him. Her smile was so sweet that Mike wanted to see it again. She seemed to understand him, so once again she smiled. Mike was very glad.‎ ‎ They sat there all the afternoon, eating and talking. As it grew dark, Mike got up to leave. Before he left, he hugged the old lady and she gave her sweetest smile.‎ ‎ When Mike got home, his mother was surprised by the look of joy on his face. “I met a granny in the park. Her smile was like the kind of smile I had seen on Grandma’s face.”‎ ‎ The old lady also returned to her home happily. She told her son that she had food and drinks with a little boy. “He was as lovely as Brittany.” She said. Her son was surprised, because he had never seen her so happy since Brittany, her grandson, died weeks ago.‎ ‎1. Little Mike went to the park and ______.‎ ‎ A. played with pigeons B. fed pigeons ‎ C. met an old lady D. saw a friend of his grandma’s ‎2. The old lady’s smile showed that _______.‎ ‎ A. she had hoped to meet the boy B. she wanted to get some drinks ‎ C. she missed her grandson D. she liked the little boy ‎3. Mike felt very glad because______.‎ ‎ A. he gave the granny food and drinks B. the old lady was as kind as his grandma ‎ C. he had seen his grandma D. she liked the little boy ‎4. Mike and the old lady ______.‎ ‎ A. were good to each other B. knew each other well ‎ C. often met in the park D. did nothing that afternoon ‎5. What can we learn from the story?‎ A. When one feels unhappy, he must go to a park.‎ B. Old people are always kind and happy.‎ C. Children and old people should get on well with each other.‎ D. When people are kind to each other, they will feel happy.‎ ‎ (二)任务性阅读 ‎1.阅读下面对话，从方框内7个选项选择5个恰当的句子完成此对话，并将其字母代号填入空白处。‎ A. I have to make up for the time I’ve wasted.‎ B. No, you needn’t. I just went to bed late last night ‎ C. I’ll never do that again ‎ D. I’m having a fever and a bad headache.‎ E. You’d better learn from others F. Yeah, Mum. Nothing serious.‎ G. Oh, no. I have to stay up, too ‎ ‎ ‎ Mother: Tom, you look tired today. Are you all right?‎ ‎ Tom: 1 .‎ ‎ Mother: I’ll phone the doctor.‎ ‎ Tom: 2 I was preparing for the coming examination.‎ ‎ Mother: You’d better go to bed earlier tonight.‎ ‎ Tom: 3 because I have not enough time to go over all the subjects.‎ ‎ Mother: Why? Must you study that way? It will do harm to your health ‎ Tom: But I played too much last month. 4 .‎ ‎ Mother: I see, Tom. You’ve learned something from the past, haven’t you?‎ ‎ Tom: Yeah, 5 .‎ ‎ Mother: Good, I believe you.‎ ‎2.阅读下面对话，在横线上填写单词完成此对话，每空限填一词.‎ 选择下列词汇或短语完场下面对话,将代表正确选项的字母序号写在答卷上 A．leave a message B．speak C．speaking D．say E．give me a call F．afraid ‎ Girl: Hello, this is Mr. Green’s office. Who is speaking?‎ Boy: Hello, this is Bob Thomas 1 . Can I 2 to Mr. Green?‎ Girl: I’m 3 he is at a meeting now ‎ Boy: Can I 4 ?‎ Girl: Yes, please.‎ Boy: Please ask him to 5 at this number 3336793‎ Girl: Sure, I’ll give it to him.‎ Boy: Thank you very much, Goodbye.‎ Girl: Goodbye.‎ Ⅳ. 解释句子，用英语解释下列句子.‎ ‎ 1. I like seeing films in the cinema. I don’t like watching TV at home.‎ ‎ 2. He no longer lives here.‎ ‎3. I don’t know what to do next.‎ ‎ 4. Could you do me a favor to move the table, please?‎ ‎ 5. It is a whole month since I last saw him.‎ Ⅴ. 写作 没有水，没有了粮食，我们怎么活？‎ 请节约每一滴水，每一度电，为抗旱救灾做贡献！‎ 每年的3月22日是世界水日。每年的这一天，世界各国都会宣传：大家要爱惜水资源，保护生命之水。其实，不光在这一天，在我们生命中的每一天，都应该珍惜每一滴水，用实际行动珍爱生命之水。别让眼泪成为最后一滴水！‎ ‎ 请根据以上图片并结合目前我国西南地区的旱灾情况写一篇关于节约用水的文章，不少于80词。‎ Lesson 12 中考英语冲刺（十二）‎ The Perfect Son. A: I have the perfect son. B: Does he smoke? A: No, he doesn't. B: Does he drink whiskey? A: No, he doesn't. B: Does he ever come home late? A: No, he doesn't. B: I guess you really do have the perfect son. How old is he? A: He will be six months old next Wednesday ‎ 单项选择与解释句子专练 ‎【Warm up】‎ I.【Vocabulary and Grammar】‎ ‎1. ---What’s one half multiplied by three quarters?‎ ‎ ---It’s _______.‎ A. four fifths B. eight thirds C. three eighths D. five fourths ‎2. It’s an important decision for you, so ______ your time and think it over.‎ A. save B. waste C. kill D. take ‎3. ---I hope you ____ my party next weekend.‎ ‎ ---OK,I _______.‎ A. to come to, will B. to come to, hope ‎ C. can come to, am D. can come to, will ‎4. Ken _______ sorry because he ________ asleep in class yesterday.‎ A. felt, fall B. fell, felt C. felt, fell D. felt, fall ‎5. That dinner was the most expensive meal we ________.‎ ‎ A. would have B. have had C. had never had D. had ever had ‎ ‎6. He is good at maths and he _______ hard.‎ ‎ A. always study B. always is studying ‎ C. is always studying D. studies always ‎7. ---________ my dictionary? I can’t find it anywhere.‎ ‎ --- I ________ it on the shelf when I came in .‎ ‎ A. Did you see, have seen B. Have you seen, saw ‎ C. Did you see, saw D. Have you seen, have seen ‎8. The factory ________ I work isn’t far from here.‎ ‎ A. where B. in that C. Which D. to which ‎9. ---Mum, Paul is sick this morning. How is he now?‎ ‎ ---After seeing the doctor, he ______some medicine and ______down in bed .‎ ‎ A. had ;lay B. ate; lied C. took, lay D. took, laid ‎10. --- How much _________ the pair of sunglasses __________ you? ---$90.‎ ‎ A. do; spend B. does; cost C. do, cost D. does; pay ‎11. Though it was raining hard, _________ they didn’t stop working.‎ ‎ A. yet B. but C. how D. and ‎12. My father has ______ to Sydney on business. He’ll return ______ a week.‎ A. gone, in B. been, in C. gone, after D. been, after ‎13. Could you tell me ________ ?‎ ‎ A. who the old woman is B. where do you live ‎ C. whose bike is this D. when the meeting is started ‎14. I found _______ important to be honest.‎ ‎ A. it’s B. that C. it D. this ‎15. ----I’m sorry, I have broken your teacup.‎ ‎ --- __________.‎ ‎ A. It doesn’t matter B. I don’t care C. Not at all D. Don’t say that.‎ ‎16. --- ________ moving the film is ! It reminds me of my childhood.‎ ‎ --- I have the same feeling _________ you.‎ ‎ A. What a , as B. How, as C. What, like D. How a ,like ‎17. --- May I have a glass of orange, please?‎ ‎--- Sorry, there’s _____ left, but would you like some beer instead ?‎ ‎ A. no B. none C. nothing D. not anything ‎18．What do you think we should ________ improve our environment?‎ ‎ A. do B. to C. do for D. do to ‎ ‎19. I have to do my homework for ______ every day.‎ ‎ A. one and half hour B. one and a half hour ‎ C. one and half hours D. one and a half hours ‎20. Which of the following sentences is TRUE?‎ A. I’d like taking a walk after supper.‎ B. Did Tommy told you when would he come back ?‎ C. The doctor asked him what was the matter with him.‎ D. How many woman doctors are there in your hospital ?‎ Ⅱ. 解释句子 ‎1.What’s up ?‎ ‎ ‎ ‎2.He made up his mind to study English harder.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎3.The little girl made a good impression on the manager.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎4.What sort of sport does she like?‎ ‎ ‎ ‎5.My sister prefers music to sport.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎6.It will make you feel on top of the world.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎7.It is wise of you to wash your hair often.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎8.It is easy for you to look after short hair.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎9. He is not old enough to go to the army.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎10. I was very careless so I made many mistakes.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎11. Take this medicine, and you will feel better.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎12.Walking and cycling in Guilin is great fun.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎13.The museum is located in the centre of the city.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎14.Building the wall took a long time.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎15.Hurry up, or you will be late.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎16.Because she was rude, I made the decision to keep the money.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎17.While I was there, she hit a flower pot out of her window by accident.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎18.My friend was too afraid to talk to the police.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎19.Now I feel guilty and don’t know what to do.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎20.They began to tease the poor boy. ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎21.What do you think of winning the prize?‎ ‎ ‎ ‎22.It’s time to have Travel Quiz.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎23.Debbie was so excited that she could hardly keep still. ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎24.Excuse me , can you tell me the location of the Palace Museum?‎ ‎ ‎ ‎25. Can you give me another example?‎ ‎ ‎ ‎26. She was ahead of the other two contestants. ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎27.He doesn’t tell lies any more.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎28. His teacher has influence on him.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎29. He bought the dress instead of the coat.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎30. He made me lose interest in my lunch.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎31.In my opinion, it is better for people to become vegetarians.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎32.Breakfast is the most important meal of the day.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎33.Let’s eat some vegetables.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎34.Peter went to school this morning. He didn’t have breakfast. (without)‎ ‎ ‎ ‎35.I regard him as a friend.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎36.Mozart has a gift for music.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎37.I hope you won’t let me down this time.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎38．This is as far as I can go.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎39. The girl is stone deaf.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎40. I’m afraid I am short of money myself.‎ ‎ _____________________________________________________________‎ Ⅴ. 写作专版（五）‎ ‎ (四) (半)开放式作文 开放式和半开放式作文不同于其他类型的书面表达,它只给出主题,提供一定的提示。提示语的目的就是启发考生去思考，去想象，它既指明、限定了写作范围，但又鼓励学生去创新。允许学生见仁见智。所以开放式作文没有参考范文。‎ ‎　　开放式作文的答题思路与汉语作文非常相像。首先要明确主题，然后根据主题搭建文章的主体结构，即写作提纲，接着进行文章血肉的填充。在拟写作提纲时，要突出主题，层次分明，不能无原则地发挥或者颠三倒四。‎ 如08年杭州中考题：‎ 假设你叫李明，最近你和你的父母就“周末学生该不该与同学外出活动”进行了讨论。现在请你以“Should teenagers go out with their friends on weekends?”为题，参照表内所提供的信息，写一篇英语短文。‎ Your parents’ idea Your idea ‎1. go over lessons ‎1…‎ ‎2.have a good sleep ‎2…‎ ‎3.help parents do housework ‎3… ‎ 注意：1。开头部分已给出，不计入总次数。‎ ‎2。所写内容必须包括表格中他们的想法和你的至少三个想法。‎ ‎3。词数：70词左右。‎ Should teenagers go out with their friends on weekend?‎ Recently I’ve had a discussion with my parents about whether teenagers should go out with their friends on weekends or not._______________ ‎ 解析：本题是一个半开放式作文。应为议论文。用一般现在时，第一人称；本文可按照列表把文章分为两段，第一段利用表格信息阐明父母的观点，第二段则需要发表自己的看法；自主表达，如我们应当与同学出去放松一下，锻炼身体，互相学习等等。要注意观点鲜明，表达流畅，适当使用议论文中常用的连接词。‎ 参考答案 ‎ …My parents think that teenagers should stay at home and go over their lessons. And we should have enough time to have a good sleep. In the meanwhile, we teenagers should help parents do some housework.‎ ‎ In my opinion, we teenagers should go out with our friends for fun so that we can relax more. And we can also share ideas with each other. What’s more, we can also take some exercise together to keep fit.‎ ‎2012年春季初三英语能力提升训练六 一、 单项选择 ‎1. _____ story in Lesson 8 is _____ story about _____ European king.‎ A. The, the, a B. The, a, a C. A, the, the D. The, a, an ‎2. (1). —Where did you __________ before you came to Manchester?‎ ‎—In London.‎ A. use to living B. use to live C. used to live D. used to living ‎(2). Her hair ___________ be short, but now she grows it long.‎ A. is used to B. got used to C. used to D. use to ‎(3). We ________  walk in the moonlight, talking about _________we were interested in.     A. used to; all what             B. were used to; all that C. used to; what                D. were used to; what ‎3. _______ entering the tall building, he heard a sharp cry coming out of it, which brought his heart to his mouth.‎ A. On B. At C. In D. With ‎4. (1). ---His work was well done in___way.‎ ‎ ---Yeah,if his colleages(同事)had not been in ____way,he would have done his work better.‎ ‎ A.the ,the B.a, a C. a ,the D.the, a ‎(2). Don’t stand __________. You might be bumped into by the passers-by.‎ A. by the way B. in this way C. in the way D. on the way ‎5. A friend of mine has told me about a restaurant near here. Shall we go there for supper?‎ ‎ A. little nice fish B. fish little nice C. nice little fish D. little fish nice ‎6. They are heavy boxes that you can’t carry many at a time.‎ ‎ A.so; such B.such; so C.such; such D.so; so ‎7. In China, bicycle is popular means of transportation.‎ ‎ A.the; the B.the;a C.a;/ D.a;the ‎8. John was caught _______ the earthquake _______ caused a lot of damage.‎ ‎ A. by; which B. in; which C. by; in which D. in; in which ‎9. ---Thank you for the lovely party and the delicious food.‎ ‎---______‎ A. Thank, too. B. Never mind. C. With pleasure. D. My pleasure.‎ ‎10. I lost my pen, _______ I wrote my homework every day.‎ A. in which B. with which C. by which D. of which ‎11. The employee you had been thinking highly_______ dishonest.‎ A. of proving B. of proved C. had proved D. of being proved.‎ ‎12. Is this the school ________ you studied ten years ago? A. in which         B. that               C. in that         D. the one that ‎13. I think Jim is the right man for the job. He is hard-working and smart, _____, kind-hearted.‎ A. in all B. at all C. after all D. above all ‎ ‎14. The new computer __________ their company is very popular nowadays.‎ A. is belonged to B. belonging to C. are belonged to D. has belonged to ‎15. After _____ earthquake in Wenchuan, millions of people are in _____ need of food and ‎ shelter.‎ A. the; the B. /; / C. the; / D. /; the 二、完型填空 Mark Twain, the famous writer and speaker, liked to play jokes on others. But once a joke was played 1 him. ‎ ‎ One day Mark Twain gave a lecture in a small town. At lunch a young man told him that his uncle 2 laughed. Nobody and nothing could make his uncle 3 . ‎ ‎ But Twain said he was 4 he could make him laugh. He asked the young man to 5 his uncle to his house. That evening Mark Twain told some 6 stories. Everyone there laughed, 7 the old man never even smiled. Twain told the funniest stories, but the old man did not laugh, 8 . At last, he stopped. He was very tired. ‎ ‎ Some days later, Mark Twain told a friend of 9 about this story. His friend laughed and said that he knew that old man. He was 10 . ‎ ‎ ( )1. A. at B. on C. with D. in ‎ ( )2. A. always B. sometimes C. often D. never ‎ ( )3. A. laugh B. cry C. speak D. read ‎ ( )4. A. afraid B. sorry C. sure D. happy ‎ ( ) 5. A. leave B. carry C. bring D. show ‎ ( )6. A. unhappy B. terrible C. sad D. interesting ‎( ) 7. A. so B. but C. and D. or ‎ ( )8. A. too B. either C. also D. already ‎ ( )9. A. theirs B. mine C. his D. hers ‎( ) 10. A. deaf B. blind C. asleep D. dead Mr. Johnson was having trouble with his stomach (胃), 1 he went to see a doctor. The doctor examined (检查) his stomach 2 but couldn't find any problem. Then he said, "Well, Mr. Johnson, take it easy. There's 3 serious. Stop smoking and then you'll be all right very 4 ."‎ ‎ "But doctor," answered Mr. Johnson, "I 5 . I don't like smoking at all."‎ ‎ "Oh, I see," said the doctor , "then stop drinking alcohol (酒) 6 ."‎ ‎ "But I don't drink alcohol, "answered Mr. Johnson.‎ ‎ "Don't drink 7 tea or coffee then," the doctor said to him.‎ ‎ "I 8 drink water," answered Mr. Johnson, "I don't like tea or coffee."‎ ‎ The doctor 9 for a while and then said, "Well, what do you like to eat then?"‎ ‎ "Potatoes. I like potatoes very much," Mr. Johnson answered at once.‎ ‎ "All right, then stop 10 potatoes, "said the doctor as he got up to say goodbye to Mr. Johnson.‎ ‎( )1. A. so B. but C. or D. for ‎( )2. A. slowly B. happily C. quickly D. carefully ‎( )3. A. anything B. something C. nothing D. everything ‎( )4. A. early B. soon C. late D. much ‎( )5. A. won't smoke B. never smoked C. couldn't smoke D. needn't smoke ‎( )6. A. from now on B. just now C. from then on D. until now ‎( )7. A. any B. many C. some D. little ‎( )8. A. will B. won't C. don't D. only ‎( )9. A. thinks B. thought C. is thinking D. has thought ‎( )10. A. cutting B. buying C. eating D. washing 三、阅读理解 A In English (英格兰人) nobody under eighteen years old is allowed (允许) to drink in a bar (酒吧)．Mr Thompson often went to a bar near his house．But he never took his son, Tom, because he was too young．Then when Tom had his eighteenth birthday, Mr Thompson took him to his usual bar for the first time．They drank for an hour．Tom drank a bit．Then Mr Thompson said to his son,“Now, Tom, I want to teach you a useful lesson．How do you know when you’ve had enough? Well, I’ll tell you．Do you see those two lights at the end of the bar? When they seem to become four, you’ve had enough and should go home．” ‎ ‎“But, Dad,”said Tom,“I can only see one light at the end of the bar．” ‎ ‎1．Young people ______ allowed to drink in a bar until eighteen． ‎ A．is not B．are not C．many D．must ‎ ‎2．When Tom was a child, his father often went to a nearby bar______ taking him． ‎ A．by B．for C．with D．without ‎ ‎3．On Tom’s eighteenth birthday, he drank together with his father in that bar for ______． ‎ A．the first time B．once C．many times D．eighteen times ‎ ‎4．Father wanted to tell his son ______． ‎ A．the time to drink B．something about the light ‎ C．when to stop drinking D．something about the bar ‎ ‎5．In fact (事实上), there ______ at the end of the bar． ‎ A．was one light B．were two lights C．were three lights D．were four lights ‎ B Two passengers were sitting together in a plane. They were on a long journey. One of the men was a teacher. The other was a farmer.‎ They sat without talking for a while. Then the farmer said, “let’s do something to pass the time.”‎ ‎“What do you want to do?” the teacher asked.‎ ‎“We can ask each other riddles,” the farmer said. “You start.”‎ ‎“Let’s make the rules first,” the teacher said. “And to make the game more interesting, let’s play it for money. If we don’t know the answer to a riddle, we have to pay a dollar.”‎ The farmer thought about this for a while, then he said, “That’s not fair. You are a teacher, an educated man. You know more things than I do. I am just a farmer.”‎ ‎“That’s true,” the teacher said. “What do you think we should do?” The farmer said, “If you don’t know the answer to a riddle, you pay me 100 dollars. If I don’t know the answer to a riddle, I’ll pay you 50 dollars.”‎ The teacher thought for a while, then he said, “OK. That’s fair. Who’ll go first?”‎ ‎“I will,” the farmer said. “Here is my riddle. What has three legs when it walks, but only two legs when it flies?”‎ The teacher thought and thought, “What has three legs when it walks, but only two when it flies?” Then he said, “That’s a good one. I don’t know the answer.” He gave the farmer 100 dollars and said, “Tell me the answer. What is it?”‎ ‎“I don’t know, either.” The farmer said, and gave him 50 dollars.‎ 1． At first the two men sat there without talking because ________.‎ A. the farmer didn’t like the teacher B. the teacher didn’t like the farmer C. the farmer liked to tell jokes D. they didn’t know each other 2． The farmer wanted to ________.‎ A. make the journey interesting B. see if the teacher was lucky C. know if the teacher was clever D. make friends with the teacher 3． The teacher thought at first that the farmer ________.‎ A. would fail the game B. knew more than he C. could answer any riddles D. would win the game 4． From the story we know that ________.‎ A. the teacher was cleverer than the farmer B. an educated man isn’t always clever C. both of the two men could know the answer D. neither of the two men was clever 5． The best title of this story is ________.‎ A. How to Answer Riddles B. A Rich Teacher C. A Way of Getting Money D. A Clever Farmer C 从方框中选择5个恰当的句子完成对话，并将其序号填在答题卷上的相应位置。‎ A．I think Lijiang is the best.‎ B．We’ve been to many wonderful places.‎ C．What a pity!‎ D．How do you like it?‎ E．It sounds great.‎ F．Oh, it was great.‎ G．But I think fishing is the most exciting thing.‎ A：Hi, Peter! How was your holiday?‎ B： 1 ‎ A：Where did you go?‎ B：I went to Yunnan with my family.‎ A： 2 ‎ B：It’s one of the most beautiful cities in the southwest of China. I like it very much.‎ A：How long did you stay there?‎ B：For five days. 3 ‎ A：Which is your favorite place?‎ B： 4 .When I stayed there, I lost myself in the beautiful scenery.‎ A：What did you do there?‎ B：Lots of things, such as boating, shopping and enjoying the beautiful sunshine. 5 .‎ A：Oh, really? I can’t wait to go there.‎ 四、单词拼写 ‎1. The football match between Arsenal and Manchester United will be b____ live this evening.‎ ‎2. I would a_________ it if you could give me a hand.‎ ‎3. You can be sure of his h______．He is a man who never tells a lie.‎ ‎4. The fire was one of the worst d_______ ever hit the town.‎ ‎5. Bob is British by birth but is now a French c_______.‎ ‎6. China Daily is one of the most _____ (有影响力的)newspapers among Chinese.‎ ‎7. The newspaper has lots of a_______________, which help us to find good jobs.‎ ‎8. Can anything ___________(替代) a mother’s love and care?‎ ‎9. The rise in the price of food will a__________us all.‎ ‎10. If it is c____________ to you, will you come to my birthday party this Sunday?‎ ‎11. Though this is s__________ to that, there is some difference between them.‎ ‎12. Arriving late won't create a very favorable __________(印象).‎ ‎13. The young man __________(承认 ) that he stole the money.‎ ‎14. I will take the ______________(责任) of doing it.‎ ‎15. It’s o___________ that he hasn’t read the book because he can say nothing about it.‎ 标杆英语老师告诉你：‎ 當你眼中只看見海 ，而看不到其他的 ，就會認為沒有陸地的存在 ，如此是無法成為優秀的探險家的，你也永远不可能成功！‎ 找到方向，找到梦想，并为之努力，你才能成功！‎ Lesson 13 中考英语冲刺（十三）‎ ‎ 2012深圳市中考模拟试题(二)‎ The owner visits his factory and is shocked to see a man leaning against a wall, drinking coffee. "How much do you make?" he demands. "Eighty dollars a day," is the reply. The owner hands him $80 and says," Get out, and don't come back!"  Two minutes later the foreman comes in and asks ,"Where's the delivery man who was just there?"‎ ‎【Warm up】‎ I.【Vocabulary and Grammar】‎ ‎1．—Why are you looking so sad?‎ ‎ —I’ve just read unusual and bad news that accident happened in Shenzhen.‎ ‎ A．/; the B．/; an C．an; an D．a; the ‎2．—Would you like to watch TV or surf the Internet?‎ ‎ — . I’m busy with my work. Thank you.‎ ‎ A．Both B．None C．Either D．Neither ‎3．—How long is the new bridge? Do you know?‎ ‎ —Yes. It’s about .‎ ‎ A．one thousand one hundred and eighty meters ‎ B．one thousand and one hundred fifty meters ‎ C．two thousands one hundred forty meters ‎ D．two thousands seventy and three meters ‎4．—Could you tell me how to improve spoken English?‎ ‎ —Well, just take every chance to practice and don’t be shy.‎ ‎ A．speak B．to speak C．speaking D．spoke ‎5．—I usually have milk and bread for breakfast.‎ ‎ — .‎ ‎ A．So have I B．So do I C．So I have D. So I do ‎ 1． ‎—Don’t step on the grass next time, Mike. ‎ ‎ — ‎ ‎ A．Sorry, I won’t B．Don’t worry. C．I don’t know. D．Is that so?‎ ‎7．The policeman asked him when the accident happened.‎ ‎ A．what was he doing B．what did he do ‎ C．what he was doing D．what he did ‎8．—How long have you ?‎ ‎ —Since 2005.‎ ‎ A．bought the MP3 B．joined the Party ‎ C．become a football player D．lived in the town ‎9．—Do you know the result of the race?‎ ‎ —Yes. The winner is a boy Ni Feng from Class 6, Grade3.‎ ‎ A．100-metres, called B．100-metre, calling ‎ C．100-metre, called D．100-metres, named ‎10．—Must I finish so much work today?‎ ‎ —No, you . You finish it tomorrow.‎ ‎ A．mustn’t; can B．can’t; may C．needn’t; may D．won’t; may ‎11．—English is difficult subject. I even want to drop it.‎ ‎ —You’d better not. I’ll help you it.‎ ‎ A．quite a, with B．a quite, with C．a very, for D．very a, with ‎12．You’d better home at once. Don’t keep your mother .‎ ‎ A．going, waiting B．go, waiting C．to go, to wait D．went, wait ‎13．Jack saw some people into the house a cold winter night.‎ ‎ A．break, in B．break, on C．broke, in D．broke, on ‎14．Will you _________ playing basketball? A. join us in            B. join to C. join us to            D. to join us ‎15．—Could you tell me ? I must find him.‎ ‎ —Sorry. I have no idea. But he was here just now.‎ ‎ A．where Zhao Dong was B．where has Zhao Dong gone ‎ C．where can I find Zhao Dong D．where Zhao Dong is Ⅱ. Cloze A bar manager was so sure that he himself was the strongest man around 1 he offered a standing $ 1,000 bet that no one could beat him.‎ The 2 was that the landlord would squeeze a lemon until all the 3 ran out into a beer glass, then hand the lemon to the customer. Anyone who could squeeze even one more 4 out of the lemon would win the money.‎ Over the years many people had tried this, truck drivers, weightlifters, karate masters, and 5 had failed. Then one day a little fellow with heavy black rimmed glasses came into the bar and asked if he 6 try the challenge.‎ After the laughter had quieted down, the landlord said that it was only fair that the man be given a chance at the bet, so he 7 up a lemon and started squeezing. 8 he had done he handed the 9 to the little man who promptly squeezed out 4 more drops of juice onto the bar!‎ Everyone looked on in amazement as the landlord handed over the prize and asked “What do you do 10 a living that has given you such strength? Are you a lumberjack, weightlifter?” “No.” the man replied, “I work for the IRS（国税局）.” ‎ ‎1. A. that B. there C. therefore D. since ‎2. A. fact B. trap C. challenge D. match ‎3. A. flesh B. juice C. seeds D. peel ‎4. A. water B. lemon C. beer glass D. drop ‎5. A. none B. neither C. either D. all ‎6. A. / B. could C. had to D. ought to ‎7. A. set B. took C. picked D. put ‎8. A. Once B. Before C. Even though D. In case ‎9. A. container B. money C. remains D. other ‎10. A. with B. for C. on D. in Ⅲ.【Reading】 ‎ A ‎ A strong earthquake attacked Japan at 1:46pm on March 11th. I was shocked when I heard about the bad news. Why are there so many disasters in the world? I looked for some information about the top fourteen worst earthquakes in the past one hundred years from internet. And some earthquakes even came with tsunamis. It was said that 300 thousand people died in 2004 as a result of the earthquake and tsunami happened in Indonesia. And 242 thousand citizens died in Tangshan Earthquake in 1976 in China. Also in 2008, another big earthquake happened in China, and more than 7 thousand passed away. I felt scary when I watched 2012, but the disasters happened are more fearful.‎ ‎ How awful it is when we talk about these figures. Everyone should cherish what we have now. No one can expect what will happen in the next minute. Just enjoy every minute in our life. ‎ ‎1. A strong earthquake happened in Japan .‎ A. on March 11th B. in 2004 C. in 1976 D. 2008 ‎ ‎2. people died in 2004 as a result of the earthquake and tsunami happened in Indonesia.‎ A. 3,000,000 B. 30,000 C. 300,000 D. 242,000‎ ‎3. Which of the following statements is true?‎ A. Tsunamis often come with earthquakes.‎ B. The earthquake in Japan was the worst earthquake in the past one hundred years. ‎ C. Tangshan Earthquake in 1976 in China made exactly 242,000 people lose their lives.‎ D. Over 7 thousand people died in a big earthquake in China in 2008.‎ ‎4. 2012 mentioned in the passage is .‎ A. a date B. a year C. a film D. a figure ‎5. The underlined word “cherish” means .‎ A. 捐款 B. 放弃 C. 珍惜 D. 利用 B ‎ An old friend from California called from the airport to tell me that he had arrived. I was not able to leave the office, but I had made plans for his arrival. After explaining where my new house was，I told him that I had left the key under the doormat．Since I knew it would be quite late before I could get back，I suggested that he make himself at home and help himself to anything that was kept in the refrigerator．‎ ‎　　Two hours later my friend phoned me from the house．At the moment，he said，he was listening to some of my records after having had a nice meal．He had found the pan and meat in the refrigerator．Now，he was drinking a cup of tea and hoped that I would join him soon．When I asked him if he had any difficulty finding the house，he answered that the only problem was that he had not been able to find the key under the doormat，but luckily，the living room window by the apple tree had been left open and he had climbed in through the window．I listened to all this in great surprise．There is no apple tree outside my window，but there is one by the living room window of my next-door neighbor’s house！‎ ‎1．When my friend arrived，I could not go to meet him because________．‎ A．we were not good friends B．I was busy at work C．he had not told me that he would come D．I did not want to see him ‎2．A doormat is a mat______．‎ A．used as a door ‎ B．for cleaning the bottom of shoes C. put up on a door as an ornament（装饰物）‎ D．near a door under which people put their keys ‎ ‎3．I listened to my friend’s phone call in great surprise because____．‎ A．he had not waited for me to eat together B．he had eaten too much of the food C．he mistook my neighbor’s house for mine D．he had left the house with the window open ‎4．At last my friend______．‎ A．did not enter my house B．entered my house after he opened the door C．entered my house by climbing through the window D．entered my house with the help of my neighbor ‎5．The writer left the key under the doormat so that______．‎ A．nobody would find it B．he might not lose it C．his family could use the same key D．his friend could easily get it ‎ C When you want to go shopping, decide how much money you can spend on new clothes． Think about the kind of clothes you really need. Then look for those clothes you really need． Then look for those clothes on sale.‎ There are labels(标签) inside all new clothes. The labels tell you how to take care of your clothes. The label for a shirt may tell you to wash it in warm water. A sweater label may tell you to wash in cold water. The label on a coat may say “dry clean only”, for washing may ruin this coat. If you do as the directions (说明)on the label, you can keep your clothes looking their best for a long time．‎ Many clothes today must be dry cleaned. Dry cleaning is expensive. When buying new clothes, check to see if they will need to be dry cleaned. You will save money if you buy clothes that can be washed．‎ You can save money if you buy clothes that are well made. Well-made clothes last longer． They look good even after they have been washed many times. Clothes that cost more money are not necessarily better made. They do not always fit better. Sometimes less expensive clothes look and fit better than more expensive clothes．‎ ‎1．If you want to save money, you had better buy clothes that __ ． ‎ ‎ A．don’t fit you B．don’t last long ‎ ‎ C．need to be dry cleaned D．can be washed ‎2．The labels inside the clothes tell you______．‎ ‎ A．how to keep them looking their best B．how to save money ‎ ‎ C．whether they fit you or not D．where to get them dry cleaned ‎ ‎3．The first thing for you to do before you buy clothes is __ ． ‎ ‎ A．to look for well-made clothes ‎ ‎ B．to see how much money you can spend on it ‎ C．to know how to wash them ‎ ‎ D．to read the labels inside them ‎4．We learn from the passage that cheaper clothes __ ． ‎ ‎ A．are always worse made B．must be dry cleaned ‎ ‎ C．can not be washed D．can sometimes fit you better ‎5．The best title for the passage should be __ ．‎ ‎ A．Buy Less Expensive Clothes ‎ ‎ B．Taking Enough Money When Shopping ‎ C．Being a Clever Clothes Shopper ‎ ‎ D．Choosing the Labels inside New Clothes D ‎ Have you ever seen a horse with toes (脚趾)? Millions of years ago, horses had many toes. They had four toes on each front foot. They had three toes on each back foot. The horses were smaller than cats.‎ ‎ These small horses lived in the forest. Their many toes helped the horses run over the soft wet ground.‎ ‎ It was very hot in the forest. But the weather changed. It became cold. Many trees couldn’t live in cold weather. The trees died and fell. Open field took the place of (代替) forest. The sun made the ground dry and hard (坚硬). Horses began to change too. They began to get bigger. This took a long time. On the dry hard land, horses needed only their middle toes for running. Their middle toes became hard. After a long time horses had only one hard toe on each foot. We call this hard toe a hoof (马蹄). ‎ ‎1. Long ago, the horse had four toes on each of its __________.‎ ‎ A. back feet B. front feet ‎ C. right feet D. left feet ‎2. The cats were ________ the horses at that time.‎ ‎ A. much bigger B. smaller than ‎ C. bigger than D. much smaller than ‎3. Which of the four sentences is true?‎ ‎ A. The weather stays the same the whole year all over the world.‎ ‎ B. When the weather changed, animals began to change too.‎ ‎ C. Cats were older than the horses.‎ ‎ D. Horses were the same as they are.‎ ‎4. On the dry hard land ____ .‎ ‎ A. horses needed a lot of room for running.‎ ‎ B. A horse needed more than four toes for running.‎ ‎ C. horses needed only their middle toes for running.‎ ‎ D. horses didn’t need any toes.‎ ‎5. Now each horse has _______ on its feet.‎ ‎ A. one toe B. two toes ‎ C. three toes D. four toes ‎ E People have smoked cigarettes for a long time now. The tobacco used to make cigarettes was grown in what is now part of the United States. Christopher Columbus, who discovered America, saw the Indians smoking, and soon the dried leaves were transported (运输) to Europe where smoking began to catch on. In the late 1800s, the Turks (土耳其人) made cigarettes popular.‎ ‎ Cigarettes smoke contains at least two harmful substances (物质), tar and nicotine. Tar, which forms as the tobacco bums, damages the lungs and therefore affects breathing. Nicotine, which is found in the leaves, causes the heart to beat faster and increases breathing rate (频率).‎ ‎ Smoking cigarettes is dangerous. The U.S. Public Health Service stated that cigarette smoking is the cause of lung cancers and several other deadly diseases. The U.S. government now requires that each package of cigarettes bear (带有) a special warning about the danger of smoking.‎ ‎1. The expression “catch on” in the passage may mean ______.‎ ‎ A. start B. cost a lot C. become popular D. dangerous ‎2. Before Columbus discovered America ______.‎ A. Europeans had smoked B. Nobody smoked in the world C. Nicotine was not in tobacco D. Europeans had never smoked ‎3. In the nineteenth century smoking became popular because of the people in ______.‎ ‎ A. India B. Turkey C. the U.S. D. British ‎4. Breathing is affected by ______.‎ ‎ A. nicotine B. tar C. heat D. both A and B ‎5. Which of the following is Not right?‎ A. Smoking cigarettes is thought to be dangerous. ‎ B. The U.S. Public Health Service has found the cause of lung cancers and several other deadly diseases.‎ C. Cigarette smoking is the cause of lung cancers and several other deadly diseases. ‎ D. The U.S. government wants smokers to know the danger of smoking.‎ ‎ (二)任务性阅读 ‎1.阅读下面对话，从方框内7个选项中选择5个恰当的句子完成此对话，并将其字母代号填入空白处.‎ A. I’m sorry to hear that.‎ B. Believe me.‎ C. I don’t want to go to school today.‎ D. What’s the trouble?‎ E. Try the apple pie I made for you.‎ F. I have a fever.‎ G. What made you like this?‎ Mum: You look sad,Bob.1)________________‎ Bob: I am tired and I don’t feel like doing anything.‎ Mum: Are you ill?‎ Bob: No. But 2)_________________‎ Mum: Why?‎ Bob: I had an English exam yesterday, but I failed it.‎ Mum: 3)_____________.Work harder and you will succeed next time.‎ Bob: I will. 4)___________‎ Mum: Come on! 5)______________‎ Bob: Thank you.‎ ‎2.阅读下面对话，在横线上填写单词完成此对话.‎ A. What B. including C. full D. book E. double F. How much G. family Woman: Hello. The Yangguang Hotel, what can I do for you?‎ Man: Yes, please. I’d like to 6)__________two rooms for the coming weekend.‎ Woman: Do you need single or 7)__________?‎ Man: Two single rooms.‎ Woman: Well, how many nights?‎ Man: Two. Friday and Saturday.8)___________is the price of a single room?‎ Woman:300 dollars per night,9)_________breakfast. What’s your 10)________name, please?‎ Man: Rock Black.‎ Woman: Room 201 and Room 202.Here are the keys, please.‎ Man: Thank you.‎ Ⅳ. 解释句子，用英语解释下列句子.‎ ‎ 1．My grandpa died two years ago.‎ ‎2．Take the second turning on the left.‎ ‎3．Peter went to school this morning. He did not have breakfast. ‎ ‎4．Electricity is more dangerous than water .‎ ‎5．Can you guess the length of the river ?‎ Ⅴ. 写作 现在大部分学生在家里是独生子女，由于从小受到溺爱，一些人变得自私起来，不顾别人的感受，只考虑自己，因而与同学、家长经常发生矛盾，相处不好等。当前提倡建立和谐社会、作为学生，要学会与同学和睦相处，尊重师长。请你就此谈谈你的看法及建议等。‎ ‎ 词数：80左右 参考词汇：a better relationship with… （与…和睦相处）‎ ‎ selfish （自私）communicate with… respect （尊重）‎ Lesson 14 中考英语冲刺（十四）‎ ‎ 单选和完型填空专练 ‎【Warm up】A beautiful essay 世界上最遥远的距离 The furthest distance in the world ‎ 世界上最遥远的距离 Is not between life and death 不是生与死 But when I stand in front of you 而是 我就站在你面前 Yet you don't know that I love you 你却不知道我爱你 The furthest distance in the world 世界上最遥远的距离 Is not when I stand in front of you 不是 我就站在你面前 Yet you can't see my love 你却不知道我爱你 But when undoubtedly knowing the love from both 而是 明明知道彼此相爱 Yet cannot be together 却不能在一起 The furthest distance in the world 世界上最遥远的距离 Is not being apart while being in love 不是 明明知道彼此相爱 却不能在一起 But when plainly cannot resist the yearning 而是 明明无法抵挡这股思念 Yet pretending you have never been in my heart 却还得故意装作丝毫没有把你放在心里 The furthest distance in the world 世界上最遥远的距离 Is not when plainly cannot resist the yearning 不是 明明无法抵挡这股思念 yet pretending you have never been in my heart  却还得故意装作丝毫没有把你放在心里 but using one's indifferent heart  而是 用自己冷漠的心对爱你的人 To dig an uncrossable river  掘了一条无法跨越的沟渠 For the one who loves you I. Choose the best answer.‎ ‎1. If you grow up in _____large family, you are more likely to develop______ ability to get on well with _____ others. (10实验直升)‎ A. /;an ;the B. a; the; the C. the; an; the D. a; the; /‎ ‎2. A pair of new shoes _____ given to him by her. These shoes _____ very nice.‎ A .is ; is B. are; are C. is ; are D. are ;is ‎3. Did you think ________ for us to learn to be polite? ‎ ‎ A. it necessary B. it’s necessary C. that good D. that was good manners ‎ ‎4. —Do you know the student _____article was published in China Daily?‎ ‎—Sure. He is my twin brother.‎ ‎ A. who B. whom C. whose D. his ‎5. The rich man,______money was not a problem wants to stay in an expensive hotel.‎ A. whom B. whose C. for whom D. who ‎6. ----Were the examinations difficult?‎ ‎ ----Not at all. In fact, I found ______ .‎ A. it easy to do B. very easy to do them C. them easy to do D. it easy doing ‎7. Do you know ______?‎ ‎ A. which floor did he live on B. on which floor did he live ‎ C. which floor he lived on D. he lived on which floor ‎8. ---The 2012 Olympic Games to be held this year.‎ ‎ ---Yeah, ____ exciting news!‎ A. are; what an B. is; how C. is; what D. are; what ‎9. There are five oranges on the table. This one is bigger than ______.‎ ‎ A. other oranges B. any other oranges C. the other D. the others ‎10. .---Bob and Mike? I didn’t believe they could do the work. ‎ ‎--- , but they really did it well.‎ ‎ A. So did I B. So I didn’t C. Me too D. Neither did I ‎11. The singer and dancer, as well as the audience, _______ moved by the Drama at that moment. (10实验直升)‎ ‎ A. was B. were C. is D. are ‎12. I was not told ______.‎ ‎ A. what should be done if it would rain B. he had seen the film long before C. it rained before long D. if it rained what should we do ‎ ‎13. ---Hi, Linda, it’s you. I didn't recognize you at the first sight.‎ ‎ ---I ______ my hair cut.(10实验直升)‎ A. has B. have had C.have D. had had ‎14. ----__ __ you _______ to Hongkong this year? ‎ ‎----About five times already.‎ A. How often have, been B. How often have, gone ‎ C. How often do, go D. How many times have; been ‎ ‎15. -----You never have anything for breakfast, ______ you? ‎ ‎----- . I always get up too late.‎ A. do; Yes B. don’t; Yes C. do; No D. have; No ‎16. Although I failed eight times, my father encouraged me to have ____try.‎ A. the second B. the nineth C. a second D. a ninth ‎17. There was _______ time _________ I hated to go to school. (10深外直升)‎ A. a; that B. a; when C. the; that D. the; when ‎ ‎18. ----Shall we play San guo sha this afternoon?‎ ‎ ---- .‎ ‎ A. Yes, that’s right B. Ok, I’ll be free then ‎ C. What’s the matter D. Of course , you may.‎ ‎19. —________ you _______ take a bus to school?‎ ‎ —Yes.But now I usually go to school on foot.‎ A. Did, use to B. Were, used to C. Do, use to D. Did; used to ‎20. There were only as ten years ago on the hill.‎ A. as one third trees B. as a third many trees ‎ C. one third trees as many D. a third as many trees ‎21. One third of the people trapped in the ruins _______ at last.‎ ‎ A. has dug out B. was dug out C. have dug out D. were dug out ‎22. She did the exercise again. She forgot _____ it. A. to do B. doing C. do D. did ‎ ‎23. ----Would you mind _______ to the town _______ you visited last year?‎ ‎ ----Of course not.‎ A. sending; which B. to be sent; where C. being sent; which D. being sent; where ‎ ‎24. ---- Mr. Smith must know a lot about Chinese history.‎ ‎ ----______________. He has studied it for years.‎ A. So does he B. So he does C. So he must D. Yes, he must ‎25. _____ of us felt very tired but quite happy after _____ sports meeting. A. Everyone, a two days’ B. Every one, the two days C. Every one, the two-day D. None, a two-day ‎ ‎26. I’ll spend as much time as I can _____ after the flowers in the garden. A. look B. to look C. looking D. looked ‎ ‎27. Today the forests have almost gone. People must down too many trees． A. stop to cut B. stop from cutting C. be stopped to cut D. be stopped from cutting ‎ ‎28. Helen had to shout ________ above the sound of the music.‎ A. making herself hear B. to make herself heard C. making herself heard D. to make herself hear ‎29. The radio doesn’t work well; it needs_________.‎ A. fixing   B. being fixed     C. to fix    D. fixed ‎30. The children had _____basketball.‎ A. a great fun playing     B. great fun playing C. great fun to play       D. a great funny playing ‎ II、CLOZE ‎ A I still don’t believe in ghosts even after my experience at Rose Inn. At __31__ I have never seen one. But ghost stories have made me feel uncomfortable since then. I arrived at the inn late at night and asked the innkeeper for a room.‎ ‎ “There’s none left,” he said, “__32__ you’d like to sleep in Number 7.”‎ ‎ “Why not?” I said. “What’s wrong with it?” I was so ___33__ that I would have slept __34__.‎ ‎ “Nothing.” he said slowly, “But something happened there a few months ago.”‎ ‎ Every old inn has its strange __35__, so I thought that the sooner he told me about, the better. I was willing to listen to anything for a bed to sleep in.‎ ‎ “A man came here late at night, like you.” the innkeeper said, “I thought there was something strange about him because he kept looking back while he was signing his name. He asked me which room he could have and I offered him Number 7. ‘There’s a man who said he’ll kill me.’ he said suddenly. He looked so frightened that I thought I had better __36_ him to his room. I closed the door and _37 him by himself. The next day we found him dead, with a knife beside him. He had cut his throat, __38__ someone else had done it. Do you __39__ sleeping there now after you know the story?”‎ ‎ “Well” I said. “No one is following me. But I __40__ you had told me the story in the morning. As for the night, I’ll just sleep on the floor in this room until you’ve got a couple of blankets here.”‎ ‎31. A. least B. last C. first D. once ‎32. A. if B. except that C. unless D. until ‎33. A. tired B. anxious C. worried D. unhappy ‎34. A. Somewhere B. anywhere C. everywhere D. nowhere ‎35. A. experience B. stories C. guests D. rooms ‎36. A. bring B. take C. ask D. see ‎37. A. locked B. made C. sent D. left ‎38. A. because B. or C. but D. and ‎39. A. like B. insist on C. want D. mind ‎40. A. wish B. hope C. expect D. think ‎ B Many animals use some kinds of “language”. They use signals(信号) and the signals have ‎ meanings. For example, __41 a bee has found some food, it goes 42 its home. 43 is difficult for a bee to tell 44 bees where the food is , but it can do a little dancing. This tells the bees where the food is and 45 it is.‎ Some animals show 46 they feel by making sounds. It is not difficult to tell if a dog is angry because it barks. Birds make several different sounds and 47 has its meaning. ‎ Sometimes we humans make sounds in the same way. We make sounds like “Oh” to 48 how we feel about 49 or we 50 something on our feet.‎ We humans have languages. We have words. These words have meanings of things, actions, feelings or ideas. We are able to __51__ each other information, to tell other people 52 we think or we feel. By writing down words, we can remember what has happened or 53 messages to people far away.‎ Languages, like people, live and die. If a language is not used by people, it is called a dead language. This language cannot live and grow because 54 speaks it.‎ A living language, of course, is often spoken by people today. It grows and changes with time. New words are created, and some old words have 55 meanings.‎ ‎41. A. because B. since C. when D. as ‎42. A. out of B. back from C. away from D. back to ‎43. A. It B. This C. That D. He ‎44. A. each other B. another C. the other D. others ‎45. A. how long B. how far away C. how many D. how old ‎46. A. why B. which C. how D. what ‎47. A. each B. every C. all D. some ‎48. A. show B. say C. talk D. speak ‎49. A. everything B. something C. nothing D. anything ‎50. A. put B. drop C. fall D. set ‎51. A. give B. put C. show D. take ‎52. A. that B. which C. what D. why ‎53. A. send B. bring C. push D. get ‎54. A. someone B. no one C. anyone D. everyone ‎55. A. new B. right C. real D. good C Billy is a boy of fifteen. His parents died three years ago. One day when he was walking in the street, he __56__ a wallet. He returned it to the owner, Mr. Baker. He gave his _57_ to the boy. As the boy had no job, Mr. Baker made him work for him in his _58_. Billy worked so hard that Mr. and Mrs. Baker were _59_ with him.‎ ‎　　Mr. Baker loved planting __60_. The week before last, he brought a few trees home, planted them in the __61_ himself and watered them every day. Several days _62__, he had to leave for another city. Before he started, he said to Billy, “Take good care of the trees. Some boys near our house always want to steal them.” ‎ ‎　　“Don't__63__ about them.” answered Billy. Six days passed and Mr. Baker came back. He asked,” __64__ anyone ever come to steal the trees?” “No, sir,” said Billy, “To stop someone from stealing the trees, I _65_ them up six days ago. I have hidden them for almost a week!”‎ ‎　　56. A. found B. bought C. carried D. wanted ‎　　57. A. walked B. pity C. thanks D. excuses ‎　　58. A. factory B. office C. town D. home ‎　　59. A. pleased B. angry C. strict D. popular ‎　　60. A. flowers B. grass C. vegetables D. trees ‎　　61. A. garden B. office C. city D. room ‎　　62. A. ago B. later C. before D. after ‎　　63. A. think B. talk C. learn D. worry ‎　　64. A. Did B. Does C. Has D. Will ‎　　65.A. sent B. pulled C. put D. picked Ⅲ【Homework】‎ ‎66. -- _____ the letter on your way to office.‎ ‎--OK. I _______.‎ A. Don’t forget posting; will B. Do remember to post; will C. Do forget to post; do D. Do remember posting; do ‎ ‎67. The key you have just got ____ the front door.‎ A. is used to opening B. is used to be opened  ‎ C. is used to being opened D. is used to open ‎ ‎68. Bruce _________his leg when he _____ in a football match yesterday afternoon.‎ A. broke; played B. has broken; was playing C. broke; was playing D. was breaking; played ‎69. A computer cannot remember who_____; it simply does what _________.‎ A. will use it; it is told B. uses it; it has told C. used it; it is told   D. has used it; it told ‎70. I don’t know if he ____ us; if he ____, I’ll let you know.‎ A. will come and help; comes B. comes and helps; will come C. will come and help; will come D. comes and helps; comes ‎ ‎71. –Don’t you think it a very nice motorbike?‎ ‎--Yes, but would you please ____ it on my lawn?‎ A. not to park    B. not parking    C. not park     D. to not park ‎ ‎72. The old man came, _____a big dog.‎ A. followed    B. following by   C. and following   D. followed by ‎ ‎73. You two follow me; the rest _____ where you are.‎ A. stays    B. lay   C. stay     D. stayed ‎74. Do you know _________ they are getting on well with the project? A. whether B. what C. how                     D. when ‎ ‎75. Finally they arrived at a place_______ sold cigarettes and other small articles.‎ A. /     B. at which     C. in which     D. that ‎ ‎ ‎ I found out one time that doing a favor for someone could get you a lot of trouble. I was in the eighth grade at the time, and we were having a final test. 76 the test, the girl sitting next to me 77 something, but I didn’t understand. So I 78 over her way and found out that she was 79 to ask me if I had a( an)80 pen. She showed me that hers was out of ink and 81 not write. I happened to have a extra one, so I took it out of my pocket and put it on her desk.‎ Later, after the test papers had been turned in, the teacher asked me to stay in the room when all the other students were 82 . As soon as we were 83 she began to talk to me about 84 it meant to grow up; she said how important it was to 85 on your own two feet and be ready to pay for your own acts. For a long time, she talked about 86 and stressed the fact that when people do something dishonest, they are really 87 themselves, She made me promise that I would think 88 about all the things she had said, and then she told me I could leave. I walked out of the room wondering why she had 89 to talk to me about all those things.‎ Later on, I found out that she thought I had cheated on the test. When she saw me lean over to talk to the girl next to me, it looked as though I was 90 answers from the girl’s test paper. I tried to explain about the pen, 91 all she could say was that it seemed quite strange to her that I hadn’t 92 anything about the pen the day she talked to me 93 after the test. Even though I tried to explain that I was just doing the girl a (an) 94 by letting her use my pen, I am sure she 95 to believe that I had cheated on the test.‎ ‎76.A At B. While C. During D. On ‎77..A. spoke B. talked C. said D. whispered ‎78.. A. leaned B. went C. set D. came ‎79.. A. meaning B. trying C. deciding D. planning ‎80..A. more B. other C. extra D. special ‎81..A. could B. would C. might D. should ‎ ‎82..A. driven B. left C. remained D. dismissed ‎83..A. alone B. together C. quiet D. calm ‎84..A. how B. what C. who D. when ‎85..A. depend B. move C. live D. stand ‎86.. A. trust B. honesty C. courage D. test ‎87. A. beating B. tricking C. troubling D. cheating ‎88. A. seriously B. generally C. wholly D. hardly ‎89. A. wanted B. tried C. chosen D. happened ‎90. A. watching B. making C. copying D. telling ‎91. A. and B. so C. though D. but ‎92. A. said B. discussed C. spoken D. reported ‎93. A. only B. right C. exactly D. even ‎94.. A. answer B. favor C. reply D. effort ‎95. A. decided B. promised C. continued D. agreed Ⅳ. 写作专版（六）‎ ‎ (五) 读写综合 ‎ 读写任务仅仅是语言知识和语言功能的测试，也考察了我们的归纳能力、观察能力、思维能力、组织能力和写作技巧多方面运用的能力。常见的读写综合有阅读一段短文如来信、通知、启示等等，或者阅读短文并作信息归纳，然后根据要求写一篇短文。例：‎ ‎09年深圳中考题 A 请你根据某学校的一个广播通知，填写下面的海报。‎ May I have your attention, please ? I have an announcement to make.‎ Since the A/H1N1 flu is around us, we should pay great attention to our health and get some knowledge about the terrible disease. Our school has invited Doctor Li to give us a talk about how to prevent(预防) the flu. It will start at 4:00 on Friday afternoon in our school lecture hall. Students in Grade Seven are required to attend the talk. Please be there on time. ‎ ‎ That’s all. Thank you.‎ An important Talk Topic: How to prevent the __________‎ Time:_______ on Friday afternoon Place: School lecture _________‎ Speaker:_________‎ ‎________Seven students must be present.‎ ‎ ‎ B 假如你是Doctor Li,请你用英语写一篇发言稿，从作息、饮食、运动、卫生习惯等方面谈谈如何预防甲型H1N1流感。‎ 要求：（1）包含至少3点建议；‎ ‎ （2）条例清楚，意思连贯，语句通顺，标点正确；‎ ‎ （3）发言稿中不得出现真实的校名和姓名；‎ ‎ （4）60-80个单词；发言稿的开头和结尾已经给出，不计入总词数。‎ 解析：跟例一不同的是，读写任务分两部分。第一部分信息归纳，考生要有对不同体裁的文章捕捉要素的能力。如记叙文中的when where who what why how。本题是归纳通知的要点。要明确通知的对象who :students in Grade seven.做什么what: attend a talk about how to prevent(预防) the flu by Doctor Li .地点where: our school lecture hall.时间when : at 4:00 0n Friday afternoon..这些要点了然于心，完成第一个任务就水到渠成。‎ 而任务B 显然跟第一部分有关联，但给出一定中文提示，属于半开放式作文。‎ ‎2012年春季初三英语能力提升训练七 一、 单项选择 ‎1. The Spring Festival is ________unique day for families. It is also _______ day for special foods like dumplings.‎ A. an, a B. an, the C. a, a D. the, a ‎2. They have to explain ______us the reason ______their doing so.‎ A. /; of B. to; for C. with; about D. /; for ‎3. _________ her health is much improved, but she is still not really well.‎ ‎ A. On a way B. In a way C. By the way D. In the way ‎4. All that can be eaten _______ eaten up.‎ A. are being B. has been C. had been D. have been ‎5. I shall never forget those days _______ I stayed in Bond with my classmates and best teachers, _______ has a great effect on my life.‎ A. when; that B. that; which C. which; that D. when; which ‎6. He is very _______ to his students’ need for encouragement and knows when to praise them.‎ ‎ A. sensitive B. anxious C. familiar D. sure ‎7. He was by his students though he himself didn’t think he had done anything special.‎ A. thought little of B. thought high of C. thought highly of D. thought highly ‎8. They will not _____ even if they can’t pass the exam.‎ A. lose their hearts B. lose their heart C. lose heart D. lose the heart ‎9. You might wonder how this kind of animals ____ to live without eating for so many months.‎ A. succeed B. succeeds C. manages D. manage ‎10. ____,Internet writers do make impressive progress.‎ A. Encouraging and praising B. Encouraged and praised ‎ C. To be encouraged and praised D. To encourage and praised ‎11. I’m afraid I’ll turn to Mr. Wide. It is ________, you know, a problem for me.‎ A. too difficult B. a too difficult C. a so difficult D. such difficult ‎ ‎12. He is a good student and he is also a big fan of the Houston Rockets; he hasn’t ______ a game of this team this year.‎ A. missed B. caught C. seen D. lost ‎13. The wool ______ sweaters feels rough.‎ ‎ A. used to make B. used to making C. is used to make D. is used to making ‎14. I haven’t seen _______ this since I began to surf the Internet.‎ A. as beautiful a website as B. as a beautiful website as ‎ C. a beautiful website such as D. a such beautiful website as ‎15. --Tom is to computer games.‎ ‎ --No wonder he is not doing well in school recently.‎ A. interested B. curious C. crazy D. addicted 二、完型填空 A Life is not easy, so I'd like to say "When anything happens, believe in yourself."‎ ‎ When I was 14, I was 1 nervous to talk to anyone. My classmates often laughed at me. I was sad but could do nothing. Later, something happened. It changed my life. It was an English speech contest. My mother asked me to take part in it. What a(n) 2 idea! It meant I had to speak in front of all the teachers and students of my school!‎ ‎"Come on, boy. Believe in yourself. You are sure to 3 ." Then, Mother and I talked about many different topics. At last I 4 the topic "Believe in yourself ". I tried my best to 5 all the speech and practised it over 100 times. With my mother's great love, I did well in the contest. I could 6 believe my ears when the news came that I had won the first place. I heard the 7 from the teachers and students. Those 8 who once looked down on me, now all said "Congratulations!" to me. My mother hugged me and cried 9 .‎ ‎ 10 then, everything has changed for me. When I do anything, I try to tell myself to be sure and I will find myself. This is true not only for a person but also for a country.‎ ‎1. A. so B. too C. very D. quite ‎2. A. interesting B. exciting C. terrible D. wonderful ‎3. A. win B. lose C. beat D. pass ‎4. A. reached B. brought C. chose D. thought ‎5. A. remember B. see C. spell D. hear ‎6. A. almost B. nearly C. ever D. hardly ‎7. A. cheers B. noises C. thanks D. wishes ‎8. A. teachers B. classmates C. boys D. girls ‎9. A. angrily B. sadly C. quietly D. excitedly ‎10. A. Since B. Except C. From D. Before B In 1608 an Englishman named Thomas Coryate traveled in Italy. He liked the country and 1 down everything interesting. He found one thing 2 interesting than the others. In his diary Thomas wrote, “ 3    the Italians eat meat, they use small forks. They do not eat with their hands because, as they say, people do not always have 4      hands.” ‎ Before he went back to England, Thomas Coryate bought a few 5  . At home Thomas had a dinner party to show the forks to his friends. When the steak was brought out, he took out a fork and wanted to 6   the steak as the Italians did in Italy. His friends were 7   when they saw this, and he told them what the fork was. They all said that Italians were very strange people because the fork was not easy to use at all. Thomas Coryate tried to prove that his friends were 8   , so he began to show that it was easy to use the fork. But the first 9    of meat he took with the fork fell to the floor, His friends began to 10   at him and he had to take the fork away. ‎ People in England began to use forks only fifty years later.‎ ‎1. A. broke B. wrote C. went D. calmed ‎2. A. less B. much C. even D. more ‎3. A. Why B. Which C. When D. Where ‎4. A. clean B. big C. dirty D. safe ‎5. A .knives B. dishes C. forks D. plates ‎6. A. use B. eat C. make D. cut ‎7. A. worried B. bored C. surprised D. tired ‎8. A. honest B. wrong C. right D. clever ‎9. A. piece B. kilo C. pound D. bag ‎10. A .cry B. look C. shout D. laugh 三、阅读理解 A Everyone has two personalities (性格) --- the one that is shown to the world and the other that is secret and real. You don't show your secret personality when you're awake because you can control your behavior , but when you're asleep, your sleeping position(姿势)shows the real you.‎ If you go to sleep on your back, you're a very open person. You can be easily influenced by fashion or new ideas. You don't like to make other people angry. So you never express your real feelings. You're quite shy and you aren't quite sure of yourself.‎ If you sleep on your stomach, you are a rather secretive(不外露的) person. You worry a lot and easily upset. You are very stubborn(固执的), but you aren’t very ambitious(有野心的). You usually live for today not tomorrow. This means that you enjoy having a good time.‎ If you sleep curled up（卷曲）,you are probably a very shy person. You don't like meeting people. You prefer to be alone. You are easily hurt.‎ If you sleep on your side. You have a well-balanced personality. You know your good points and bad points. You're usually careful and confident. You sometimes feel anxious, but you don't often get sad. You always say what you think even though it annoys people.‎ ‎1. You don’t show your secret personality when you are awake because ________.‎ A. you are a very shy person B. people around are not your good friends C. you can control yourself D. your parents ask you to do that ‎2. If someone can be easily influenced by fashion or new ideas, he or she is very ________.‎ A. open B. secretive C. shy D. well-balanced ‎3. If someone is quite shy, he or she may sleep ________.‎ A. on the back B. on the stomach C. curled up D. A or C ‎4. A person with a well-balanced personality is always ________.‎ A. shy B. confident C. stubborn D. nervous ‎5. Which is the best title for the reading?‎ A. Four Sleeping Positions. B. Different Personalities C. How to Sleep Well D. Your Sleeping Position and Your Personalities ‎ B It’s the lunchtime break at Shanghai Xianxia Middle School. No mobile phones can be heard ringing anywhere. The common sight of crowds of children chatting on their phones or ‎ sending short messages has disappeared.‎ A grade-2 student said, “I couldn’t concentrate during classes if the cell phone was with me. I couldn’t help checking if there were messages or missed phone calls. I even played games on the phone sometimes.” ‎ ‎　　The school authorities say they feel the ban(禁令) is necessary to keep order in class. They even gave out an open letter to remind parents not to let their children bring mobile phones to school. More than 96 percent of parents say they welcome the school decision. The school is also being flexible (灵活的) in implementing the ban. Those students who live far from school are allowed to bring mobile phones to contact their parents. But they still have to switch them off in classrooms.‎ Medical experts have also welcomed the school decision. They say too much dependence on mobile phones can cause many psychological problems in teenage students.‎ ‎1. The grade-2 student thought that _______.‎ A. the mobile phone should be on during classes B. it is good to play cell phone games sometimes C. the mobile phone is helpful to her studies D. it is no good to use the cell phone at school ‎2. According to the passage, the students use their mobile phones except _______.‎ A. contacting their parents B. cheating in exams ‎ C. sending short messages D. playing games ‎3. Which of the following is true according to the passage?‎ ‎ A. All the parents welcome the school decision.‎ ‎ B. Some students can bring mobile phones to school.‎ ‎ C. Medical experts are against the school decision.‎ ‎ D. No one is allowed to bring his mobile phone to school. ‎ ‎4. What does the underlined word “implementing” in paragraph 3 probably mean?‎ ‎ A. Carrying out. B. Giving up. C. Making up. D. Finding out.‎ ‎5. The passage mainly tells us _____.‎ ‎ A. the mobile phone is a big trouble to teenage students ‎ ‎ B. the use of the mobile phone can cause mental problems ‎ C. about a ban on the mobile phone in a middle school ‎ ‎ D. a story happening at Shanghai Xianxia Middle School C 补全对话(共5小题，计5分) ‎ A. How could it be made in your home ?‎ B. It doesn’t work.‎ C. When did you get it ?‎ A. I know nothing about computer.‎ B. I haven’t checked my E-mails today.‎ C. How long did it take you to make it ?‎ D. My father wants to buy a new one for me.‎ Laura: Hi, Rose ! I’ve sent you an E-mail . Have you got it ?‎ Rose : Sorry , I haven’t. 1 .‎ Laura: Why not ?‎ Rose: There’s something wrong with my computer. 2 ‎ Laura: Can you repair it ?‎ Rose: I don’t think so. It’s too old. 3 ‎ Laura: That’s good news ! You know , I’ve just got a new computer.‎ Rose: 4 .‎ Laura: Last week. ‎ Rose: Where was it made ? Was it made in Japan ?‎ Laura: No, it was made in my home.‎ Rose: What ? 5 ‎ Laura: You see, my father bought different parts of the computer and then put them together. That’s how the computer was made in my home. ‎ 四、解释句子 ‎1. We should not be cruel to the animals.‎ ‎2. I’m not myself today.‎ ‎3. It’s not my day today.‎ ‎4. I’m going to go bananas.‎ ‎5. Well begun is half done.‎ ‎6. The meeting-room was at sixes and sevens.‎ ‎7. Remember me to your parents, please.‎ ‎8. Why not spread your wings to Shanghai?‎ ‎9. I want to eat my word.‎ ‎10. He is telling a white lie.‎ ‎11. The boy is a green hand.‎ ‎12. The boy is a green thumb.‎ ‎13. She is green with envy. ‎ ‎14. He fell off his bike and he was black and blue.‎ ‎15. The necklace is very expensive, I paid an arm and a log for it.‎ 四、单词拼写 ‎1. Our company wants to have a t__________, who can type documents.‎ ‎2. If it is c________ to you I’ll be with you next Tuesday.‎ ‎3. The report he gave us left us a deep i____________.‎ ‎4. Success belongs to those who are always o__________about difficulties and challenges,not pessimistic.‎ ‎5. He made a c________ after a lot of experiments.‎ ‎6. It is impossible to know in a what will happen，so we’d better get ourselves prepared for everything possible in the future．‎ ‎7. Most people said they didn’t like it．But p speaking，I thought it was very good．‎ ‎8. There is no _________ (怀疑) that he can do the job well.‎ ‎9. More than a hundred people were killed in the crash and only five passengers ___ __(幸存).‎ ‎10. The noise from the street always__________ (影响) our work.‎ ‎11. What should we do to punish those who do _______(危害) to the animals.‎ ‎12. We mustn't judge persons by their a_____________.‎ ‎13. The g______ has recently passed the law to protect the endangered animals.‎ ‎14. We can't _______（忽视，不理睬）the fact that many criminals never go to prison.‎ ‎15. Recently I have been busy _______（装饰）my new house.‎ 标杆英语老师告诉你:‎ 行动是治愈恐惧的良药，而犹豫、拖延将不断滋养恐惧！‎ 对于那些明明心里知道要努力学习但很少真正付诸行动的学生来说，犹豫、拖延的原因只有一个，就是懒惰！‎ 那些对学习只有片刻热情的同学们啊，请尽快克服懒惰的毛病吧！‎ Lesson 15 中考英语冲刺（十五）‎ ‎ 2012深圳市中考模拟试题(三)‎ GOOD SIGHT Lawyer: You say you were about thirty-five feet away from the scene of the accident? Just how far can you see clearly? ‎ Witness: Well, when I wake up in the morning I see the sun, and they tell me it's about ninety-three million miles away.‎ ‎【Warm up】‎ I.【Vocabulary and Grammar】‎ ‎1．This is __________ song I’ve told you about. Isn’t it _________beautiful one?‎ A. the; the B. a; a C. the; a D. a; the ‎2．----I’m leaving for Beijing next week.‎ ‎ ---- How long ____ there?‎ ‎ A. have you stayed B. are you staying C. had you stayed D. did you stay ‎3．--- Excuse me, is the museum far from here?‎ ‎--- No, it’s about ______ .‎ A. 7-minute-walk B. 7 minutes walk C. 10 minutes’ bus ride D. 10 minute’s ride ‎4．---How do you like London?‎ ‎ --- Sorry. I _________ there. I don’t know much about it. ‎ A．haven’t gone to B. haven’t been C. haven’t been to D. haven’t gone ‎5．---What is our head teacher like, do you know?‎ ‎ ---Oh, he is very kind _______ he looks very serious. ‎ A. because B. though C. if D. when ‎ ‎6．--- Shall Tom go and play football?‎ ‎　--- Not ________ he has finished his homework.‎ A. unless  B. if   C.  when  D. once ‎7．---Excuse me , could you tell me _________?‎ ‎ ---Sorry, I don’t know. I’m new here, too.‎ A. when the museum opens B. where is the Olympic Village C. how long the old lady had lived here. D. how do you celebrate Easter Day ‎8．--- I hear that as many as 70 people were killed in the terrible accident.‎ ‎---Yes,_____ news came as ______ shock to us.‎ A. the; a B. a; a C. /; / D. /; a ‎9．---I have spent too much time playing computer games these days. ‎ ‎ --- I think so. You _______ stop, for your study and your health.‎ A. must B. will C. can D. may ‎10．I’m making progress in English ____ the teacher’s well-organized teaching and exact explanation．‎ A．because B．as a result C．as a result of D．as ‎ ‎11．It was very kind ______ them to pick me up at the railway station and ______ me home.‎ A. of, drive B. of, drove C. for, drive D. for, drove ‎12．--- You don’t know Jenny, do you ?‎ ‎--- ______ . Don’t you remember ______ me at Jenny’s birthday party last Saturday ?‎ A. Yes, seeing B. Yes, to see C. No, seeing D. No, to see ‎13．--- Darling, I think we need to buy a new car.‎ ‎--- Oh, no! We are ______ out of money, you know.‎ A. trying B. going C. getting D. running ‎14．You can’t believe ______ bad weather I had over there. It snowed ______ for one whole week.‎ A. how, hardly B. what, heavily C. how, heavily D. what, hardly ‎15．I don’t think she will come to the meeting on time, ?‎ A．do I B．do you C．will she D．won’t she Ⅱ. Cloze In the U.S. Mother’s Day is a holiday on the second Sunday in May. It is a day when children send their mothers cards, presents and flowers.‎ One of the best ways to celebrate Mother’s Day is to give your mother the day 1 . Let her have a good rest 2 other members of the family do the housework.‎ Many families 3 Mother’s Day with breakfast in bed. Usually Dad and the children will let Mom sleep late as they go into the kitchen and get ready for her favorite meal. A ‎ Mother’s Day 4 can be made of anything your Mom likes.‎ After the food is cooked, keep everything nicely on a plate. Don’t forget to put the bottle with only one flower. With 5 here, the children can 6 the nicest flower from the garden outside. When everything is ready, carefully carry the plate and Mom’s favorite books or newspaper up to her bedroom. Cards and small presents 7 the children can be put on the plate 8 it is given to Mom in bed.‎ Many families take Mom out to her favorite restaurant 9 a meal. It is a good way to let your Mom rest and let her see 10 a wonderful family she has.‎ ‎1. A. away B. out C. off D. down ‎2. A. while B. though C. until D. but ‎3. A. like B. want C. prefer D. begin ‎4. A. lunch B. dinner C. breakfast D. meal ‎5. A. spring B. summer C. autumn D. winter ‎6. A. take B. pick C. plant D. water ‎7. A. to B. about C. with D. from ‎8. A. before B. after C. when D. as ‎9. A. for B. at C. eat D. cook ‎10. A. how B. so C. what D. this Ⅲ.【Reading】 ‎ A ‎  Marianne, a school girl, was learning to play the piano, and her father stood behind her as she practiced. How patient and loving her father was, and how cleverly he showed Marianne how to play some particularly difficult pieces! She was making progress, and that was excellent.‎ One evening at sundown the father patted Marianne’s shoulder, saying she had been doing remarkably well. At the moment Wolfgang climbed on his father’s knee and begged to be allowed to play the pretty piece Marianne had now mastered. What a joke that was! Picking up his baby son, the father laughed, tapped his tiny nose and said, “Look at your small hands. Why, you can’t span the notes yet. You must wait, little man. Wait!”‎ There was no end of fun during tea, and Marianne had to tell her father about Wolfgang waiting to play one of the classics. After dinner, Marianne helped cleared away the dishes when the father lit his pipe.‎ But the pipe went out. He was on his feet. “Listen! Marianne is playing that piece better than ever!” ‎ But Marianne was washing pots in the kitchen.‎ His wife following, he crept(爬) upstairs, the lamp in one hand, his pipe in the other, he pushed open the door, and there was little Wolfgang playing in the darkness. “I love it so!” whispered the child.‎ It was the beginning of Mozart’s life of music.‎ ‎1. Mozart was ________.‎ ‎ A. the little brother of Marianne B. the pupil of Marianne ‎ C. the son of Marianne D. the daughter of Marianne ‎2. Mozart learned how to play the piano ________.‎ ‎ A. at school ‎ B. when his father showed his sister how to play some difficult pieces ‎ C. after his sister taught him a few music lessons ‎ D. after his father taught him.‎ ‎3. One evening when Wolfgang wanted to play one of the classics his father ______.‎ ‎ A. allowed him to do so at once. B. persuaded him not to do so.‎ ‎ C. asked him to wait for a moment. D. asked him to wait for a few years ‎4. Mozart was refused to play one of the classics, because his father thought ________.‎ ‎ A. he was too young to play B. he was too stupid to play ‎ C. he was not good at playing D. he doesn’t work hard at music ‎5. In fact, Wolfgang played______.‎ ‎ A. as well as his sister B. less well than his sister C. better than his sister D. the best in his family then ‎ B ‎ Sometimes you feel lonely . You have trouble sleeping at night and wake up very early in the morning . Even your eating habits are terrible and you cannot eat much . There are a lot of things you can do when you are lonely . Just find out what is your favorite way to do things .‎ You think your friends are too busy and never call , but maybe they are waiting for you to do the same things. Try calling them at once instead of just waiting around . Friendships can only be kept when both make an effort . True friends are always there to help , and they will not mind if you call them .‎ You can take up a hobby or sport to enjoy . The best way to deal with loneliness is to find you a hobby . In the old times people collected stamps or read books, but nowadays people watch TV or chat online or play games online .‎ To be more practical , you can do some housework or try to learn cooking, If you are so bored , you can always find something to do to waste some time if you do not want to use it for something important . However , if you are the type that is so lazy and sit around home and do nothing , I personally do not agree with you because laziness builds up boredom (无聊) and boredom builds up stress and stress builds up depression . ‎ ‎1. If you want to keep a friendship, what should you do ?‎ A. Stay at home till your friend calls you .‎ B. Give your friend a lot of food .‎ C. Do homework for your friend.‎ D. Make an effort to keep in touch with your friend .‎ ‎2. ______ is the best way to deal with loneliness .‎ A. To find you a hobby B. To collect stamps C. To play computer games D. To chat online ‎3. What’s the main idea of the second paragraph ?‎ A. Your friends are waiting for you to call .‎ B. Friendships can only be kept when both make an effort .‎ C. True friends are ready to help D. Call your friends at once when you feel lonely .‎ ‎4. What causes your depression according to the author ?‎ A. Stress B. Hobbies C. Hard work D. Too much homework.‎ ‎5. What does the passage mainly talk about ?‎ A. You can take up a hobby or sport to enjoy if you feel lonely .‎ B. You can do some housework if you feel lonely .‎ C. How to deal with your loneliness .‎ D. You can call your friend if you feel lonely .‎ ‎ C The word “day” has two meanings. When we talk about the number of days in a year, we are using “day” to mean 24 hours. But when we talk about day and night, we are using “day” to mean the time between sunrise and sunset . Since the earth looks like a ball, the sun can shine on only half night. A place is moved from day into night and from night into day over and over by the spinning of the earth. At the equator day and night are sometimes the same length. They are each twelve hours long. The sun rises at 6 o’clock in the morning and sets at 6 o’clock in the evening. For six months the North Pole is tilted toward the sun. In those months the Northern Hemisphere gets more hours of sunlight than the Southern Hemisphere. Days are longer than nights. South of the equator nights are longer than days. For the other six months the North Pole is tilted away from the sun. Then the Southern Hemisphere gets more sunlight. Days are longer than nights. North of the equator night are longer than days. Winter is the season of long nights . Summer is the season of long days.‎ ‎1.When the western Hemisphere is having day, the Eastern Hemisphere is having ________.‎ A. both day and night B. day C. neither day nor night D. night ‎2.A place is moved from day into night and from night into day over and over by _______ of the earth.‎ A. the pushing B. the pulling C. the spinning D. the passing ‎3. At the equator day is as long as night __________.‎ A. sometimes B. never C. usually D. always ‎4.When the North Pole is tilted toward the sun, the Northern Hemisphere gets _______‎ ‎ sunlight.‎ A. less B. more C. all D. no ‎5.When it is winter in China,_______.‎ A. the USA is tilted toward the sun B. the South Pole is tilted away from the sun C. the North Pole is tilted toward the sun D. the North Pole is tilted away from the sun D You speak, write a letter, make a telephone. Your words carry a message. People communicate with words. Do you think you can communicate without words? A smile on your face shows you are happy or friendly. Tears in your eyes tell others that you are sad.‎ ‎ When you put up your hands in class, the teacher knows you want to say something or ask questions. You shake your head, and people know you are saying "No". You nod（点头）and people know you are saying "Yes". Other things can also carry messages. For example, a sign at the bus helps you to know which bus to take. A sign on the door helps you where to go in or out. Have you ever thought that there are a lot of signs around you and that you receive messages from them all the time? People can communicate in many other ways. An artist can use his drawing to tell beautiful mountains, about the blue sea and many other things. Books are written to tell about all the wonderful things in the world and also about people and their ideas. Books, magazines, TV, radio and films all help us communicate with others. They can help us to know what is going on in the world and what other people are thinking about.‎ ‎1. People communicate ________.‎ ‎ A. with words only B. in many different ways ‎ C. in letters and drawings D. with smiles, tears and hands ‎2. Signs can carry as many _________ as words.‎ ‎ A. questions B. examples C. tears and smiles D. messages ‎3. Which of the following is not talked in the passage as ways of communication?‎ ‎ A. books and magazines B. TV and films C. newspapers D. radio ‎4. Which of the following statements is WRONG ?.‎ ‎ A. Communication helps us to learn what is happening in the world.‎ ‎ B. Communication helps us to understand other people better..‎ ‎ C. A sign is also a way of communication..‎ D. If you can’t speak, you can’t communicate..‎ ‎5. The best title（题目）for this short passage is _________.‎ ‎ A. Signs Carry Messages B. The important Communication ‎ C. Words, Signs and Drawing D. Ways of Communication.‎ ‎ E Learn to relax. Overwork is the main reason why so many students feel tired and ‎ stressed(紧张).Cut down some of the jobs you need to do each day so that you only focus on the most important things. Leave time for activities that are relaxing and fun. This might mean reading a good book, listening to the music, going for a walk or taking a relaxing bath.‎ Get a good night’s sleep. Getting enough sleep will help you keep your body and mind in the best form. If you stay up late and need to get up early for school the next day, you may not be able to concentrate on the things you need to do.‎ Exercise regularly and eat well. Don’t rush through your meals. Eat less junk food or fast food. Eat healthy food instead.‎ Get to know pleasant people. Some people are optimistic, while others are not. Choose optimistic people as your friends and spend more time with them and you’ll be as happy as them.‎ Learn to be calm when you face any problem. Find out the best option from those that are in your mind. Knowing that you are able to solve problems is a good way to build up yourself-confidence.‎ Have a happy attitude(态度).Your attitude decides the way you see things. Is your cup half full or half empty: learn to think more positively about the difficulties you face.‎ ‎1.What’s the main idea of the article?‎ A. Don’t work or study too hard.‎ B. What kind of relaxing activities can we do?‎ C. Getting enough sleep, exercising regularly and eating healthily are very important.‎ D. How to feel relaxed and happy under the stress of study and work.‎ ‎2.What’s the meaning of the underlined word?‎ A.主动的 B.认真的 C.乐观的 D.轻松的 ‎3.Which statement is right?‎ A. We need to do as many things as possible each day.‎ B. Enough sleep is very necessary for keeping us in top form both in body and mind.‎ C. We should save our time in eating.‎ D. We should try to make as many friends as possible ‎4.To be away from worries, which point is not mentioned in this article?‎ A. Going to a psychologist for help.‎ B. Finding time to do the favorite things.‎ C. Making sure which things are the most important and which people can make us relaxed and happy.‎ D. Having an active attitude of life.‎ ‎5.According to the writer, one should regard his“cup”________.‎ A. a cup B. half full C. empty D. half empty ‎ (二)任务性阅读 A.从方框中选择适当的句子完成下面的对话.‎ W: What will you do for Christmas?‎ M: 1 , but I don’t know if I’ll have enough money by then.‎ W: 2 ?‎ M: I live in Portland. And the flight will cost quite a lot.‎ W: Why don’t you go by train? 3 .‎ M: Yes, but I don’t care for trains very much.‎ W: How about the bus ? 4 .‎ M: I am never comfortable on a bus. 5 .‎ W: Well, you can do nothing but start saving your money for the flight now.‎ A. It’s not dear, either B. How will you go there?‎ C. Where do you live D. It’s much cheaper E. It takes me a long time F. I want to go home for Christmas this year G. It’s also expensive ‎ ‎ B. 从下面所给的七个选项中选出五个选项填空,使对话语言正确,意思完整,每个选项只能用一次.‎ A. weak B. well C. good D. more E. though F. with G. if A. What foreign languages do you study at school?‎ B: We learn English and French.‎ A: Between the two subjects, which is 1 difficult?‎ B: I think English is . ‎ A: I know you are good at it . I wonder how you can learn it 2 .‎ B: Because I often try hard . I think we can do anything successfully 3 we work hard at it .‎ A: My English is 4 . Can you help me ?‎ B: With pleasure. I’ll help you 5 it every Sunday morning. ‎ Ⅳ. 解释句子，用英语解释下列句子.‎ ‎1．Can I help you?‎ ‎2．I can’t pass the exam unless you help me.‎ ‎3．The Happy Valley is crowded with people on Children’s Day.‎ ‎ 4．The police caught the thief successfully.‎ ‎5．I have to do two more exercises to finish my homework.‎ Ⅴ. 写作 ‎1.三年的初中学习即将结束,请根据下面的提示,对自己做一简要评价.‎ Strong points Weak points Studies Chinese, English, maths Science Sports Basketball, football Swimming Spare-time activities Computer games Travel, go sightseeing 根据评价表的内容，完成下面的小结.‎ ‎ With the help of my teachers and my classmates, I have made much progress in the last three years. In my studies, I do 1 in Chinese, English and maths. But I am a little poor at 2 . I like ball games such as 3 and football. However, I am not 4 to swim well. In my spare time, I 5 too much time on computer games at home , but I seldom travel or go sightseeing.‎ ‎2.假设你是李华，根据以下所给的信息，给你在英国的笔友Harry写一封信，谈谈你的暑假安排，80词左右.‎ 注意：信的开头与结尾已给出，不计入词数.‎ Dear Harry,‎ ‎ Summer holiday is coming.________________________________________‎ ‎_________________________________________________________________‎ ‎ Best wishes!‎ ‎ Yours,‎ ‎ Li Hua Lesson 16 中考英语冲刺（十六）‎ ‎ 单项选择与阅读理解专练 ‎【Warm up】看图说话 ‎ ‎ ‎ （1）These pictures tell us something about the drought disaster in Southwest China. I feel very sad when I see it. Because there isn't rain for long time, the earth begins to dry. Many plants die because of lacking water. Even worse, many people have no enough water to drink. To help the people there, we should save water in our daily life and donate money to them. ‎ ‎ （2） Do you want to know something about the drought disaster in Southwest China? Well ,these pictures have shown me some details about it. Because of lacking water, the earth there has been dry. Many plants begin to die. Besides, some people even have no enough water for drinking. What a terrible disaster! We must do something to help the people there. Let’s donate money to them! ‎ I. Choose the best answer.‎ ‎1. Tina has ____ one-month-old baby. She loves so much.‎ ‎ A. a; him B. an; her C. a; it D. an; it ‎ ‎2. He is a generous man. He has sent _____ Chinese paintings to the Museum.‎ ‎ A. hundred of B. hundreds C. three hundred D. three hundreds of ‎3. Supermarkets are necessary. People can spend ____ time finding things they want, but they usually spend _____ money than they want.‎ ‎ A. less…less B. less…more C. fewer…less D. fewer…more ‎ ‎4. Look! The light in Tom’s room is on. He _____ at home.‎ ‎ A. Maybe B. must C. can’t be D. must be ‎5. Mr. Black is strong enough to move this heavy box. He ____ any help.‎ ‎ A. needn’t B. needs not C. doesn’t need D. doesn’t need to ‎ ‎6. Prince Charles and Camilla married on 9th ,April. They in love for a long time.‎ A. have got…fell B. got…have fallen C. have got…were D. got…have been ‎7. The frightened girl let her brother who was sitting on the sofa _____ the TV set.‎ ‎ A. turns off B. turn off C. to turn off D. turned off ‎8. ____ useful advice you have given me ! Thank you very much.‎ ‎ A. How B. What C. What a D. What an ‎9. Congratulations _____ you _____winning the competition!‎ ‎ A. to, on B. for ,for C. for, on D. to, for ‎10. The book _____by the young writer sells well. It is popular among middle school students.‎ ‎ A. was written B. writing C. wrote D. written ‎11. We each _____ strong points and each of us on the other hand _____weak points.‎ ‎ A. have, have B. has, have C. has, has D. have, has ‎12. He is one of the students who, I am sure, always do ____ best.‎ ‎ A. his B. one’s C. my D. their ‎13. The police ____determined to bring back the missing boy when his family____‎ almost given up hope.‎ ‎ A. is, has B. are, have C. are, has D. is, have ‎14. The magazine is ______reading, so he advised me ____it.‎ ‎ A. well worth; to buy B. very worth; buying ‎ ‎ C. worthing , buying D. worthy, to buy ‎15. More than eighty percent of the people trapped _______ from the ruins at last.‎ ‎ A. was rescued B. were rescued C. has rescued D. have rescued ‎16. This task is _____difficult for us. We need ______people.‎ ‎ A. much too; another three B. too much; other three ‎ C. much too; more three D. too much; three more ‎17. No one likes _______in _____public.‎ ‎ A. to be laughed at; the B. laughing at; the ‎ ‎ C. being laughed at; / D. to be laughing at; /‎ ‎18. The price of this washing machine has been increased ____15%.‎ ‎ A. up B. to C. by D. from ‎19. The population of China is larger than _____ of America.‎ ‎ A. that B. this C. the one D. it ‎20. When and where to build the new factory _____ yet. ‎ ‎ A. is not decided B. are not decided ‎ C. has not decided D. have not decided ‎21. He wanted to read more, so he asked his friend if there was _____ to read. ‎ ‎ A. something easy enough B. something enough easy ‎ ‎ C. enough easy something D. easy enough something ‎ ‎22. The noble man prefers ___money to him ___sorry to him. ‎ ‎ A. giving; to saying B. giving; to say ‎ ‎ C. give; to say D. to give; to saying ‎ ‎23. Tom was so angry with Bob that he hit _____. ‎ ‎ A. Bob in the head B. Bob's head ‎ ‎ C. Bob on the head D. on Bob's head ‎ ‎24. He asks if Miss Zhao _______. If she _______, I’ll give him a call.‎ A. will come, will come B. will come, comes ‎ C. comes, comes D. comes, will come ‎25. I have never seen sheep. They are lovely.‎ A. so little B. so little a C. such little D. such a little ‎26. Few people knew how to use the Internet in the past,_____?‎ ‎ A. did they B. didn’t they C. did he D. didn’t he ‎ ‎27. Her soft voice sounds _________ to me.‎ ‎ A. nicely B. loudly C. friendly D. sweetly ‎28. －I haven’t seen Kate for 3 years. ‎ ‎ －__________. ‎ ‎ A. So do I B. So haven’t I C. Nor have I D. Nor haven’t I ‎ ‎29. The small town _________in ruins when the war was _______.‎ A. lied; in the end B. lain; by the end C. lay; at an end D. laid; at the end ‎30. Our English teacher _____ by the teachers and students. ‎ ‎ A. is good thought of B. is thought high of ‎ ‎ C. is sung highly praise for D. is spoken highly of ‎ II、Reading ‎ A I used to think education was the most important thing in my life. Recently my attitude has begun to change, although I still hold that it is essential for everyone in the world today. As a top junior student in my college, I was asked to make a speech on how to learn English well. Standing in front of the audience and facing so many freshmen, I was trembling. I didn’t remember any word that I had prepared. I ran out of the conference room without finishing my speech, leaving everyone puzzled. I cried that night in my room, feeling that I was a loser. Studying takes up so much of my time that I feel unable to really develop myself. I am just storing knowledge, yet I fail to communicate with others. I have received many awards in school, but they don’t necessarily reflect(反映) anything about me. I don’t know how to socialize. When I leave school I fear I will be of no use to society.‎ ‎ I realize that everyone has his own way of living. I want to change my lifestyle. Of course I will keep studying. Yet I plan to look for a part-time job, which might turn out to be a good chance to get to know society. I still believe that working my hardest makes me happy. I will still stay on in college. But I will not allow it to shelter me from the real world.‎ ‎1. By saying that she is “a junior student” in her college, the author means that she is _______.‎ A. younger than most students in college B. a very young college student ‎ C. a student in her third year in college ‎ D. shorter than others in college ‎ ‎2. From the passage we can learn that the author _____.‎ A. comes to know how important it is to make some money B. realizes that it is more important to develop oneself than just to learn knowledge C. think education is a waste of time in her life ‎ D. thinks that communication with others is the most important thing in the world ‎3. The author believes the awards she has received ____.‎ A. show that she is a top student ‎ B. show how much time she has spent in learning C. mean that she is really good at studying D. don’t necessarily reflect her real self ‎4. The author fears that she will be of no use to society, mainly because ____________.‎ A. she feels she is a loser B. she does not know how to communicate with others C. studying takes too much of her time D. she is unable to develop herself ‎5.Which of the following statements is not true according to the passage, when the author says that she wants to find a part time job? ‎ A. The job might enable her to get to know society. ‎ B. She wants to change her lifestyle.‎ C. Working part time while studying will make her happy.‎ D. She wants to get some shelter from the real world.‎ ‎ B We can make mistakes at any age. Some mistakes we make are about money. But most mistakes are about people. “Did Jerry really care when I broke up with Helen?” “When I got that great job, did Jim really feel good about it, as a friend? Or did he envy my luck?” “And Paul, why didn’t I pick up that he was friendly just because I had a car?” When we look back, doubts like these can make us feel bad. But when we look back, it’s too late.‎ Why do we go wrong about our friends or our enemies? Sometimes what people say hides their meaning. And if we don’t really listen, we miss the feeling behind the words. Suppose someone tells you, “You’re a lucky dog.” Is he really on your side? If he says, “You’re a lucky guy” or “You’re a lucky girl”, that’s friendly. But “lucky dog”? There’s a bit of envy in those words. Maybe he doesn’t see it himself. But bringing in the “dog” puts you down a little. What he may be saying is that he doesn’t think you deserve your luck.‎ ‎“Just think of all the things you have to be thankful for” is another noise that says one thing and means another. It could mean that the speaker is trying to get you to see your problem as part of your life as a whole. But is he? Wrapped up in this phrase is the thought that your problem isn’t important. It’s telling you to think of all the starving people in the world when you haven’t got a date for Saturday night.‎ How can you tell the real meaning behind someone’s words? One way is to take a good look at the person talking. Do his words fit the way he looks? Does what he says square with the tone of voice? How about his posture and the look in his eyes? Stop and think. The minute you spend thinking about the real meaning of what people say to you may save another mistake.‎ ‎1. In paragraph 1, the writer recalls some things that happened between him and his friends. He _____.‎ ‎ A. feels happy, thinking of how nice his friends were to him ‎ B. feels he may not have “read” his friends’ true feelings correctly ‎ C. thinks it was a mistake to have broken you up with his girl friend ‎ D. is sorry that his friends let him down ‎2. In paragraph 2, the writer talks about someone saying, “You’re a lucky dog,” he is saying that _____.‎ ‎ A. sometimes the words used by a speaker give a clue to the feeling behind the words ‎ B. the speaker is just being friendly ‎ C. the word “dog” shouldn’t be used to apply to people ‎ D. this saying means the same as “You’re a lucky guy” or “You’re a lucky girl”‎ ‎3. The main purpose of this passage is to tell us how to _____.‎ ‎ A. avoid mistakes about money and friends ‎ B. size up people ‎ C. avoid mistakes in understanding what people tell you ‎ D. keep people friendly without trusting them ‎4. The underlined phrase “square with” in the last paragraph probably means _____.‎ ‎ A) to talk with ‎ B) to listen to ‎ C) to agree with ‎ D) to deal with ‎5. If you followed the advice of the writer, you would _____.‎ ‎ A. misunderstand what people say ‎ B. be fortunate enough to have a date on Saturday evenings ‎ C. be able to avoid making mistakes about money ‎ D. be careful to weigh what people say to determine their real meaning C Strange things happen to time when you travel because the earth is divided (划分) into twenty-four zones (时区), one hour apart (一个时区相差一个小时). You can have days with more or fewer than twenty-fours, and weeks with more or fewer than seven days.‎ ‎　　If you make a five-day trip across the Atlantic Ocean (大西洋), your ship enters a different time zone every day. As you enter each zone, the time changes one hour. Traveling west, you set your clock back, traveling east, you set it ahead. Each day of your trip has either twenty-five or twenty-three hours.‎ ‎　　If you travel by ship across the Pacific Ocean (太平洋), you cross the International Date Line (国际日期变更线). By agreement, this is the point where a new day begins. When you cross the line, you change your calendar one full day, backward or forward. Traveling east, today becomes yesterday. Traveling west, it is tomorrow.‎ ‎1.Strange things happen to time when you travel because ______.‎ A. no day really has twenty-four hours 　　B. no one knows where time zones begin C. the earth is divided into time zones 　D. in some places one day always has twenty-five hours ‎2.The difference in time between zones is ________.‎ A. one hour B. more than seven days C. seven days D. twenty-four hours ‎3.If you travel across the Atlantic Ocean, going east, you set your clock _____.‎ A. one hour ahead in each time zone B. one hour ahead for the whole trip C. one full day back for each time zone D. one hour back in each time zone ‎4.From this passage, it seems true that the Atlantic ______.‎ A. is in one time zone B. is divided into twenty-four zones C. is divided into five time zone D. is in four time zones ‎5.The International Date Line is the name for ______.‎ A. the beginning of any new time zone B. any point where time changes by one hour C. the point where a new day begins D. the end of any new time zone D Dear Victor:‎ I am a college student. Nowadays games on the net are very popular with college students. Some of my roommates are very interested in them. They not only play games in their free time, but also keep talking about them at night when lights are off, and they regard games as part of life. I’ve begged(乞求) them to give it up, but they wouldn’t listen to me. It has become a rather big problem. Should I report it to our teachers or do something else?‎ Ted,‎ Dear Ted:‎ Drop it. Your roommates, as grown-ups, can do whatever they want with their time so long as it doesn’t break school rules or violate(防碍) other people’s interests.‎ Playing perhaps gives these students relaxation(放松) from hard study. If they play too often, have little time to study, and they will reap what they have sown, but you will not. Reporting to the teachers would only harm your good name in your dormitory(宿舍). However you have rights to ask your roommates to be quiet when you need sleep. If they aren’t angry with you, they will stop talking. But be polite and friendly. Perhaps, in return, join them in a game or two.‎ Victor. ‎ ‎1. According to the first letter, many college students enjoy__________. ‎ ‎ A. playing computer games ‎ B. searching information on the Internet ‎ ‎ C. sending e-mails ‎ D. buying things online ‎2. Ted wants his roommates to___________. ‎ ‎ A. break their computers ‎ ‎ B. sell their computers to teachers ‎ C. stop playing computer games ‎ D. play games in the day, not at night ‎3. According to the second letter, some college students____________. ‎ ‎ A. can violate school rules or other people’s interests ‎ B. have their rights to quarrel with Ted ‎ C. can relax themselves while playing games on the net ‎ D. can study even better if they play games on the net ‎4. Victor asks Ted to__________. ‎ ‎ A. report to the teachers ‎ B. harm his good name in the dormitory ‎ C. quarrel with his roommates ‎ D. learn how to get on well with others ‎5. In the second letter, the underlined part(划线部分) means__________. ‎ A. 自食其果 B. 随心所欲地做事 C. 回家种庄稼 D. 逃避责任 Ⅳ. 写作专版（七）‎ ‎ (六) （仿）真题精练 提示作文:‎ 假如你是张红，你想参加学校组织的‘‘走进美国家庭”夏令营活动，请你用英语写一份申请。申请的开头和结尾已给出。‎ 内容应包括：‎ ‎(1)．你参加这次活动的目的；‎ ‎(2)．你的兴趣、特长；‎ ‎(3)．你希望住在什么样的美国家庭。‎ 要求：‎ ‎(1)．词数：80词左右；‎ ‎(2)．文中不能出现自己的姓名和所在学校名称。‎ 提示词语：夏令营summer camp Dear Sir/Madam,‎ ‎__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Yours ‎ Zhang Hong ‎2012年春季初三英语能力提升训练八 一、单项选择 ‎1. In face of failure, it is the most important to keep up good state of mind.‎ A. ,a B. a, C. the, D. ,the ‎2. _______ money has been spent in building the modern library, where we can read books in ‎ our spare time.‎ A. A great number of B. A large amount of C. A good many of D. A great deal ‎ ‎3. Teenagers       their health because they play computer games too much.‎ A. have damaged B. are damaging  C. damaged D. will damage ‎4. They ______ in love with each other for three years, but they have not decided to get married.‎ ‎ A. were B. fell C. have been D. have fallen ‎5. ----Are you familiar the MP4 player they use?‎ ‎----Sorry，I am not．It is not familiar me．‎ A．to；with B．with；with C．with；to D．about：with ‎6. There used to be a school my father studied when he was young, _______?‎ ‎ A. which; didn’t there B. where; didn’t there ‎ C. where; wasn’t there D. which; wasn’t there ‎7. He ______ on the bed_____ to his parents that blackbirds had_____ their eggs on Mars.‎ A. lay; lying; lied B. lied; lied; lied ‎ C. laid; laid; laid D lying; lied; laid ‎8. He wanted the girl he was looking forward ______ stay with him.‎ A. for to B. to with C. to to D. with to ‎9. Is this the girl whom I can turn help? Is she good at this subject?‎ A. to for B. to to C. on for D. on to ‎10. — Is this school ______ our foreign friends visited the modern lab the other day?‎ ‎—Yes, it is. ‎ A. that B. the one that C. in which D. the one where ‎11. After the glass fell to the ground and broke, the boy ______his grandmother about it. ‎ A. didn’t dare to tell B. dare not telling C. dare not to tell D. not dare tell ‎12. The old men who gave away lots of money ______ highly of at yesterday’s meeting.‎ ‎ A．spoke B．spoken C．was spoken D．were spoken ‎13 ----I don’t think Tom will win the game.‎ ‎ -----Yes, he is to win.‎ A. sure B. certain C. impossible D. hopeless ‎14. Give me your QQ number I want to chat with you．‎ ‎ A．in case B．so that C．whether D．unless ‎15. My hometown has taken on a new look. ___________! A. Great changes have been taken place   B. What great change  C. How it has changed       D. How great it has changed 二、完型填空 One day a farmer’s donkey fell down into a well. The animal cried 1 for hours as the farmer tried to figure out 2 to do. Finally he decided the animal was 3 and the well needed to be 4 up anyway, so it just wasn’t 5 it to rescue the donkey.‎ He invited all his 6 to come over and help him. They all grabbed (握起) a shovel (铁铲) and began to shovel 7 into the well. At first, the donkey 8 what was happening and cried horribly. Then, to everyone’s 9 , he was quiet.‎ A few shovel loads later, the farmer looked 10 the well and was 11 at what he ‎ saw. With every shovel of dirt that 12 his back, the donkey was doing something amazing. He would 13 it off and take a step up. As the farmer’s neighbors 14 to shovel dirt on top of the animal, he would shake it off and take another 15 up. Pretty soon, everyone was surprised as the donkey stepped up over the 16 of the well and ran off.‎ Life is going to shovel dirt on you, all kinds of dirt. The best way of 17 out of the well is to shake it off and take a step up. Each of our 18 is a stepping-stone. We can get out of the deepest 19 just by not stopping, never 20 ! Shake it off and take a step upward!‎ ‎1. A. sadly B. confidently C. frequently D. gradually ‎2. A. how B. what C. that D. which ‎3. A. strong B. old C. stubborn D. powerful ‎4. A. dug B. flowed C. covered D. emptied ‎5. A. important B. possible C. necessary D. worth ‎6. A. neighbors B. relatives C. partners D. friends ‎7. A. dust B. pain C. stone D. dirt ‎8. A. determined B. recognized C. realized D. admitted ‎9. A. relief B. surprise C. fear D. joy ‎10. A. down B. around C. for D. after ‎11. A. annoyed B. delighted C. astonished D. disappointed ‎12. A. attacked B. packed C. recovered D. hit ‎13. A. shake B. blow C. take D. wash ‎14. A. decided B. continued C. pretended D. volunteered ‎15. A. base B. stage C. step D. breath ‎16. A. bottom B. track C. appearance D. entrance ‎17. A. holding B. getting C. sorting D. sticking ‎18. A. troubles B. happiness C. successes D. losses ‎19. A. reality B. distance C. caves D. wells ‎20. A. setting up B. blowing up C. giving up D. picking up 三、阅读理解 A Once there was an 11-year-old boy who went fishing with his father in the middle of a New Hampshire lake. On the day before bass(巴斯鱼) season opened, they were fishing early in the evening, catching other fish with worms. Then the boy tied on a small silver lure(鱼饵) and put it into the lake. Suddenly he felt that something very big pulling on the lure. His father watched with admiration as the boy skillfully brought the fish beside the bank. Finally he lifted the tired fish from the water. It was the largest one he had ever seen, but it was a bass. ‎ The boy and his father looked at the big fish. The father lit a match and looked at his watch. It was 10 p.m.—two hours before the season opened. He looked at the fish, then at the boy. “You’ll have to put it back, son,” he said. ‎ ‎“Dad!” cried the boy. “There will be other fish,” said his father. “Not as big as this one,” cried the boy. He looked around the lake. No other fishermen or boats were in sight in the moonlight. He looked again at his father. ‎ Even though no one had seen them, nor could anyone ever know what time he had caught the fish, the boy could tell from his father’s voice that the decision couldn’t be changed. He threw the huge bass into the black water. The big fish disappeared. The boy thought that he would never again see such a big fish. ‎ That was 34 years ago. Today the boy is a successful architect in New York City. He often takes his own son and daughters to fish at the same place. ‎ And he was right. He has never again caught such a large fish as the one he got that night long ago. But he does see that same fish ... again and again ... every time he has an ethical ‎ ‎(道德的) decision to make. Just as his father had taught him, ethics are simple matters of right and wrong. It is only the practice of ethics that is difficult. ‎ ‎1. What did they do when they found the big fish turned out to be a bass?‎ A. The father and the boy discussed what to do with the bass.‎ B. The boy threw the bass back into the water unwillingly.‎ C. The father lit a match in order to check the time.‎ D. The father and the boy took the bass back home and kept it.‎ ‎2 From the text we know that the father _______.‎ A. didn’t love his son B. didn't like the huge fish ‎ C. was careful and kind-hearted D. was firm and stubborn ‎ ‎3. The successful architect went fishing with his children at the same place because _______.‎ A. he was sure that they could catch more fish there B. he intended to teach them the ethical lesson there C. he could think of his father when fishing there D. he wanted to tell them how to fish there ‎4. What can we learn from the passage?‎ ‎ A. It is easy to say something, but difficult to do it. ‎ B. An ethical decision is always easy to make.‎ C. It’s hard to tell right from wrong sometimes. ‎ D. Fishing can help one to make right decisions.‎ ‎5. Which of the following is wrong?‎ ‎ A. According to a certain rule, people could not catch the bass before bass season opened.‎ B. The firm father helped his son make the right decision.‎ C. Although the writer has never again caught such a large fish as the one he got that night long ago, he does see that same fish again and again in the New Hampshire lake.‎ D. It is hard to make an ethical decision. ‎ B ‎“When he was a senior, he was asked to write a paper about what he wanted to be and do when he grew up.” That night he wrote a seven-page paper describing his goal of someday owning a horse farm. He wrote about his dream in great detail. He put a great deal of his heart into the project and the next day he handed it in to his teacher. Two days later he received his paper back. On the front page was a large red F.‎ The boy with the dream went to see the teacher after class and the teacher said, ‘This is an unrealistic(不现实) dream for a young boy like you. Owning a horse ranch(牧场) needs a lot of money. There's no way you could ever do it.’ Then the teacher added, ‘If you will rewrite this paper with a more realistic goal , I will think about your grade again.’‎ The boy went home and thought about it long and hard. Finally, after sitting with it for a week, the boy turned in the same paper. He stated, ‘You can keep the F and I'll keep my dream.’ ” ‎ Monty then turned to the assembled group(召集的人群) and said, “I tell you this story because you are sitting in my 4,000-square-foot house in the middle of my 200-acre horse ranch. I still have that school paper framed over the fireplace.” He added, “The best part of the story is that two summers ago that same schoolteacher brought 30 kids to camp out on my ranch for a week.” When the teacher was leaving, he said, “Look, Monty, I can tell you this now. When I was your teacher, I was something of a dream stealer. During those years I stole a lot of kids’ dreams. Fortunately you had enough will not to give up on yours.”‎ ‎1.According to the story the boy mentioned must ________.‎ A. have studied hard when he was at school ‎ B. have been often blamed by the teachers C. have been born into a poor family ‎ D. have been looked down upon by his classmates ‎2.The teacher gave his work an F because _________.‎ A. the boy had drawn a picture instead of a report B. he thought the boy was making fun of him C. he didn’t think the boy’s dream was practical D. he didn’t like the boy’s idea about his future ‎3. The next week the boy turned in the paper _________.‎ A. without making any change B. after making a few changes C. after making few changes D. following the teacher’s instruction ‎4. From the story we can conclude that all the following are true Except_______.‎ A. the boy’s hobby was training horses B. the teacher regretted what he had done to the boy C. the boy realized his childhood dream in the end D. the boy’s dream was to have a 200-acre horse ranch ‎5. From the story we know that .‎ ‎ A. A young child should not have any practical dreams B. Monty was really stubborn and shouldn’t have kept his dream.‎ C. The teacher must be very angry at last.‎ D. As a teacher, one should know how to teach the children in a right way. ‎ 四、单词拼写 ‎1. A__________ to the news, the automobile industry will get financial aid from the government.‎ ‎2. When Nelson Mandela o the ANC Youth League, Ellas joined it as soon as he could.‎ ‎3. I don’t want to hurt you on p__________, but I have to tell you the truth.‎ ‎4. You can't i__________ the fact that Marie works harder than John.‎ ‎5. He p to be doing his homework when the teacher came in．‎ ‎6. Some of the films are full of v_____. Too much fighting is not good for young kids to watch.‎ ‎7. Many teachers and students attended the lecture，i the headmaster．‎ ‎8. My father's i is only 800 yuan per month so that we can’t afford a car．‎ ‎9. When the police arrived he had already destroyed the e________ that showed he was guilty.‎ ‎10. He is interested in chemistry and is determined to work on __________(化学的) elements and to be a chemist in the future ‎11. When we go to a large building we should know where the ______（入口）and the exit to it.‎ ‎12. We are eager to read his newly ______________ (出版的) book.‎ ‎13. We must do what we can do to keep the ________(平衡) of nature.‎ ‎14. Some scientists think it came after an unexpected ___________(事件) when a huge rock from space hit the earth and put too much dust into the air.‎ ‎15. If their habitat is threatened or they cannot find enough food, their numbers may ___________(减少).‎ 标杆英语老师告诉你：‎ 世界上那些最容易的事情中，拖延时间最不费力 再长的路，一步步也能走完，再短的路，不迈开双脚也无法到达。‎ 任何质变都来自于量变的积累。‎ Lesson 17 中考英语冲刺（十七）‎ Ashamed Soldier ‎ Peter joined the army when he was eighteen, and for several months he was taught how to be a good soldier. He did quite well in everything except shooting. One day he and his friends were practicing their shooting, and all of them were doing quite well except Peter. After he had shot at the target nine times and had not hit it once,  the officer who was trying to teach the young  soldiers  to shoot said, "You're quite hopeless, Peter! Don't waste your last bullet too! Go behind that wall and shoot yourself with it!" ‎ Peter felt ashamed. He went behind the wall, and a few seconds later the officer and the other young soldiers heard the sound of a shot. ‎ ‎"Heavens!" the officer said. "Has that silly man really shot himself?" ‎ He ran behind the wall anxiously, but Peter was all right. "I'm sorry, sir," he said, "but I missed again."‎ ‎ 2012深圳市中考模拟试题(四)‎ ‎【Warm up】‎ I.【Vocabulary and Grammar】‎ ‎1. ----- terrible earthquake in Japan on March 11th!‎ ‎ ----- .‎ ‎ A. What an; So it was B. How; So was it C. What a; So was it D. What a; So it was ‎2. ----- Another nuclear explosion(核爆炸) in Japan.‎ ‎ ----- Really? terrible news!‎ A. happened; What B. happened; What a C. took place; How D. was taken place; What ‎3. She said the fun of reading books was different from ___ of any other kind．‎ ‎ A．one B．it C．that D．those ‎4. Ted told his father he _______ his homework three hours________.‎ ‎ A. finished; before B. had finished; before ‎ ‎ C. finished; ago D. has finished; ago ‎5. This pair of trousers is _____. Can I _____?‎ A. enough cheap, try on them B. cheap enough, try them on C. enough cheap, try it on D. cheap enough, try on them ‎6. We find _____ important to use a foreign language well.‎ ‎ A. that B. it C. this D. its ‎7. Sandy’s pictures will be _____ exhibition in our school next week.‎ ‎ A. at B. of C. on D. in ‎8. I like this silk dress , and it so soft and comfortable.‎ A．is feeling B．feels C．has felt D．is felt ‎9. Please don’t stand up in class until you _________.‎ A. were told to B. are told C. are told to D. were told ‎10. Let’s encourage the boy. He to sing on the stage.‎ A. dares not B. doesn’t dare C. dare not D. don’t dare ‎11. Look, the room is so dirty. It needs .‎ A. clean B. being cleaned C. to clean D. cleaning ‎12. of the students of our school girls.‎ A. Two-third, are B. Two-thirds, is C. Two-thirds, are D. second-three, are ‎13. My aunt often talks _______her friends _______the phone ______ weekends.‎ A. to; with; on B. with; on; at C. about; on; through; D. of; by; at ‎14. He used on the right in China, but he soon got used on the left in England.‎ A. to drive; to drive B. to drive; driving C. to driving; to drive D. to drive; to driving ‎15. No one can be sure in a million years.‎ A. what man will look like B. what will man look like C. how man will look like D. how will man look like Ⅱ. Cloze Mrs. Jones was over eighty, but she still drove her old car like a woman half her age. She loved driving fast, and was proud of the fact that she had never, in her thirty-five years of driving, been punished for a driving offence(犯规，犯法).‎ ‎ Then one day she nearly 1 her record. A police car 2 her, and the policeman in it saw her pass a red light without stopping. Of course, she was stopped. It seemed 3 that she would be punished.‎ ‎ 4 Mrs. Jones came up to the judge, he looked at her seriously and said that she was too old to drive a car, and that the reason why she had not stopped at the red light was most probably that her eyes had become weak with old age, so that she had simply not seen it.‎ ‎ When the judge had finished what he was 5 , Mrs. Jones opened the big handbag she was 6 and took out her sewing. 7 saying a word, she chose a needle with a very small eye, and threaded it at her first attempt. ‎ ‎ When she had 8 done this, she took the thread out of the needle again and handed 9 ‎ the needle and the thread to the judge, saying, “Now it is your turn. I suppose you drive a car, and that you are quite sure about your own eyesight.” ‎ ‎ The judge took the 10 and tried to thread it. After half a dozen tries, he had still not succeeded. The case against Mrs. Jones was dismissed(驳回), and her record remained unbroken. ‎ ‎1. A. kept B. won C. missed D. lost ‎2. A. watched B. after C. followed D. ran after ‎3. A. sure B. indeed C. certain D. perhaps ‎4. A. Before B. While C. Until D. When ‎5. A. speaking B. saying C. talking D. telling ‎6. A. holding B. getting C. carrying D. bringing ‎7. A. With B. After C. Without D. Not ‎8. A. almost B. hardly C. successfully D. failed ‎9. A. both B. all C. neither D. either ‎10. A. thread B. glasses C. paper D. needle Ⅲ.【Reading】 ‎ A A young man was getting ready to finish school. For a long time he had looked forward to getting a beautiful sports car. He knew his father could well afford it, so he told him that was all he wanted.‎ ‎ Then on the morning of his graduation, his father called him into his private study. His father told him how proud he was to have such a fine son, and told him how much he loved him. He handed his son a beautiful gift box. Surprised, the young man opened the box and found a lovely Bible(圣经) with his name on it. Angrily, he raised his voice to his father and said, “With all your money you give me a Bible?” He then rushed out of the house, leaving the Bible.‎ ‎ Many years passed and the young man was very successful in business. He had a beautiful home and a wonderful family, but realizing his father was very old, he thought perhaps he should go to see him. He had not seen him since that graduation day. Before he could make arrangements(安排), he received a phone telling him his father had passed away. He had to come home immediately and take care of the things that his father left him.‎ ‎ When he began to search through his father’s important papers, he saw the still new Bible, just as he had left it years ago. He opened the Bible and began to turn the pages. As he was reading , a car key with a tag(标牌) dropped from the back of the Bible. On the tag was the date of his graduation, and the words…”PAID IN FULL”. Sadness and regret filled his heart.‎ ‎1. The underlined word “that” in Paragraph Ⅰ, means_______.‎ ‎ A. a car B. a box C. a Bible D. a phone ‎2. The young man was angry on the morning of his graduation because ________.‎ ‎ A. his father couldn’t afford a car B. he had to stay in his study C. he thought he only got a Bible D. his father spent all the money ‎3. Which of the following isn’t mentioned in the third paragraph?‎ ‎ A. The young man succeeded in his business.‎ B. The young man lived with his father all the time.‎ C. The young man decided to see his father.‎ D. The young man set up his own family.‎ ‎4. What’s the meaning of the underlined word “ regret ”in the last paragraph?‎ A. 失望 B. 后悔 C. 遗忘 D. 记得 ‎5. It can be seen from the passage that the young man ________.‎ ‎ A. came to know the truth at last B. had to pay for the car himself C. became interested in the Bible D. got angry with his father again B ‎ We are always using body language in our daily life. When we have a conversation with someone, we may be using more body language than words. However, the same body language may mean different things in different countries. That’s why people sometimes don’t understand each other correctly. For example ,in the USA people point to their heads when they think someone is clever. However, in Europe it means “He or she is stupid or something is wrong with his or her head”. In our Chinese culture ,nodding our head up and down means “yes” and shaking head from side to side means “no”. However, in parts of India, Greece and Turkey ,it means just the opposite. In England or the USA, when you raise your hand and make a circle with the thumb and the second finger, it means “You’re all right or everything is OK”. However if we do this in France or Belgium, it means “You’re worth zero”. In Greece or Turkey, we should not make this gesture. Or we are thought to be very rude. The meaning of gestures can also change over time ,In the 1960s,the V sign meant “peace”. However, during World WarⅡ, it means “victory”. In Greece, it is a very insulting(侮辱性)sign.‎ Though the meaning of body language is different, there are some expressions having the same meaning throughout the world, such as smiling and crying .‎ ‎1.In England, if people point to their heads it means they think someone is__________.‎ A. clever B. stupid C. headache D. angry ‎2.In India, if one nods his head up and down, it means he______________.‎ A. doesn’t agree B. agree C. is happy D. is sad ‎3.In France, if you raise your hand and make a circle with thumb and the second finger, it mean________.‎ A. you are clever B. everything is OK C. it is true D. you are worth nothing ‎ ‎4.Which country’s body language is most different from our usual thinking?‎ A. France B. England C. Greece D. USA ‎5.V sign meant _______ about fifty year ago.‎ A. victory B. killing C. an insulting sign D. peace ‎ C A young woman carrying a three-year-old child got on a bus. The conductor hurried to give her a warm welcome and then kindly asked the other passengers to make more room for the woman and her child. On seeing this, people began to talk. "It’s surprising! You know this conductor used to be very rude. Now suddenly he has changed his bad behavior , "said a middle-aged man.‎ ‎"Yes, he should be praised and we must write a letter to the company," said a second passenger. "That's right," another lady said, "I wish a newspaper reporter were here so that more people could learn from this conductor. "‎ Just then a gentleman who looked like a teacher turned to the conductor and said , "Excuse me, but can I know your name, please? Your excellent service must be praised..."‎ Before he could open his mouth, the three-year-old child sitting on the young woman's lap interrupted, "I know his name. I call him Dad."‎ ‎1. The passengers were ________ to see the conductor's kindness to the woman and the child.‎ A. excited B. pleased C. interested D. surprised ‎2. One passenger suggested writing a letter to the company to ______ .‎ A. make a demand for more buses ‎ B. thank the conductor for his good service C. criticize the conductor for his rude behavior D. invite a newspaper reporter to write about the conductor ‎3. The conductor gave the young woman with a child a warm welcome and asked the other passengers to make room for them because .‎ ‎ A. he realized that he was too rude before ‎ B. he wanted to be praised C. they were his wife and child D. he wanted to be reported in a newspaper ‎4. What was the gentleman?‎ A. An English teacher. B. A newspaper reporter.‎ C. Not known from the story D. The conductor's friend from his company.‎ ‎5. It is clear from the story that the conductor _______.‎ A. has changed his attitude towards his work B. has now been kind and polite to all passengers C. has not changed his rude behavior to passengers D. has now been kind and polite to women with children D School uniforms are becoming more and more popular around the USA. That’s no surprise, because they have many benefits. They end the powerful social labeling （有力的社会标记）that comes from clothing. If all the students are dressed in the same way, they will not pay too much attention to their clothing and some of them will not be laughed at for wearing “wrong” clothes.‎ ‎ Some people are against the strict rule of school uniforms, but they don’t realize that students already accept a kind of rule--- wanting to look like just their friends. For students, the school uniforms remind them that their main task in school is to get education. Some parents are unhappy with uniforms, saying that school uniforms will affect their children’s “creativity”.‎ ‎ However, school uniforms that students wear don’t necessarily show their individuality (个性). And also the students have the rest days of the week to be as creative as they like. While they are in school, their jobs are to learn reading, writing, math and so on. Mastery (掌握) of those skills will be good for students to build up their creativity in every way.‎ ‎1. The underlined word “benefits” means “___________” in Chinese.‎ ‎ A.好处 B. 信息 C. 差异 D. 特征 ‎2. From the passage, we can learn that school uniforms can _______________.‎ ‎ A. make students laugh at others. B. show students’ individuality.‎ ‎ C. help students keep their task in mind. D. reduce parents’ economy pressure. ‎ ‎3. The students’ main task at school is to ____________.‎ ‎ A. study with their friends. B. get education ‎ ‎ C. learn English well. D. make friends as many as possible.‎ ‎4. Some parents are unhappy about school uniforms because they ___________.‎ ‎ A. don’t like school uniforms. B. wouldn’t like to pay for school uniforms.‎ ‎ C. think that uniforms will affect students’ creativity.‎ ‎ D. students’ uniforms don’t look good.‎ ‎5. We can infer that students need to wear school uniforms __________.‎ ‎ A. on weekdays B. on weekend C. in holiday D. everyday.‎ ‎ E Chinese netizens (网民) have already started selecting the Internet catchphrases of 2010. A netizen posted a list of the Internet catchphrases of 2010 on the Mop Web forum, and the post soon attracted a large number of replies.‎ ‎"Geili"‎ ‎"Geili", which is pronounced as "gěi lì", used to be a word meaning ‘giving power,’ but is now widely accepted to describe something "cool" or "exciting." Its opposite "bugeili" means "dull" or "boring".‎ ‎"Magic horse is just floating cloud"‎ ‎"Magic horse" actually does not refer to a horse, but it sounds like "shen me" meaning "what". "Magic horse" replaces "xia mi" as the most popular phrase in the Chinese Internet community. "Floating cloud" here means "purely imaginary" or "disappearing quickly." Altogether, the phrase means "nothing is worth mentioning."‎ ‎"Naotaitao"‎ ‎‘Naotaitao’ sounds like the English words "not at all." When Chinese singer Huang Xiaoming sang an English song during an evening party, his pronunciation of the words "not at all" was very similar to "naotaitao." He was mocked by netizens and the word "naotaitao" has become one hot online word thereafter.‎ Furthermore, netizens believe there are far more hot online words for 2010 than those already listed. How can the words "My father is Li Gang" not be included?‎ ‎1. What does the underlined word ‘catchphrases’ mean?‎ A. 广告语 B. 短语 C. 流行语 D. 网络语言 ‎2. What does ‘geili’ mean?‎ A. Cool B. Exciting C. Giving power D. All of the three ‎3. How many catchphrases are mentioned in the passage?‎ A. One B. Two C. Three D. Four ‎4. According to the passage, which of the following sentences is TRUE?‎ A. Huang Xiaoming created ‘Naotaitao’.‎ B. ‘Magic horse’ is not similar to ‘xia mi’.‎ C. ‘My father is Li Gang’ is also hot online.‎ D. Netizens have no interest in the catchphrases.‎ ‎5. Where can you read this passage?‎ A. In a newspaper. B. In a book. C. On a notice board. D. On a blackboard.‎ ‎ (二)任务性阅读 ‎1.阅读下面对话，从方框内7个选项中选择5个恰当的句子完成此对话，并将其字母代号填入空白处.‎ A. How many CDs does he have?‎ B. Listening to music.‎ C. I’ll do that sometime later.‎ D. Ken must spend a lot of money on music.‎ E. Where have you been?‎ F. I don’t like music.‎ G. Show me one of them.‎ Tom: Hi, Mom. I’m home!‎ Mom: ________1__________It’s about 6 o’clock.‎ Tom: Sorry, I was at Ken’s house.‎ Mom: What were you doing there?‎ Tom: _______2_________Ken has a lot of great CDs. You should hear some of them.‎ Mom: I’m busy now. _________3____________.‎ Tom: OK. Ken lent me some of his CDs.‎ Mom: ________4____________.‎ Tom: More than 300.‎ Mom: So many! __________5_________.‎ Tom: Yes, he does.‎ ‎2.阅读下面对话，在横线上填写单词完成此对话，每空限填一词.‎ A. wrong B. when C. trouble D. serious E. different F. turn G. difference Peter：I’m here to see Dr. Green.‎ Nurse：Please Fill in this form with your name, address and phone number ,Just stay here and wait for your____6_____.‎ Doctor：What’s your ____7_____, Little boy?‎ Peter：I have a pain in my throat. __8__I am hungry, I don’t feel like eating anything at all.‎ Doctor：Have your taken your temperature?‎ Peter：Yes, it seems OK.I haven’t got a fever.‎ Doctor：Open your mouth and say “Ah”.‎ Peter：Ah….‎ Doctor：It’s just a cold and nothing _____9____.Take this medicine three times a day and drink much water.‎ Peter：Shall I take it before or after meals?‎ Doctor：It doesn’t make much _____10_____.You may take it either after or before meals.‎ Peter：Thank you.‎ Doctor：You’re welcome.‎ Ⅳ. 解释句子，用英语解释下列句子.‎ ‎1．The minute seemed like hours ‎2．Remember me to your family.‎ ‎3．We Chinese use chopsticks to eat.‎ ‎4．Everyone is here except our monitor.‎ ‎5．They both denied stealing the vase.‎ Lesson 18 中考英语冲刺（十八）‎ 综合练习篇 ‎【Warm up】看图说话 I. Choose the best answer.‎ ‎1. ----____ computer in my office needs _____ new keyboard. Will you go and buy one for me?‎ ‎ ----No problem!‎ A. A; / B. A; the C. The; the D. The; a ‎ ‎2. Amy _____ the blue clothes _____ the yellow ones.‎ A. prefer; to B. prefers; to C. prefer; than D. prefers; than ‎3. —You look so happy!‎ ‎ —Jack says I am pretty. has ever told me that before.‎ A．Somebody B．Anybody C．Everybody D．Nobody ‎4. —Are you sure you have to ?It’s been very late.‎ ‎ —I don’t know I can do it if not now.‎ A．where B．why C．when D．how ‎5. Be sure to get there on time, _____?‎ A. mustn’t you B. aren’t you C. don’t you D. will you ‎6. Not only she but also I _____interested in Maths when we were at school. ‎ A. is B. are C. am D. was ‎7. Please remember _____ your lovely daughter here next time.‎ A. to bring B. to take C. taking D. bringing ‎8. I was born _____ the evening _____ April 29, 1996.‎ A. in; of B. in; in C. on; of D. on; in.‎ ‎9. Suddenly, I heard someone _____ for help out of the window.‎ A. crying B. cried C. cries D. to cry ‎10. It’s selfish _____ him _____ the cakes with others.‎ A. for; to share B. of; to share C. of; not to share D. for; not to share ‎ ‎11. My mother _____ a teacher.‎ A. hopes me to become B. wishes me to become C. hopes that I became D. wishes that I will become ‎12. They said they _____ to visit the Summer Palace the next week.‎ A. will visit B. was going C. had gone D. would go ‎13. This dish smells _____.‎ A. good B. well C. better D. fine ‎ ‎14. They had ___ wonderful train ride to Tokyo before they went on to ___ Mount Fuji by bus.‎ A. a; the B. /; the C. a; / D. the; a ‎15. ----When shall we start?‎ ‎----Let's _______ it 8:30.Is that all right?‎ ‎ A. have B. make C. meet D. take ‎16. —How do you like the concert given by the “Foxy Ladies”?‎ ‎ —Exciting, _________ one piece of the music wasn’t played quite well.‎ ‎ A. so B. though C. because D. and ‎17. —Tom is the _______one I want to work with. He is always complaining.‎ ‎ —Be more patient. He is still a good boy.‎ ‎ A. best B. last C. first D. only ‎18. You should return the digital camera to Sally ________she will not be angry.‎ ‎ A. so that B. because C. before D. Or ‎19. You can see the notices below in a school except___________.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎20. ----It’s time for lunch. ______ Tom come?‎ ‎----No, he______ this afternoon.‎ A. Has; is arriving B. Did; arrived ‎ C. Has; hasn’t come D. Did; didn’t come ‎21. We’ll never give up our plan ______ happens.‎ A. however B. whatever C. whenever D. wherever ‎22. —Could you tell me ______?‎ ‎—It’s about ten minutes’ ride.‎ A. how long your school is from here B. how far your school is from here C. how long is your school from here D. how far is your school from here ‎23. —Have you decided which you'd like to buy, the black skirt or the pink skirt?‎ ‎ —Of the two, the pink one is . ‎ A. the nicest B. the nicer C. nice D. nicer ‎24. I don't care what you say, I believe I could beat you at chess ____ day of the week.‎ ‎ A. some B. any C. each D. every ‎25. —What's one fourth and a half, do you know? —Yes, it's _____.‎ ‎ A. two-sixths B. three-fourths C. three-fourth D. three-sixths ‎26. The sign Will the last person to leave please turn off the lights means _____.‎ ‎ A. Don't turn the lights off B. Turn the lights on when you're in the room ‎ C. Do not leave the lights on if the room is empty D. Leave the lights on when you go ‎27. Bob used to __________ a difficult person to get along with. But _________ he has got used to __________ with others in a friendly way.‎ ‎ A. be … recent … working B. being … now … work ‎ ‎ C. be … recently … working D. being… recent … working ‎28. —A latest English newspaper ,please!‎ ‎ —Only one left .Would you like to have ,sir?‎ ‎ A．copy; it B．piece; it C．copy; one D．piece; one ‎29. —Shall we go on working?‎ ‎ —Yes , I prefer to have a rest .‎ ‎ A．when B．if C．because D．though ‎30. —I was told to be here before eight .‎ ‎ —Oh ,you . I’m sorry for not telling you that we have changed the plan.‎ ‎ A．must B．can’t C．may D．needn’t ‎ II、CLOZE A Education is 1 , compared with schooling. Education knows no edges. It can take place 2 , whether in the shower or on the job, whether in a kitchen or on a tractor. It includes both the 3 learning that takes place in schools and the whole universe of learning out of class. 4 the experience of schooling can be known in advance, education quite often produces surprises. A chance talk with a 5 may lead to a person to discover how 6 he knows of another country. People obtain education from babies on. Education, _7 , is a very broad and unlimited term. It is lifelong experience that starts long before the start of school, and one that should be a necessary part of one's entire life. Schooling, on the other hand, is a basic experience, whose style changes 8 from one way to the next. Throughout a country, children arrive at school at the same time, take 9 seats, use similar textbooks, do homework, and take exams, and so on. Schooling has usually been 10 by the edges of the ‎ subjects being taught. ‎ ‎1. A. unexpected B. endless C. countless D. simple ‎2. A. anywhere B. anywhere else C. somewhere D. somewhere else ‎3. A. part-time B. public C. standard D. strict ‎4. A. If B. Because C. So D. Though ‎5. A. neighbor B. friend C. foreigner D. teacher ‎6. A. wonderfully B. well C. greatly D. little ‎7. A. still B. next C. then D. yet ‎8. A. unusually B. little C. differently D. frequently ‎9. A. large B. new C. fixed D. small ‎10. A. changed B. limited C. chosen D. controlled ‎ B It’s never easy to admit you are in the wrong．We all 1 to know the art of apology．Think how often you’ve done wrong．Then count how many 2 you’ve expressed clearly you were 3 ．You can’t go to bed with an easy mind if you do 4 about it． ‎ ‎    A doctor friend，Mr Lieb，told me about a man who came to him with different kinds of signs： headaches，heart trouble and insomnia（失眠症）. 5 some careful exams，Mr Lied found nothing wrong with him and said，“If you don’t tell me what’s 6 you，I can’t help you．” ‎ ‎    The man admitted he was cheating his brother of his inheritance（遗产）.Then and there the clever doctor 7 the man write to his brother and 8 his money． As soon as the letter was put into the post box， the man suddenly cried．“Thank you，”he said to the doctor，“I think I’ve got well．” ‎ ‎    An apology can not only save a broken relationship，but also make it 9 ．If you can think of someone who should be 10 an apology from you，do something about it right now． ‎ ‎1．A．decide B．have          C．need    D．try ‎ ‎2．A．mistakes B．people        C．ways      D．times ‎ ‎3．A．sorry B．weak          C．sad    D．wrong ‎ ‎4．A．something B．anything     C．nothing    D．everything ‎ ‎5．A．Before B．After          C．Till    D．Since ‎ ‎6．A．hurting   B．changing    C．touching D．worrying ‎ ‎7．A．made B．helped         C．let   D．saw ‎ ‎8．A．gave      B．kept          C．returned D．paid ‎ ‎9．A．newer   B．worse          C．harder D．stronger ‎ ‎10．A．received B．given          C．known    D．forgotten ‎ Ⅲ、Reading ‎ A Americans won’t live without cars! Each year there is an increasing number of cars on roads and streets as millions of new cars and trucks are produced. One out of every six Americans works at putting together the parts of cars, driving trucks, building roads or filling cars and trucks with gas.‎ Most Americans would find it hard to think what life would look like without cars. However, some have realized the serious problems of the air pollution that is caused by the car. The polluted air becomes poisonous and dangerous to health.‎ One way to get rid of the polluted air is to build a car that does not pollute. That’s what several of the large car factories have been tying to do. But to build a car is easier said than done. Progress in this field has been slow.‎ Another way is to take the place of the car engine by something else. Inventors are now working on steam cars as well as electric cars. Many makers believe that it will take years to develop a practical model that pleases man.‎ To prevent the world from being polluted by cars, we’ll have to make some changes in the way many of us live. Americans, for example, have to cut down on the number of their total cars. They are encouraged to travel and go to work by bicycle. Bicycling is thought to help keep the air clean.‎ But this change does not come easily. A large number of workers may find themselves without jobs if a car factory closes down. Thus the problem of air pollution would become less important than that of unemployment. ‎ Although cars have led us to a better life, they have also brought us new problems.‎ ‎1. How many ways to get rid of air pollution are suggested in this article by the writer?‎ A. One B. Two C. Three D. Four ‎2. Large car factories are trying to build a clean car, ______.‎ A. which is clean itself B. which is used to clean streets ‎ C. which does not pollute the air D. which is easier to make ‎3. If the number of cars is cut down, the most serious problem to American workers is ____.‎ A. to have no work to do B. to keep the air clean ‎ C. to get a better life D. to go to work by bike ‎4. What is the conclusion of the writer?‎ A. Bicycling is the only way out. ‎ B. The number of cars must be cut down.‎ C. Cars bring us nothing but serious problems. ‎ D. Cars bring us not only a better life but serious problems.‎ ‎5. Which is the best title for the passage?‎ A. A new way to get rid of polluted air B. Cars and polluted air C. Many serious problems in the USA D. Changes in car production ‎  B A Sentence with Five "And" ‎ Can you think of a sentence that the word "and" appears five times, without any words in between? There is one at the end of this story. ‎ There was once an inn which was called "The Horse and Cart". It had a sign outside it, and there was a picture of a horse and a cart on it. But the sign was getting old, so the owner of the inn decided to have a new one made. He went to a painter and asked him to paint one and to write "The Horse and Cart" on it in large letters. ‎ A few days later, he went to see how the painter was getting on. He liked the picture of the horse and cart very much, but he did not like the writing at all. He said to the painter, "No, no! There's too much room between HORSE and AND and AND and CART!" ‎ ‎1. An inn is ____. ‎ A. a small house ‎ B. a small horse ‎ C. a small hotel or place where one can stay ‎ D. a kind of colored liquid that can be used for writing ‎ ‎2. There was a ____ outside the inn. ‎ A. blackboard B. cart C. painter D. sign ‎ ‎3. The owner of the inn decided to ____. ‎ A. sell his inn B. buy a new sign ‎ C. to paint his inn D. call a painter to paint a new sign ‎ ‎4. The owner of the inn thought ____. ‎ A. the letters on the sign were too large ‎ B. the letters on the sign were poorly written ‎ C. there were less space between the letters on the sign ‎ D. the letters on the sign were separated too widely ‎ ‎5. The owner liked ____ but not ____. ‎ A. the painter... the letters B. the horse... the letters ‎ C. the picture... the writing D. the sign... the writing ‎ Ⅳ. 解释句子 1. She failed the exam last week. ‎ 2. I walk to school every day. __________________________ ‎ 1. He went to an ice cream shop in a hurry. ____________________ ___‎ 2. He wanted to call his wife. ‎ 3. Did you call on your friend last week?‎ ‎_________________________ ‎ ‎ 6. If we don’t save water, Shenzhen will be short of water very soon.‎ ‎_________________________ ‎ ‎7. There is no butter in the fridge.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎8. To our surprise, the little girl could draw so well.‎ ‎_________________________ ‎ ‎9. I haven’t heard from Darren for a long time.‎ ‎_________________________ ‎ ‎10. I am leaving for Guangzhou tomorrow.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎2012年春季初三英语能力提升训练九 一、 单项选择 ‎1. ---Sorry．I shouldn't have been so rude to you．‎ ‎ ---You ____ your temper but that’s OK．‎ ‎ A．have lost B．did lose C．had lost D．were losing ‎2. —Why didn’t you turn up at the meeting yesterday?‎ ‎— ，man A．Yes, I didn’t B．No, I did C．Neither did I D．But I did ‎3. For breakfast he only drinks juice from fresh fruit ____ on his own farm．‎ ‎ A．to be grown B．being grown C．grown D．to grow ‎4. －Who is the man ________ by a group of students over there?‎ ‎－A professor ________ research on physics.‎ ‎ A．surrounded; did B．surrounded; doing ‎ C．surrounding; did D．surrounding; doing ‎5. You __________ pay too much attention to your reading skill, as it is so important.‎ ‎ A．mustn’t B．needn’t C．can’t D．won’t ‎6. In Bond, She only wants to make friends with _________ shares her interest. ‎ A. whomever B. no matter who C. whoever D. anyone ‎7. The financial crisis and the suffering ______ has caused have a great influence on the whole world. ‎ ‎ A. they B. which C. it D. what ‎8. We can see and in the zoo. A. hippos; kangarooes  B. hippoes; kangarooes ‎ C. hippos; kangaroos D. hippoes; kangaroos 9. Every morning, we are asked ______ taken our temperatures.‎ ‎ A．if we have B．if have we C．if we had D．if had we ‎10. These books each _____ too much.‎ A. costs B. cost C. is cost D. has cost ‎11. Listen! His family must be quarrelling, ____? A、mustn’t it B、isn’t it C、aren’t they D、needn’t they ‎12. The boy was seen_________ in the examination and was punished by the teacher. A. having cheated B. cheated C. cheating D. cheat ‎13. They are looking forward to _________ to the lecture by the famous professor. A. sending B. send C. be sent D. being sent ‎14. .—Who do you think will win the first prize in your class this time? —The one _________hardest.‎ ‎ A. is working B. working C. works D. who working ‎15. Which of the following sentences is right?‎ A. No one but Tom and Jane has gone there before.‎ B. I heard them singing when I entered into the school building.‎ C. Neither Peter nor his friends, Ken and Tim, prefers beef to pork D. Could you tell me which is the way to Bond?‎ 二、完型填空 One cold day in the early spring of the year, my father, who was a farmer, was ploughing (耕地). I, eleven years old then, was 1 the horse. I didn’t do the 2 well as it was rather cold. I thought the task was a little 3 for me.‎ ‎“Dad,” I said, “ 4 must I stay in the field?” “An hour,” he answered. An hour 5 a long time and I said, “I 6 if I can go home now. My 7 aches.”‎ ‎“I’m very sorry,” said my father, “but can’t you 8 till it’s time for dinner?” “I think not—my headache is getting 9 .”‎ ‎“Well,” he said, taking me 10 the horse and suspecting (怀疑) that my disease was rather in my heart than my head, “ you may go home. I don’t want you to work 11 you ‎ are sick. Go straight home, and tell your mother that I say you must take a large bowl of rhubarb (大黄). Tell her that I think it will 12 you a lot of good!”‎ There was no choice. I went home, of course, and I had to offer the 13 to my mother. I told her that I thought my head was better, 14 not to take the terrible 15 . But it was of no use and it was too late. She understood my case (情况) as 16 as my father did. She knew well enough that my disease was 17 . So she prepared a large bowl of rhubarb and I had to swallow all of it. Dear me! How 18 it was! I am sure I would rather ride the horse all day than be treated 19 that way. Since then I’ve never told another 20 . ‎ Honesty is the best policy. ‎ ‎1.‎ A.‎ feeding B.‎ riding C.‎ watching D.‎ hunting ‎2.‎ A.‎ journey B.‎ homework C.‎ sport D.‎ task ‎3.‎ A.‎ easy B.‎ interesting C.‎ hard D.‎ pleasant ‎4.‎ A.‎ how long B.‎ how much C.‎ how soon D.‎ how fast ‎5.‎ A.‎ seemed B.‎ kept C.‎ waited D.‎ became ‎6.‎ A.‎ realize B.‎ wonder C.‎ know D.‎ remember ‎7.‎ A.‎ hand B.‎ leg C.‎ head D.‎ heart ‎8.‎ A.‎ argue B.‎ walk C.‎ leave D.‎ stay ‎9.‎ A.‎ serious B.‎ large C.‎ simple D.‎ cold ‎10.‎ A.‎ on B.‎ off C.‎ up D.‎ through ‎11.‎ A.‎ so B.‎ if C.‎ but D.‎ unless ‎12.‎ A.‎ make B.‎ protect C.‎ keep D.‎ do ‎13.‎ A.‎ news B.‎ work C.‎ match D.‎ message ‎14.‎ A.‎ hoping B.‎ deciding C.‎ considering D.‎ quarrelling ‎15.‎ A.‎ drink B.‎ medicine C.‎ chance D.‎ food ‎16.‎ A.‎ soon B.‎ long C.‎ well D.‎ far ‎17.‎ A.‎ headache B.‎ happiness C.‎ anger D.‎ laziness(懒)‎ ‎18.‎ A.‎ bitter B.‎ sweet C.‎ nice D.‎ interesting ‎19.‎ A.‎ with B.‎ by C.‎ in D.‎ for ‎20.‎ A.‎ speech B.‎ lie C.‎ story D.‎ joke 三、阅读理解 A ‎“She was born for the camera,” said a photographer who shot Liu Yifei’s picture when she was only eight.‎ Over the past year, Liu, an 18-year-old Chinese American, has shot to fame while playing Wang Yuyan in Jin Yong's "Eightfold Path of the Heavenly Dragon" (《天龙八部》). Millions of teenagers have been drawn in by her light smile and beautiful long hair. Many magazines have described her as one of the most charming young actresses of 2004. People say that Liu will be even bigger this year.‎ ‎"She is so beautiful on TV. She has the special character to give ‎ flesh and blood to the fairy-like and beautiful Wang Yuyan," said Yang Mingwei, a Senior 2 boy and Liu’s fan from Wuyi High School in Fujian.‎ Currently(现在) Liu is filming the TV series "The Return of the Condor Heroes" (《神雕侠侣》), another Jin Yong novel. In the show to be aired this year, Liu plays the Little Dragon Girl.‎ Liu is now a grade three student at the Beijing Film Academy, the star factory of China. But some people say that her success is only down to her beauty. When she returned to China with her mother at the age of 14, she did originally work as a model. It was when a director saw her picture on an advertisement board on the street that her opportunity to work in TV arose.‎ ‎"A pretty face does not last forever. To be a good actress you must work hard and have a professional attitude," Liu said. Every day she spends hours practising all the kungfu kicks and punches(用拳猛击) for the show.‎ ‎"There have been times during filming when I have remained hanging in the air on wires for half a day as the director keeps trying to get the perfect take," said Liu recently.‎ ‎1. In the first paragraph, the photographer commented on Liu’s .‎ ‎ A. beauty B. talent as an actress ‎ C. promising future D. special character ‎2. What does the underlined word “aired” probably mean?‎ ‎ A.Flown B. Broadcast C.Published D. Recorded ‎3. From Yang Mingwei, we learned that he meant LiuYifei .‎ ‎ A. worked hard when playing Wang Yuyan B. is more beautiful than WangYuyan ‎ C. did a good job in playing WangYuyan D. was very lucky to play WangYuyan ‎4. Which of the following about Liu Yifei is true according to the passage?‎ ‎ A. She thinks her beauty contributes to(促成) her success.‎ ‎ B. She has become a citizen of the US.‎ ‎ C. She graduated from the Beijing Film Academy months ago.‎ ‎ D. She failed to improve her English when studying in America.‎ ‎5. In which part of a newspaper can you read the above passage?‎ ‎ A. National news. B. Business. C. Advertisement. D. Famous people.‎ ‎ B He is quiet and shy. He likes to hide his eyes behind his hair. He doesn’t smile very often. However，if you talk to him about music，he’ll have a lot to say.‎ This is Jay Chou，the 30-year-old Taiwanese pop king（天王）. His fans are so excited because he will sing songs in Shenzhen on February 14. ‎ Chou grew up just with his mother. He did not talk much and did badly in many school subjects.‎ His mother noticed the boy’s special interest in music and sent him to learn piano when he was only three years old. He loved it and kept on practicing.‎ Chou is not very handsome. He does not speak clearly when he sings or talks. But the singer has huge crowds of fans. “He is really good at music. It makes him attractive to me，” said Liu Jiajun，a Junior 2 student in No.101 Middle School in Beijing.‎ ‎ “He is true to himself. He never follows others，” said Zhang Yujie， a Junior 1 girl at Huaibei Middle School in Sihong， Jiangsu Province.‎ ‎1. From this passage， we know that Jay Chou _______.‎ A. is very handsome B. has a bright smile C. often makes too much noise D. is a pop music star ‎2. His fans are so excited because _______.‎ A. he released a new album in July B. he will sing new songs in Shenzhen C. he can play the piano very well D. his new album was named after his mother ‎3. When he was a little child，he _______.‎ A. talked a lot every day B. did well in his study at school C. started to like music D. had huge crowds of fans ‎4. According to one of his fans， Jay _______.‎ A. is a good student B. has long and beautiful hair C. is a well-known pianist D. is very attractive to them ‎5. The sentence “He never follows others” in the last paragraph means _______.‎ A. he always has his own style（风格） B. he likes to walk alone C. he doesn‘t like other people’s songs at all D. no one can catch up with him 四、单词拼写 1. ‎ According to the s__________, the first lecture will begin at 8 a.m., so please be quick!‎ 2. A driver should _______________(集中注意力) on the road when driving because accidents are likely to happen if he is absent-minded.‎ ‎3. He is now interviewing Li Yan, a v___________for the coming Olympic Games.‎ ‎4. He is used to ___________(下载)information from the Internet and making good use of it.‎ ‎5. It's a terrible shame, in my o____, that Jerry should jump the queue when getting on the bus.‎ ‎6. Nowadays women are not only allowed to c____________ in the Olympic Games, but they also play an important role in athletics.‎ ‎7. I supposed your wife didn’t understand you. On the c______, she understands you very well.‎ ‎8. It’s always difficult being in a foreign country, e_ __ when you know little about the language.‎ ‎9. What's the___________(优势) of using nuclear weapon?‎ ‎10. Do you know who discovered the_________(电)?‎ ‎11. Although he was only 13, he was clever enough to s_______ the hard maths problem.‎ ‎12. He went to town with the p________(目的) of buying a new television.‎ ‎13. You must a_____________ to your teacher for the rude things you said to her in class. ‎ ‎14. Will you pay the meal by credit card or in c__________?‎ ‎15. The whole city was in r after the earthquake．‎ 标杆英语老师告诉你:‎ 失败是什么？没有什么，只是更走近成功一步；成功是什么？就是走过了所有通向失败的路，只剩下一条路，那就是成功的路。‎ Lesson 19 中考英语冲刺（十九）‎ ‎ 2012深圳市中考模拟试题(五)‎ ‎ No Problem ‎ A bald man took a seat in a beauty shop. "How can I help you?" asked the stylist. "I went for a hair transplant," the guy explained, "but I couldn't stand the pain. If you can make my hair look like yours without causing me any discomfort, I'll pay you $5,000." ‎ ‎"No problem," said the stylist, and he quickly shaved his head.‎ ‎【Warm up】‎ I.【Vocabulary and Grammar】‎ ‎1. ---- sad news report it is!‎ ‎ ----Yes. There are so many earthquakes these years!‎ ‎ A. What B. What a C. How D. How a ‎2. Don't you let ____ help you ?  　A. I and my friend  B. my friend and I C. my friend and me  D. my friend and I to ‎3. Meimei's handwriting is better than any other ______ in his class. 　A. student  B. students  C. student's  D. students'‎ ‎4. When little Tom ______ all the newspapers, he’ll go home.‎ A. sells out B. will sell out C. sold out D. have sold out ‎5. The doctor______ Edison’s mother.‎ A. was saved  B. has been saved  C. saved  D. have saved ‎6. ----We’ll have a hiking trip,but when shall we meet?‎ ‎ ----Let’s make it _________half past eight _______the morning of June 21.‎ A.at;in B./;on C./;in D. at; on ‎7. —I am sorry I am wrong. ‎ ‎ —______. A. Never mind.  B. All right.  C. Don’t say so.  D. Why are you wrong?‎ ‎8. __________ ! John is dressed in the same dress __________ his sister.‎ A. What great fun; as B. How great fun; as ‎ C. What a great fun; that D. How great fun; that ‎ ‎9. There some sad news today’s newspaper.‎ ‎ A．is; in B．has; in C．are; on D．is; on ‎10. -- “ Will you go to the Great Wall with us?”‎ ‎--“If John wants to go, _______”.‎ A. so do I B. so I will C. so I do D. so will I ‎11. —The Australian boy read a lot of books.‎ ‎ — and .‎ ‎ A. So does he; so I do B. So he does; so do I ‎ C. So did he; so I did D. So he did; so did I ‎12. —The exam was very easy, wasn't it? ‎ ‎—Yes, but I don't think         could pass it.  ‎ ‎ A. somebody B. anybody C. nobody D. everybody ‎13. —Which one can I take? —Oh, you can take of them. I'll keep none.  A. both        B. all           C. any          D. either ‎14. —Do you know Mr. Black's address is? —He may live at No. 18 or No. 19 of Bridge Street. I'm not sure of .  A. Where; which     B. where; what C. what; which      D. what; where ‎15. —Can you tell me why ? —Because I want to help the people there.  A. do you go to Yushu  B. did you go to Yushu C. are you going to Yushu      D. you are going to Yushu Ⅱ. Cloze When I was in my first year of middle school, my father died. And my mother was ill just after I started high school. I had to stop 1 school because my mother had no money to pay my school bills. ‎ We started working in people's gardens to save up enough money for me to go back to school. 2 , I returned to school. Unluckily, my mother died the next year. Suddenly my world went dark. I asked my headmaster if I could work for the school so I could pay my bills. He was a nice man and let me 3 in the school garden during the __4 I had not been able to ‎ study well because of my mother' s 5 .At the end of my second year, I 6 most of my exams and was told I would have to repeat the year. After another summer working in the school garden, I went back to lessons again. But suddenly I fell 7 . ‎ Because of my disease I was weak and couldn't work at school. I was hopeless(无望的). My headmaster told me not to 8 . And my teachers and classmates helped me a lot. Now, I'm feeling better and will finish my third year. ‎ My life is still not 9 . A few students 10 my poor clothes. They also call me farmer" because I work in the school garden. But I know I have to deal with(面对) such problems. ‎ ‎1. A. to go to B. going to C. living in D. visiting the ‎2. A. Certainly B. Probably C. Finally D. Usually ‎3. A. work B. to work C. working D. study ‎4. A afternoon B morning C. night D. holidays ‎5. A. disease B. death C. rest D. work ‎ ‎6. A. passed B. went through C. failed D. had . ‎ ‎7. A. tired B. ill C. down D. asleep ‎ ‎8. A. give up B give out C. go on D. give away ‎9. A. the same B. hard C. difficult D. easy ‎10. A. laugh at B. like C. put on D. laugh Ⅲ.【Reading】 ‎ A Good evening, ladies and gentlemen, I’m Roy , and this is my show. This is a television show for all families, and I know you’ll enjoy it.‎ ‎ Let’s start with a story. Once there was a proud pig on a farm . He thought he was the most important of all the animals on the farm. But it was not enough that he himself thought this: he had to be sure that other animals thought it, too. So he went up to a chicken and asked, “ Who is the most important animal on the farm?” The chicken answered, “ You are, Mr. Pig .” Then he asked a dog, and he got the same reply.‎ ‎ Next, he asked a cow. When the cow seemed uncertain of the right answer, the pig looked angry, and showed his teeth, “ Oh, you are, of course, Mr. Pig.” said the cow. “ Of course, ” the pig said, “ there is no doubt about it. ”‎ ‎ At last the pig asked a big horse the same question. The horse lifted one foot, rolled the pig over and placed his foot on the pig’s head. “ I think you know the answer now. ” said the horse.‎ ‎1. The Roy show is _________ .‎ A. a family show on TV B. for kids only ‎ C. a show which tells fairy stories only D. for people who love stories ‎2. When the pig asked a dog, the dog ________ .‎ A. said nothing ‎ B. said the pig was the most important ‎ C. said the pig was as important as the horse D. said the cow was the most important ‎3. The horse thought ________ was the most important on the farm.‎ ‎ A. he himself B. the pig C. the cow D. no animal ‎4. The word “ uncertained ” means _________ .‎ ‎ A. 相同的 B. 犹豫的 C. 令人满意的 D. 理所当然的 ‎5. What’s the best title of this story?__________ .‎ A. A pig and a cow B. A farm ‎ C. The most important animal D. Welcome to the Roy Show!‎ B ‎ Computers can injure (伤害)you. Most other injuries happen suddenly. For example, if you fall off a bike and break your arms, it happens very quickly. But computer injuries happen slowly. You probably know how to ride a bike safely. Now learn to use a computer safely. ‎ Your eyes Too much light can injure your eyes, so never sit too close to a computer screen. Your eyes should be at least 50 centimeters from the screen. Remember to look away from it sometimes. This gives your eyes a rest. When you use a computer, the window should be on your left or your right. If it is behind you, the light will reflect on (反射) the screen. If the window is in front of you, the sun and the screen will both shine into your eyes. ‎ Your hands and wrists Hand and wrist injuries can happen because the hands and wrists are moved in the same way hundreds of times. If you use a keyboard for a long time, follow these three rules: 1) Rest your wrists on something. 2) Keep your elbows (肘) at the same height as the keyboard. 3) Stop sometimes and exercise your hands, wrists and fingers in a different way. ‎ Your back ‎ Some people sit for many hours in front of a computer. If you sit in the wrong way, you can injure your back or your neck. So you should sit with your back straight. The top part of the screen should be in front of your eyes. Your forearms, wrists, hands and the upper part of your legs should all be parallel (平行) to the floor. If you are sitting for a long time, get up every 30 minutes and exercise your arms, legs and neck.‎ Enjoy your computer, but use it safely.‎ ‎1. A computer screen may injure your eyes if .‎ A. you sit 60 centimetres away B. you remember to look away C. your eyes are too close to it D. the window is on your left or right ‎2. Hand and wrist injuries are caused when you .‎ A. get plenty of exercise B. move in the same way again and again C. rest your wrists on something D. keep your elbows as high as the keyboard ‎3. Your eyes and hands will be safe if .‎ A. you work near a window B. you often take rests from working C. you use a keyboard for a long time D. the window is behind you ‎4. It is good for your back and neck if you sit .‎ A. in the right way B. for many hours C. with the screen below your eyes D. with your back leaning forward ‎5. What would be the best title for the text? .‎ A. How to protect your eyes B. How to protect your hands and wrists C. How to use a computer safely D. How to protect your back ‎ ‎ C A young man once went into town and bought himself a pair of trousers. When he got home, he went upstairs to his living room and put them on. He found that they were about two inches too long.‎ ‎ He went downstairs, where his mother and his two sisters were washing up the tea things in the kitchen, “These new trousers are too long,” he said, “They need to be cut short by about two inches. Would one of you mind doing this for me, please?” His mother and sisters were busy and none of them said anything.‎ ‎ But as soon as his mother finished washing up, she went upstairs to her son’s room and cut the trousers short by two inches. She came downstairs without saying anything to her daughters.‎ ‎ Later, after supper, the elder sister remembered her brother’s trousers. She was a kind-hearted girl, so she went quietly upstairs without saying anything to anyone, and shortened the trousers by two inches.‎ ‎ The younger sister went to the cinema, but when she came back, she, too, remembered what her brother had said. So she ran upstairs with her scissors, needle, and thread(剪子,针和线),and took two inches off the legs of the new trousers.‎ ‎ You can imagine the look on the young man’s face when he put the trousers on the next morning.‎ ‎1．The main idea of this passage is that _______________.‎ ‎ A．the young man bought himself a pair of trousers ‎ B．the young man’s new trousers were cut too short ‎ C．the young man’s mother and sisters hated to speak to each other ‎ D．the young man was loved by his mother and sisters very much ‎2．Why didn’t the young man’s mother and sisters give him a reply after he asked one of them to cut his trousers short?‎ ‎ A．Because they did not know how to answer him.‎ ‎ B．Because they were too busy to answer him.‎ ‎ C．Because they were used to keeping silence when they were busy.‎ ‎ D．Because they all thought someone else wanted to do it.‎ ‎3．How many inches were the new trousers cut short by his sisters?‎ ‎ A．2 inches B．6 inches C．4 inches D．8 inches ‎4．What would the young man feel when he put the trousers on the next morning?‎ ‎ A．Amazed B．Happy C．Interested D．Sad ‎5. From this passage we know that .‎ ‎ A. Sometimes more people may do things even worse.‎ ‎ B. The more people there are, the better things will be done.‎ ‎ C. We shouldn’t ask our mother or sisters for help at all ‎ D. We shouldn’t buy trousers too long for us.‎ D Ever since I was a child, my mouth has caused me trouble. I’m not a bad person; I have just had a hard time learning when to keep my mouth closed. My mom has told me again and again, “Robert, your constant (经常的) bad words are hurting me. If you continue to be rude, you will get into big trouble.”‎ It has been a problem at school several times too, when teachers have told me something that I didn’t want to hear. I used to feel it was my duty to stand up for myself and tell them off.‎ One day in the English class I was working on my homework when I heard a classmate talking behind me. It was Nathaniel, talking to himself as usual. I said ever so nicely, “Nathaniel, would you be quiet?” Nathaniel continued talking to himself. I quickly shouted, “Nathaniel, shut up!”‎ For the next five minutes, we threw hurtful words back and forth at each other.‎ ‎“At least I don’t have an ugly lazy eye like you!” I shouted. I knew it would hurt his feelings and shut him up.‎ What I said filled him with anger. He tried to reach over my seat and grab (抓住) me as he shouted, “That’s it! That’s it!”‎ Surprised at his reaction, I sat back in my seat. Never had I seen Nathaniel act like this before.‎ Later on, we were taken to principal’s office (校长室). There, principal told us to discuss the matter. It was not until then that I finally found that when I hurt someone physically (身体上), the wounds eventually heal (become healthy again). But when I hurt them with my words, sometimes the pain never goes away. At the end of the discussion, I said sorry to Nathaniel.‎ When I headed back to my room, I spent some time praying (祈祷). I began to think about how often what I said hurt others. But I believe that as I keep praying and asking God to help ‎ me, he’ll tell me when to keep my mouth closed.‎ ‎1. When Robert was a child, it was difficult for him to ________.‎ ‎ A. keep his mouth full B. say good words to others ‎ C. pass his exams D. help others again and again ‎2. The underlined word “them” means Robert’s ______.‎ ‎ A. parents B. friends C. teachers D. principals ‎3. Which of the following is True?‎ ‎ A. Robert’s hurtful words hurt Nathaniel’s feelings.‎ ‎ B. Nathaniel never talked to himself in class.‎ ‎ C. Robert felt sorry for talking too much in class.‎ ‎ D. Nathaniel said sorry to Robert for hurting him.‎ ‎4. In the passage the writer tries to tell us that _______.‎ ‎ A. when you hurt someone physically, the pain never goes away ‎ B. we should try to understand and help each other in class ‎ ‎ C. we should keep praying and asking God to help us ‎ D. words cause more pain than violence ‎ ‎5. Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?‎ ‎ A. At the very beginning, Robert didn’t say bad words to Nathaniel.‎ ‎ B. Robert didn’t regret that he said bad words to Nathaniel.‎ ‎ C. My mother was not satisfied with me.‎ ‎ D. Robert found that the pain sometimes never went away when he hurt someone with his words.‎ ‎ E Having Breakfast Or Not ‎ Will it matter if you don’t take your breakfast? A short time ago, a test was given in the United States. People of different ages, from 12 to 83, were asked to have a test. During the test, these people were given all kinds of breakfast, and sometimes they got no breakfast at all. Scientists wanted to see how well their bodies worked when they had eaten different kinds of breakfast.‎ ‎ The results show that if a person eats a right breakfast, he or she will work better than if he or she has no breakfast. If a student has fruit, eggs, bread and milk before going to school, he or she will learn more quickly and listen more carefully in class. ‎ The result is opposite to what some people think. Having no breakfast will not help you lose weight. This is because people become so hungry at noon that they eat too much for lunch. They will gain weight instead of losing it. You will lose more weight if you decrease your other meals. ‎ ‎1. During the test, the people were given ________.‎ ‎ A. no breakfast at all ‎ B. very rich breakfast ‎ C. different foods or sometimes none ‎ D. little food for breakfast ‎2. The results show that ________.‎ ‎ A. breakfast has little to do with a person’s work ‎ B. breakfast has great effect on work and studies ‎ C. a person will work better if he only has fruit and milk ‎ D. girl students should have less for breakfast ‎3. According to the passage, some people think that if you don’t have breakfast, you will __________.‎ ‎ A. be healthier ‎ B. work better ‎ C. lose weight ‎ D. fail the test ‎4. The word “decrease” in the last sentence means _________ .‎ ‎ A. 减少 B. 增加 C. 放弃 D. 享用 ‎5. Which of the following is NOT true?‎ ‎ A. It is bad for your health to have no breakfast.‎ ‎ B. Too little for breakfast and too much for lunch may make you fatter. ‎ ‎ C. If you don’t eat much for lunch and supper, you may lose weight.‎ ‎ D. The more breakfast you have, the more quickly you’ll learn in class.‎ ‎(二)任务性阅读 ‎1. 选择下列词汇或短语完成下面对话。并在答题卡上将相应的字母编号涂黑。（共5小题, 每小题1分）‎ A. look up B. Sounds C. afraid D. Why not E. easier F. think A：Come in, please．‎ B：Glad to see you at home．I’m here to give back the book you lent me．‎ A：Did you enjoy it?‎ B：I’m 1__________ not．I only read a few pages and then gave up．‎ A：Why? Isn’t it interesting?‎ B：Maybe，but I had to stop to 2 __________new words in a dictionary frequently(频繁地)．‎ A：3__________ guess their meanings?‎ B：4________ good．May I borrow another one and have a try?‎ A：Certainly. What about this book? It’s 5_________ and I think you’11 be keen on it．‎ B：It’s very kind of you．Thank you very much．‎ A：You’re welcome．‎ ‎2. 选择下列句子完成下面对话。并在答题卡上将相应的字母编号涂黑。（共5小题, 每小题1分）‎ A．Do you have a fever?‎ B．I’m not feeling well．‎ C．But you’d better go to see a doctor．‎ D．How long have you been like this?‎ E．Will you please go with me?‎ F．Maybe you’ve just had a cold．‎ G．It’s a pleasure．‎ A：Hi，Kate，you look so worried．What’s the matter?‎ B：6_______________ I’ve got a headache，a runny nose and a sore throat．You know the A-H1N1 virus(病毒)is so scary．I fear．．．‎ A：7 __________________‎ B：No，I don’t．I took my temperature just now．‎ A：Don’t worry．A fever is the common symptom(症状)of the disease. 8__________‎ B：I hope so．‎ A：9______________ You can get some advice．‎ B：That’s a good idea．10 _________________.‎ A：Sure．Let’s go．‎ Ⅳ. 解释句子，用英语解释下列句子.‎ ‎1. The booklet told you how you should look after the pets well.‎ ‎2. The more you read, the better you will understand.‎ ‎3. They were so frightened that they couldn’t move.‎ ‎4. You must apologize to your uncle for what you have done.‎ ‎5. Shenzhen is well-known throughout the world.‎ Ⅴ. 写作 假定你班班长地球日主持主题班会，做如下发言。请阅读后，完成下面关于地球日的信息。（5分）‎ Hi, classmates.‎ Do you know today is World Earth Day? If you don't hear about it, now fellow me please.‎ Earth Day, celebrated on April 22, is a day designed to inspire awareness and appreciation for the Earth's environment. It is held annually during both spring in the northern hemisphere and autumn in the southern hemisphere. It was founded by U.S. Senator Gaylord Nelson as an environmental teacher in 1970 and is now celebrated worldwide every year. In recent years more and more people have joined in real action to save our planet before it is too late. Do you ‎ think what you can do today for tomorrow?‎ That’s all. Thank you.‎ Topic: 1___________________‎ It’s celebrated ‎ ‎2 on_____________________.‎ Its founder ‎3______________________‎ People first celebrated the day in the year 4____________.‎ It’s goal ‎6 ____________________‎ ‎2. 假定你是本次主题班会一小组发言人，请你用英语写一篇发言稿。从当前人类面临的环境问题和如何保护环境等方面谈谈你的认识。请以“ How to protect/save our earth? ”为题写一篇短文。‎ 提示: 存在问题: ‎ ‎1.水污染和大气污染越来越严重 ‎ ‎2.森林被破坏和砍伐 ‎ ‎3.白色垃圾随处可见 ‎ 要求 : 如何改善/保护环境? 至少3、4个方面， 80词左右。‎ ‎___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ___‎ Lesson 20 中考英语冲刺（二十）‎ 综合练习篇 ‎【Warm up】看图说话 I. Choose the best answer.‎ ‎1. We can have_______ bluer sky if we create________ less polluted world．‎ A．the；a B．a；the C．a；a D．the；the ‎ ‎2. The teacher found him ______ and gave him some different homework to do every day.‎ A. was clever B. was a clever boy C. a clever boy D. clever boy ‎3. What do you think _____ her a good pupil?‎ A. to make B. made C. making D. having made ‎4. There ______ an important exam next Saturday. We need to prepare for it.‎ ‎ A. will have B. are C. is D. will be ‎5. Usually before exams, the students _____ two minutes to write down their names.‎ A. are given B. were given C. gave D. give ‎6. －Could you look after my daughter for me while I’m away? ‎ ‎－___________. ‎ A. Yes, my pleasure B. You’re welcome C. Yes, please D. With pleasure ‎7. The man made such a _____ speech that all the audience at the meeting felt _____.‎ A. boring; boring B. boring; bored C. bored ;boring D. bored ;bored ‎8. Audrey Hepburn ____ dancing and focused on acting after her first successful movie.‎ ‎ A. gave in B. gave off C. gave out D. gave up ‎9. I wanted to help those homeless children in the earthquake areas, ____ I donated my pocket money that I had saved for two months.‎ ‎ A. so B. because C. since D. for ‎10. I don’t know if it ____ tomorrow. If it ____, we’ll go out for a picnic.‎ A. will rain; rains B. rains; doesn’t rain ‎ C. rains; won’t rain D. will rain; doesn’t rain ‎11. –What did your father ask you? -He asked me ___________.‎ A. whom I was chatting with by QQ B. where am I with my friends C. when would I go home D. If I have finished my homework ‎12. Jasper is a great painter. He is _____ Picasso.‎ A. a painter as great as    B. as a great painter as   ‎ C. as great a painter as  D. so great a painter as ‎13. You’d better change another book because ___page of the book is torn, and ______cover looks old.‎ A. the; the     B. a; a        C. a; the        D. the; a ‎14. The building _____ in our school is for us teachers. Though there’s noise most of day, we still feel happy about it .‎ A. built    B. has been built     C. being built     D. is being built ‎15. – Shall I tell Ann how to improve her English?‎ ‎---Yes, but ____ of suggestions may discourage her.‎ A. a too long list            B. too long a list C. list too long             D. a list of too long ‎16. Some say one thing, but .   A. others the other B. the others the other ‎ C. others another D. others the others ‎17. There are many other ways to advertise _______ broadcast advertisements on radio and TV.‎ A. except        B. except for    C. beside     D. besides ‎18. In the past five years Tomlinson with his daughter _______all over the world.‎ A. has travelled   B. traveled   C. have traveled   D. were traveling ‎19. Generally speaking, children living in a city can not _____ ox ____ cow.‎ A. tell an; from a                    B. tell; from C. tell a; from a                     D. tell; from a ‎20. Seen from the foot of the mountain, clouds are seen beautifully ____over its top.‎ A. hang    B. hanged    C. hanging    D. hung ‎21. There are a lot of new buildings on ______ side of the Hongli Road.‎ A. either B. every C. both D. all ‎22. Colours can change our moods and make us _______ or sad, energetic or sleepy. ‎ A. to feel happy B. feel happily C. feel happy D. feeling happy ‎23. You can ________ his number in the phone book if you’re not sure of it.‎ A. look up B. look for C. look after D. look into ‎24. ---- Could you tell us __________ to travel from Earth to Mars by spacecraft?‎ ‎ ---- It takes months, I think.‎ A. how far it takes B. how long it takes ‎ C. how long does it take D. how soon it takes ‎25. The gravity on Mars is only about ________ of the gravity on Earth.‎ A. third eighths B. three-eighth C. three-eighths D. third-eighth ‎26. He was too late. When he woke up to see the football match between Barcelona and Real Madrid, it ________.‎ A. was over B. had been over C. has been over D. will be over.‎ ‎27. --- What did he say?‎ ‎ --- He asked .‎ ‎ A. if did your uncle catch the “bird flu” virus ‎ B. who has been sent up into space in “Shenzhou-VII”‎ C. when Zhalong Nature Reserve became one of the world’s important wetlands D. that the 2008 Olympic Games had been held in Beijing ‎28. I think ______ necessary ______ us to do something to prepare for the exam.‎ ‎ A. that, for B. it, of C. that, of D. it, for ‎ ‎29. Mr. Wu _______ in a hotel, but now he works in Bond.‎ ‎ A. used to work B. used to working C. was used to working D. was used to work ‎30. —I don’t know___. ‎ ‎—It doesn’t matter, just stay with us please.‎ A. when will the train reach B. when the train will reach C. when will the train arrive D. when the train will arrive II、CLOZE A ‎“Hi! John.” Mary ran towards me with a bright smile, saying, “I’m going to have a dance performance(表演) tonight. I hope you’ll come. Here is the ticket. Don’t forget!” Then she 1 in a hurry.‎ ‎ “What? Dance? Is that 2 ? ” I asked myself. Mary was not such kind of girl. She was quite a 3 one. I had never seen her wearing colorful clothes. In fact, she really did not know 4 to dress up. What a terrible thing!‎ ‎“I should go to, I must go to.” I thought.‎ I arrived at the hall with the ticket, found my 5 and sat down. Her performance was the seventh one. I knew I would have a 6 time before her turn, for I had no sense of art, 7 her performance was worth watching, no matter how long I would wait.‎ Time went 8 , I tried my best not to fall asleep.‎ Just then, came the 9 , “Let’s welcome the next exciting dance – Latin!”‎ Hearing this, I opened my eyes as large as possible, 10 to lose anything. Wearing a golden and shining skirt, Mary appeared. She 11 with a sweet smile, looking like a pretty butterfly flying…I could 12 believe my eyes.‎ After all the performance ended, I 13 her at the gate.‎ ‎“Hi!” She stood in front of me with her crystal(水晶) shoes. “How do you feel?”‎ ‎“Fantastic!” I answered.‎ ‎“Ha, ha. I knew 14 would be.” She could not hide her excitement, laughing 15 a child.‎ At that time, I realized that every girl has a pair of special shoes which are like the crystal shoes of Cinderella.‎ ‎1. A. came B. jumped C. left D. moved ‎2. A. possible B. lucky C. funny D. careful ‎3. A. modern B. common C. perfect D. careful ‎4. A. why B. where C. when D. how ‎5. A. seat B. room C. gate D. way ‎6. A. great B. short C. hard D. relaxing ‎7. A. or B. so C. but D. and ‎8. A. quickly B. slowly C. safely D. easily ‎9. A. words B. sentences C. sounds D. cries ‎10. A. hoping B. fearing C. planning D. hating ‎11. A. walked B. skated C. danced D. stood ‎12. A. seriously B. hardly C. nearly D. certainly ‎13. A. waited for B. looked for C. paid for D. cared for ‎14. A. I B. you C. she D. it ‎15. A. as B. like C. for D. at ‎ B My mother often asked me, "What is the most important part of the body?" Through the years I would guess at 1 I thought was the correct answer．‎ ‎ When I was younger，I thought sound was very important to us as humans，so I said．“My 2 ，Mommy．”‎ ‎ She said，“No．Many people are deaf．But you 3 thinking about it and I will ask you again soon．”‎ ‎ Then last year，my grandpa 4 ．Everybody was hurt．Everybody was crying．My mom looked at me when it was our 5 to say our final goodbye to Grandpa．She asked me，“Do you know the most important body part yet，my dear?”‎ ‎ I was shocked 6 she asked me this now．I always thought this was a game between her and me．She saw the confusion(迷惑) 7 my face and told me，“This question is very important．It shows that you have 8 lived your life．”I saw her eyes well up with tears．She said，“My dear，the most important body part is your shoulder．”‎ ‎ I asked．“Is it because it holds up your head?”‎ ‎ She replied，“No，it is because it can hold the head of a friend or loved one when they ‎9 ．Everybody needs a shoulder to cry on sometimes in life, my dear．I only hope that you have enough love and 10 and you will have a shoulder to cry on when you need it．”‎ ‎1．A．if B．what C．that D．whether ‎2．A．ears B．eyes C．body D．head ‎3．A．feel B．stop C．keep D．forget ‎4．A．worried B．visited C．died D．came ‎5．A．need B．chance C．duty D．turn ‎6．A．when B．unless C．before D．but ‎7．A．over B．at C．in D．on ‎8．A．easily B．really C．carefully D．especially ‎9．A．sleep B．think C．laugh D．cry ‎ ‎10．A．visitors B．friends C．classmates D．teachers Ⅲ、Reading ‎ A Young people can have problems with their minds. Some students becomes worried because they have to study very hard. Others have trouble getting on well with people like their parents ‎ and classmates.‎ Liu Wei, a junior 2 student from Hefei, could not understand his teacher and was doing badly in his lessons. He became so worried about it that he started to cut his finger with a knife.‎ Another student, 14-year-old Yang Fang from Guangzhou, was afraid of exams. She got very worried in one, and when she looked at the exam paper, she couldn’t think of anything to write.‎ A recent report from Jiefang Daily says about 18% of Shanghai teenagers have mental problems. Their troubles include being worried and very unhappy, and having problems in learning and getting on with people. Many students who gave problems won’t go for advice or help. Some think they will look stupid if they go to see a doctor. Others don’t want to talk about their secrets.‎ Liang Yuezhu, an expert on teenagers from Beijing Anding Hospital has the following advice for teenagers:‎ Talk to your parents or teachers often.‎ Take part in group activities and play sports.‎ Go to see a doctor if you feel unhappy or unwell.‎ ‎1. The students who often become worried or have trouble getting on with others may have .‎ A. mental problems B. a headache C. knives with them D. no parents ‎ ‎2. Liu Wei cut his finger with a knife because .‎ A. he was afraid of his teacher B. he wanted to frighten his parents ‎ C. he was so worried about his studies D. his finger was badly hurt ‎3. Yang Fang’s problem happened when .‎ A. she studied very hard B. she had exams ‎ C. she talked with her parents D. she thought of something ‎4. Students who have problems won’t ask others for help because .‎ A. they won’t let others think they are stupid B. they don’t think doctors can help them ‎ C. they think the problems are not serious D. they have no secrets about others ‎ ‎5. Liang Yuezhu’s advice tell us that .‎ A. it’s unnecessary for them to be with others ‎ B. only group activities and sports can help them ‎ C. teachers and parents can’t do anything about mental problems D. it’s better for the students who have mental problems to join others.‎ ‎  B There are a lot of dangerous and terrible pests in India, but the tree—bees are the most terrible. They are killers. ‎ ‎ Last year I was on holiday there. Riding along a road one sunny morning, I found the air above me suddenly became thick with bees. Although it was hot, I went cold all over. To run away fast seemed the only thing to do, but my horse was frightened, too. He jumped and kicked out in all direction to get rid of the bees that were attacking him, and then threw me to the ground. ‎ ‎ The village was about half a mile away. I began to run. But by now I was covered from head to foot with bees. They crawled (爬行) all over me, stinging (刺) with terrible pain. I tore them away, but made room for others. Each time I opened my lips for breath, more bees ‎ entered my mouth, I could hardly breathe.‎ ‎ Then I reached the village. I ran towards a house that was being built. As soon as the men working there saw the bees, they ran for safety at top speed.‎ ‎ My eyes had completely closed. I fell into a pile of something soft. I pushed myself down into this until my head and shoulders were covered. This made bees angry and they began to attack my legs. I struggled but soon became tired out. The bees had won. ‎ ‎ As last I was saved by two clever soldiers. They ran to a pile of dry grass and quickly surrounded me with a thick wall of fire and smoke until the bees were driven away. They remained with me，I later learned, looking after me for the next three hours until a doctor was found and brought. ‎ ‎ 1.When the air suddenly became thick with bees .‎ ‎ A．it became cold B．the writer went cold with fear ‎ ‎ C．it was rather cold, though fine D．the horse threw the writer to the ground ‎ 2.The horse was too frightened to .‎ ‎ A．kick out in all directions B．run away fast ‎ ‎ C．jump high D．get rid of the bees ‎ 3．The writer tore the bees away .‎ ‎ A．in order to make room for other bees ‎ B．but other bees took the space again ‎ ‎ C．but they flew away slowly ‎ ‎ D．in order to let his breath out ‎ ‎ 4.When the men building the house saw the bees they ran away quickly .‎ ‎ A．in order not to be attacked by the bees ‎ B．to look for something to drive the bees away ‎ C．to help the writer to cover his head and shoulders with soft things ‎ ‎ D．because they were afraid of the writer ‎ ‎ 5.The two soldiers .‎ ‎ A．built a thick wall to protect the writer ‎ ‎ B．surrounded the writer to protect him ‎ ‎ C．looked for the doctors for three hours ‎ ‎ D．burnt the dry grass around the writer to drive away the bees.‎ Ⅳ. 解释句子 ‎ 1. She was so excited that she couldn’t say a word.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 2. How is the weather?‎ ‎  ‎ ‎ 3. Miss. Li is responsible for sales.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 4. They can hardly decide what they will do next.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 5. You believe what he said. Your are really foolish.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 6. Remember me to your parents.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 7. The old man crossed the bridge carefully.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 8. The basket is filled with oranges.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 9. Could you give me a hand?‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 10. Take care! There is a van coming.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎2012年春季初三英语能力提升训练十 一、 单项选择 ‎1. The film ________ on the book by Jack London is well worth ___________.‎ ‎ A. basing; seeing B. based; being seen C. based; seeing D. is based; seeing ‎2. I found Jane ________ at the desk, __________ her homework carefully.‎ ‎ A. seated; doing B. sitting; does C. be seated; does D. sit; do ‎3. The story is uninteresting. I don’t like it ___________.‎ ‎ Which of the following is WRONG?‎ ‎ A. a little B. a bit C. at all D. in the least ‎4. Their family very big with eight kids, so it is very funny to watch how his family ‎ having dinner.‎ ‎ A．are; are B．is; is C．is; are D．are; is ‎5. Tom, together with his classmates, ______ because of _______ the school rules.‎ A. was punished, obeying B. were punished, obeying ‎ C. was punished, breaking D. were punished, breaking ‎6. Something sad seems to have happened to Nancy today. Just now when I went to see her I found her .‎ ‎ A．crying B．to cry C．cried D．was crying ‎7. This kind of work by hand, but now it is done by electricity.‎ ‎ A．get used to doing B．used to be done ‎ ‎ C．was used to doing D．used to do it ‎8. The lecture on how to enjoy pop music is really worth .‎ ‎ A．very; listening B．well; listening to ‎ C．well; listening D．very; listening to ‎9. There is no doubt you will pass the exam this time. You have worked so hard in the past months.‎ ‎ A．whether B．that C．if D．what ‎10. In December 2008, Obama was elected _________________.‎ A. the President of the USA B. the President of USA C. President of the USA D. President of USA ‎11. Now fruits are made all kinds of drinks.‎ A. of B. into C. from D. up ‎12. He ran out with his face ______ in hands.‎ A．bury B．burying C．buried D．to bury ‎13. He ________ every night until after one o’clock, preparing his homework.‎ A．ends up B．takes up C．picks up D．stays up ‎14. I won’t go to his birthday party without __________.‎ A．inviting B．to be invited C．invited D．being invited ‎ ‎15. Ten minutes ________ to decide whether I should reject the offer.‎ A．gave B．was given C．was giving D．had given 二、完型填空 There was a boy who was sent by his parents to a boarding school（寄宿学校）. 1 being sent away, this boy was the 2 student in his class. He was at the top in every 3 always with high marks.‎ But the boy changed after leaving home and attending the boarding school. His grades started dropping. He hated being in a group. He was lonely all the time. And there were especially dark times when he felt like committing suicide（自杀）. All of this was because he felt 4 and no one loved him.‎ ‎ His parents started 5 about the boy. But they even did not know what was wrong with ‎ him. So his dad decided to travel to the boarding school and 6 him.‎ They sat on the bank of the lake near the school. The father started asking him some questions about his classes, teachers and friends. After some time his dad said, “Do you know, son, why I am here today?”‎ The boy answered back, “To know about my 7 ?”‎ ‎“No, no .” his dad replied. “I am here to tell you that you are the most important person for me. I want to see you happy. I don’t care about grades. I care about you. I care about your happiness. YOU ARE MY LIFE.”‎ These words 8 the boy’s eyes to be filled with tears. He hugged his dad. They didn't say anything to each other for a long time.‎ Now the boy had 9 he wanted . He knew there was someone on this earth who cared for him deeply. He meant the world to someone and today this young man is in college at the top of his class and no one has ever seen him 10 !‎ ‎1．A．After B．Before C．When D．While ‎2．A．hardest B．saddest C．brightest D．dullest ‎ ‎3．A．exam B．activity C．game D．class ‎4．A．useless B．careless C．alone D．annoyed ‎5．A．caring B．judging C．concerning D．ignoring ‎6．A．talk with B．listen to C．tell to D．care for ‎7. A．school B．class C．grades D．homework ‎8．A．caused B．let C．encouraged D．made ‎9．A．nothing B．something C．everything D．thing ‎10．A．sad B．angry C．crazy D．stubborn 三、阅读理解 A Mr Lang worked in a factory．As a driver，he was busy but he was paid much．His wife was an able woman and did all the housework．When he came back，she took good care of him and he never did anything at home．So he had enough time when he had a holiday．A few friends of his liked gambling(赌博)and he learned it soon．So he was interested in it and nearly forgot anything except gambling．He lost all his money and later he began to sell the television．watches and so on．His wife told him not to do it but he didn’t listen to her．She had to tell the police．He and his friends were punished for it．And he was hardly sent away．After be came out of the lockup(拘留所)，he hated her very much and the woman had to leave him．‎ ‎ It was New Year’s Day．Mr Lang didn’t go to work．He felt lonely and wanted to gamble again．He caged his friends and they came soon．But they were afraid the police would come．He told his five-year-old son to go to find out if there were the policemen outside．They waited for a long time and didn’t think the police would come and began to gamble．Suddenly opened the door and in came a few policemen．‎ ‎ “I saw there weren’t any policemen outside，Daddy，”said the boy．“So I went to the ‎ crossing and asked some to come．”‎ ‎1．For what reason was Mr Lang paid much in the factory?‎ ‎ A．He was a good driver．‎ ‎ B．He had worked in the factory for many years．‎ ‎ C．He wag more experienced than other workers．‎ ‎ D．He had much work in the factory．‎ ‎2．Thinking that ，Mrs Lang did all the housework at home．‎ ‎ A．her husband was tired from work ‎ B．she had no work to do outside ‎ C．her husband liked gambling with his friends ‎ D．she earned less than her husband ‎3．The underlined sentence“he was hardly sent away”means ．‎ ‎ A．He was sent to a very far place B．He was dismissed by the factory ‎ C．He nearly lost his job in the factory D．He was put into prison ‎4．Why did the woman leave Mr Lang?‎ ‎ A．Her husband was seriously punished for gambling．‎ ‎ B．She was no longer loved by her husband．‎ ‎ C．He wouldn’t listen to her advice．‎ ‎ D．He had been in the lockup．‎ ‎5．What do you think was the boy’s intention(意图)when he called the police in?‎ ‎ A．He hoped his father would stop gambling soon．‎ ‎ B．He wanted the policemen to catch the gamblers．‎ ‎ C．He thought his father needed some policemen．‎ ‎ D．He believed the policemen would persuade his father to give up gambling．‎ B When the six very best students from different cities in Guangdong Province all together chose universities in Hong Kong; when the very best students of Beijing picked up HK University while giving up the nearby Beijing or Qinghua University; when the highest enrollment(录取) rate of Hong Kong Science and Industry University reached 48:1, it’s the high time to ask where the real education heaven for students in China is.‎ Years ago, the answer certainly would be “Beijing or Qinghua University”. But now no one could give the exact reaction without hesitation. The only sure thing is that HK universities have gradually showed an unusual attraction to a great many mainland students.‎ It’s no doubt to call this HK craze (狂热), which is even out of the expectation of those HK universities themselves. www.ks5u.com How can HK universities shake the steady foundations of Beijing and Qinghua and attract so many mainland students?‎ First, Hong Kong universities offer large-amount scholarship, especially for the top students who can receive the sum scholarship as much as 400,000 HK dollars. Since higher education has become a kind of heavy burden of many families, it’s easy to understand why the reaction to the generous offering of HK universities is great.‎ Second, most HK universities receive professors and students from all over the world and carry out bilingual (双语) education. This kind of excellent language atmosphere is another attraction for mainland students.‎ Furthermore, university students in Hong Kong have a better chance to study abroad as exchange students.‎ Can mainland top universities like Beijing or Qinghua University be calm as before when facing the unexpected competition from HK? Will they take relevant measures to win back the top students who once help them set the worldwide reputation? Time will explain it.‎ The fierce competition brought by HK universities can be a good thing for an entire improvement of education in China. After the awakening and action-taking of mainland universities, they can perform better together with HK universities.‎ At least, it reminded the mainland universities the tuition fees (学费) are among students’ top concern when they are choosing universities. It’s time to move.‎ ‎1. What is the passage mainly talking about?‎ A. Some thoughts brought by the enrollment of HK universities.‎ B. Higher education in Hong Kong.‎ C. The competition between HK University and Beijing University.‎ D. The fall of mainland universities.‎ ‎2. Top students from mainland apply for HK universities because________.‎ A. many students now would love to study abroad to get a better experience B. they concern only about the tuition fees when choosing universities C. HK Universities offer higher scholarship, better environment and more opportunities for their further study ‎ D. Beijing University has lost its worldwide reputation ‎3. What is the author’s attitude toward the competition brought by HK universities? ‎ A. The government should take relevant measures to stop this unfair competition.‎ B. Mainland universities had better lower their tuition fees and win back the top students.‎ C. Universities both in mainland and in HK would get an entire improvement during the competition.‎ D. It may probably cause a complete loss to both sides in the end.‎ ‎4. From the passage we can see HK universities________.‎ A. didn’t mean to enroll top students from mainland B. didn’t expect their enrollment of mainland students would be so popular C. have strict enrollment rules and only 1out of 48 students can get the chance to study there ‎ D. are proud of their teaching staff and facilities.‎ 四、单词拼写 ‎1. He could see thunder and lightning coming in the ______________(远处).‎ ‎ 2. I was so tired and wondered whether or not I could get to the ________________(目的地).‎ ‎ 3. She is quite o___________ about her company. She thinks it will become successful soon.‎ ‎ 4.You made a mistake. Please pay attention to your _________________ (发音).‎ ‎ 5. We have fewer _____________ (自愿者) to run Christmas show this year than last year.‎ ‎ 6. After years of hard work, now we can say ________ (自信): “We can pass ‎ the entrance exam.”.‎ ‎ 7. As a teacher, one of the most important qualities is p , that is, he maybe should explain things to students again and again.‎ ‎ 8.Your should extend your _________________ (词汇).‎ ‎ 9.Although our sense of sight is over used ,our sense of touch and smell is __________(忽视)‎ ‎10. It’s time for us to make a d where we should go to have a picnic on Sunday.‎ ‎11. The gloves were __________ (设计) for extremely cold climates.‎ ‎12. To our surprise, there are more than 15 _____________ (候选人) for the position of monitor.‎ ‎13. With the hlep of a computer, you will not find it hard to deal with and share ______ .(信息)‎ ‎14. It is an h______ for me to be invited to speak here.‎ ‎15. I ___________ （原谅） her long ago.‎ 标杆英语老师告诉你:‎ 当你感到悲哀痛苦时，最好是去学些什么东西.学习会使你永远立于不败之地.‎ Lesson 21 中考英语冲刺（二一）‎ ‎ 2012深圳市中考模拟试题(六)‎ Five Hundred Times ‎ In the traffic court of a large mid-western city, a young lady was brought before the judge to answer a ticket（罚单） given her for driving through a red light. She explained that she was a school teacher and requested an immediate disposal（处理） of her case in order that she might hasten（赶紧） on to her classes. A wild gleam（闪光） came into the judge's eye. "You are a school teacher, eh?" said he. "Madam, I shall realize my lifelong ambition. Sit down at that table and write 'I went through a red light' five hundred times." ‎ ‎【Warm up】‎ I.【Vocabulary and Grammar】‎ ‎1.―I bought useful dictionary though it is produced by unknown publisher.‎ ‎ ―Please let me have a look!‎ ‎ A. a; a B. an; an C. a, an D. an, a ‎ ‎2. ―To my , some came to our school for a visit that day.‎ ‎ ―Me, too, Look! They are sitting in the canteen for lunch.‎ ‎ A. surprise; Germans B. surprise; Germen ‎ C. surprised; Germans D. surprising; Germans ‎3. America is an __________ country. You can hear __________ everywhere. A. English-spoken; English speaking B. English-speaking; English spoken C. speaking-English; English spoken D. spoken-English; English speaking ‎ ‎4. —Are you a League member?‎ ‎ —Yes, I ______ the League two years ago and I ______ a League member for two years.‎ ‎ A. joined, was B. have joined, was C. have joined, have been D. joined, have been ‎5. .—He hasn’t finished his homework yet.‎ ‎ —__________.‎ ‎ A. So has Lucy B. So Lucy has C. Neither has Lucy D. Neither Lucy has ‎6. ―It is said that the football match may be because of the bad weather.‎ ‎ ―I have heard of it.‎ ‎ A. put up B. put down C. put away D. put off ‎7. ―As we know China is larger than in Africa.‎ ‎ ―Yes, So it is. ‎ ‎ A. any other country B. other countries C. the other country D. any country ‎ ‎8. ―Can you come on Friday or Saturday?‎ ‎ ―I’m afraid day is possible for me.‎ ‎ A. any B. none C. neither D. either ‎ ‎9. ― _______ important advice father gave us the other day!‎ ‎ ―Yes, it is.‎ ‎ A．What a B．What an C．What D．How an ‎10. ―It is careless _______ such a mistake.‎ ‎―Terribly sorry. I won’t. ‎ ‎ A. for you to make B. of your making C. of you to make D. for your making ‎ ‎11. ―We should give love to the children lost their parents in the earthquake.‎ ‎ ―I can’t agree more.‎ ‎ A．who B．whom C．/ D．all above ‎ ‎12. Do you know ?‎ ‎ A．where does he live B．where he lives in ‎ C．where he lives D．where does he live in ‎13. --Don't forget to come to my birthday party tomorrow.--______.       A. I don't       B. I can't        C. I won't       D. I will ‎14. -- “ Will you go to the Great Wall with us?”‎ ‎--“If John wants to go, _______”.‎ A. so do I B. so I do C. so will I D. so I will ‎ ‎15. Which of the following sentences is RIGHT?‎ ‎ A. Are you tall enough to reach the apples in the tree?‎ B. The story which he is reading make him feel angry.‎ C. Can you recommend some new books on this subject to me? ‎ D. The school doesn’t let us to play football after 6 o’clock.‎ Ⅱ. Cloze Once there was a king who told some of his people to dig a pond (池子).The king then told his people that one person 1 each family had to bring a glass of milk during the night and put it into the pond. So, by the morning, the pond should be 2 of milk.‎ After 3 the order, everyone went home. As one man prepared his milk, he thought that since everyone was bringing milk, he would just 4 a glass of water and put that into the pond instead. 5 it was dark at night, no one would notice it, so he quickly went and put the water into the pond and 6 home.‎ In the morning, the king went to visit the pond. To his 7 , the pond was only filled with water! What happened? Yes! Everyone had the same idea 8 that man. They all thought, “I don’t have to waste my milk. Someone else will do it.”‎ Dear friends, when you plan to help poor people or people in trouble, do not think that 9 will take care of it. Instead, it starts with you. If you don’t do it, no one else will, so change yourself and make a 10 .‎ ‎1. A. at B. from C. on D. with ‎2. A. filled B. empty C. crowded D. full ‎3. A. giving B. refusing C. receiving D. offering ‎4. A. hide B. steal C. waste D. drink ‎5. A. If B. Since C. While D. After ‎6. A. left B. came C. returned D. arrived ‎ ‎7. A. surprise B. satisfaction C. joy D. taste ‎8. A. with B. to C. as D. of ‎9. A. others B. the others C. none D. neither ‎10. A. face B. mistake C. living D. difference Ⅲ.【Reading】 ‎ A It is the duty of every man to work. The life of a lazy man is of no use to himself and to others. The man who is too lazy to work is the man who is generally most ready to beg or to steal. Every boy, when he is young, should learn how to do some useful work.‎ ‎ But it is not enough that a boy should learn some kind of work. He should put his heart and soul completely into his work, and not waste his spare time. “Work while you work and play while you play” is as good a rule for young people as for the old!‎ ‎ There is no better help to diligence(勤奋) than the habit of early rising, and this, just like all other good habits, is most easily formed in youth. There is an English saying “Lost time never ‎ returns”. This means that everybody must be diligent and make good use of his time. One must study hard when one is young so that one may make great progress, succeed in life and become useful to one’s country. Those who are diligent will never become beggars. Therefore, we can say that diligence is the mother of success.‎ ‎1. From the passage, we know that those who are too lazy to work will __________.‎ ‎ A. waste their time B. help others.‎ ‎ C. become beggars or thieves D. make progress some day ‎2. If a boy wants to be of any use to himself and to other people, he should __________‎ ‎ A. learn some useful work ‎ B. do something in his spare time ‎ C. put his heart and soul into everything he does ‎ D. try hard to learn to do certain kind of work well ‎3. One can’t be successful in life unless he __________.‎ ‎ A . is diligent in his study B. loves life ‎ C. spends some time learning something D. makes up for his lost time ‎4. One must study hard when one is young in order not to __________.‎ ‎ A. make great progress B. succeed in life ‎ C. suffer from hunger D. become useful to one’s country ‎5. Which of the following may be the best title for the passage?‎ ‎ A. Lazy Boy Can Learn to Be Diligent B. Young People Should Rise Early ‎ C. Lost Time Never Returns D. diligence, the Mother of Success ‎ B ‎ It’s important to learn about protecting our environment. Here is a 5R rule for us:‎ ‎ 1. Reduce ‎ If you want to reduce waste, you should use things wisely(明智地). A large number of trees are being cut down to make paper. If everyone used paper carelessly and throw it out, soon we would not have any trees left. Other things are also being wasted, and people don’t know what to do with the wastes in big cities. So it is necessary to reduce the waste.‎ ‎ 2. Reuse ‎ You should always think of reusing the usable things before throwing them out. Give your clothes you do not use or the ones which are too small to the poor. In a family, you may pass on such clothes to younger brothers or sisters.‎ ‎ 3. Recycle ‎ Bottles, cans(罐子) and paper can easily be recycled. By doing so we save lots of time and money. For example, coke cans are sent to a factory, where they are smashed flat(压平) and melted(熔化) and the metal things are made for new coke cans.‎ ‎ 4. Recover ‎ ‎ When you buy a box of apples, there may be a few rotten (腐烂的) apples, you have two choices: one is to throw the whole apples away, or you could cut off the rotten parts and use the good parts. In this way ,you are recovering the eatable parts of food.‎ ‎ 5. Repair ‎ If one of the legs of your table is broken, you can repair it. If you want to change for better ones, it is better for you to sell the old things or give them to other people who can use them after doing some repair. It is true that North America is a “throw-away” society, but the time has come to change our way of life so that we can protect our environment. Every one of us ‎ should try our best.‎ ‎1. The “Reduce” rule mainly requires (要求) us ___________.‎ ‎ A. to use things wisely B. to cut down many trees.‎ ‎ C. to use a lot of paper D. to throw away your old clothes.‎ ‎2. What’s the right order (顺序) of recycling coke cans?‎ ‎ a. collect the used cans b. melt them ‎ c. smash them flat d. send them to a factory ‎ A. a b c d B. a d c b C. d c b a D. d b c a ‎ ‎3. The “Recover” rule mainly requires us ___________.‎ ‎ A. to throw waste things away B. to cover waste things with earth ‎ C. to get back the useful parts D. to throw things away ‎4. Which is best way to do with your broken tables if you want to change for better ones？‎ ‎ A. Throwing them away B. Repairing them ‎ C. Selling them D. Putting them away ‎5. Which of the following may be the best title for the passage?‎ ‎ A. Reduce waste, Use things wisely ‎ B. Sell Your Broken Tables ‎ C. Why we should protect the environment ‎ D. the 5R rule for protecting our environment ‎ C Dear Linda,‎ ‎ Your brother sounds like a very selfish person. But I want to know what causes him to act this way. Since he seems to be doing this on purpose (故意), maybe the only way to do with the problem is to try to find the cause.‎ ‎ I think your brother is probably hurting in some way, Perhaps he feels unsafe because he is not a full part of the family. He could be jealous of your mother’s love for the rest of you over him. ‎ ‎ It is wrong to fight anger with anger though you think it is a need to help your mother, I suggest you try to help your brother by treating him with more care and love. It must be hard for him to grow up in a family where his sisters had their real mother but he didn’t. Try to let him know that you care about him. Over time he may come to know how lucky he is and start to treat you all with the same kindness that you give him.‎ ‎1.The passage is . ‎ ‎ A. a note from a father B. a reply given by an advisor ‎ C. a letter asking for help D. a report given by a mother ‎ ‎2.From the passage we may know that .‎ ‎ A. the family is not a good family B. the mother is the brother’s stepmother C. the brother has no father D. there are two mothers in the family ‎ ‎3.The writer suggests Linda that . ‎ ‎ A. she needn’t help with her brother ‎ B. she fight against her brother with anger ‎ C. help her mother with more fights ‎ D. treat her brother with more love and care ‎ ‎4. The writer thought Linda’s brother .‎ ‎ A. is a bad young man ‎ B. should be treated more rudely ‎ C. knew Linda treats him with kindness ‎ D. would come to know he was lucky to live in such a family if she cared more about him ‎5.In Linda’s letter she must have said that . ‎ ‎ A. her mother wasn’t a good mother B. she loves her brother very much ‎ ‎ C. she often felt sad and angry in the family D. she had no brother at all D Canada 4:00 a.m. to 8:30 a.m.‎ Canada is a big country with six time zones(时区). In the west, it is four a.m., and everyone is asleep, but in the east it is half past eight and people are awake. It is a cold Friday morning in November. ‎ Scotland 12:00 noon Scotland is part of the UK. The capital of Scotland is Edinburgh, and the capital of the UK is London. It is twelve noon, or midday, in Edinburgh. Children are having lessons, but they are looking forward to the weekend because there is no school on Saturday and Sunday.‎ Egypt 2:00 p.m.‎ Friday is already the weekend in Egypt. Friday is a special day for Muslims, so schools, offices and shops are closed in all Arab countries. So now, at two p.m., most people in Egypt are having lunch with their families. ‎ Japan 9:00 p.m.‎ Japan is seven hours ahead of Egypt, so it is already Friday evening there. The weekend is beginning. Most people are out with friends or watching television or playing computer games.‎ ‎1. If it is 8:00 a.m. in western Canada, the time is _______ in eastern Canada.‎ ‎ A. 12:00 B. 2:00 p.m. C. 12:30 p.m. D. 4:00 a.m.‎ ‎2. While Canadian children are waking up, children in Scotland are ________.‎ ‎ A. having lessons B. sleeping C. watching TV D. playing games ‎3. Who needn’t go to work on Fridays?‎ ‎ A. Canadians. B. Scots. C. Japanese. D. Egyptians.‎ ‎4. Which country will welcome Saturday first, Canada, Japan, UK or Egypt?‎ ‎ A. UK B. Japan C. Egypt D. Canada ‎5. What does “ahead of” mean in English?‎ ‎ A. earlier than B. later than C. after D. until ‎ E One day, a poor boy who was trying to pay his way through school by sending newspapers door to door, was so hungry that he decided to beg for a meal at the next house.   However, he lost his nerve(神经) when a lovely young woman opened the door. Instead of a meal he asked for a drink of water. She thought he looked hungry so she brought ‎ him a large glass of milk. He drank it slowly, and then asked, “how much do I owe you?”   “You don’t owe me anything,” she replied. “Then I thank you from the bottom of my heart.” With these words, Howard Kelly left that house.   ‎ Year later the woman became badly ill and was finally sent to the hospital in a big city. Dr. Howard Kelly, now famous, was called in. When he heard the name of the town she came from, a strange light filled his eyes. Dressed in his doctor’s clothes, Dr. Kelly went into her room and recognized her at once. From that day on, he gave special attention to her, and decided to do his best to save her life.  ‎ At last the woman was saved. Dr. Kelly asked the business office to pass the final bill to him. He looked at it and then wrote something on the side. The bill was sent to her room. She was afraid to open it because she was sure that it would take the rest of her life to pay for it off. Finally she looked, and the note on the side of the bill caught her attention. She read these words:   “Paid in full with a glass of milk, Dr. Howard Kelly.”   ‎ Tears of joy flooded her eyes as she prayed silently: "Thank You, God. Your love has spread through human hearts and hands." ‎ ‎1. The boy sent newspaper door to door in order to        .     ‎ A. continue his schooling                           B. become a famous doctor     ‎ C. thank the woman for her kindness          D. support his poor family ‎ ‎2. Which is true about the boy and the woman?     ‎ A. He became too shy to ask her for a drink of water.     ‎ B. She thought he was not hungry but thirsty.     ‎ C. She wanted him to pay for the glass of milk.     ‎ D. She never thought he would save her life later. ‎ ‎3. After Dr. Kelly knew who the woman was, he   .      ‎ A. began to take good care of her himself.      ‎ B. told her she once gave him a glass of milk      ‎ C. made up his mind to try his best to save her.      ‎ D. asked for her bill and paid it off at once. ‎ ‎4.What was sent to the woman’s room ?             . ‎ A. The final bill      B. Some drink            C.  Some water         D. Newspapers ‎ ‎5. The best title for this passage is       .     ‎ A. A Warm-hearted Woman                B. A Glass of Milk     ‎ C. The Final Bill                                 D. A Famous Doctor ‎ ‎(二)任务性阅读 ‎1. 选择下列词汇或短语完成下面对话，并在答题卡选择题区将相应的字母涂黑 A. allows B. In my opinion C. action D. relaxing ‎ E. people F. smoking G. interview ‎ ‎ A: What do you think of 1 who smoke?‎ ‎ B: Well, I think they should be stopped from going in all public places ‎ ‎ A: I’m afraid I don’t agree with you at all. I think 2 should be forbidden in all public places.‎ ‎ B: Why?‎ A: 3 , smoking is dangerous to your health.‎ ‎ B: I’m not really sure about that because many people enjoy smoking, and it’s way of 4 ‎ ‎ A: Smokers shorten their lives together with their parents smoked. I wonder why the government 5 the cigarettes on sale everywhere ‎ ‎2. 选择下列句子完成对话，并在答题卡选择题答题区将相应的字母涂黑 A. I didn’t know whether to save you a place or not.‎ B. Everybody is too polite ‎ C. I guess so D. Mary had a talk with me ‎ E. It’s pure maths teacher F. Don’t the students complain about it?‎ G. I think she doesn’t. I didn't tell her.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ John: Oh, hi, Fred! 6 Why are you so late?‎ ‎ Fred: 7 . She always keeps us in class until ten past ten.‎ ‎ John: Doesn’t she know that you have to get out at ten?‎ ‎ Fred: 8 But she never looks at her watch. She just keeps talking.‎ ‎ John: 9 I would say something ‎ ‎ Fred: No. 10 ‎ ‎ John: Well, you could try and talk to her.‎ ‎ Fred: Maybe.‎ Ⅳ. 解释句子，用英语解释下列句子.‎ ‎1. I like reading better than writing.‎ ‎2. To answer the question is very easy.‎ ‎3. If you don’t obey the traffic rules, you will be punished.‎ ‎4. In case I'm late, start without me.‎ ‎5. The news made me feel on top of the world.‎ Ⅴ. 写作 目前，越来越多的家长花巨资送孩子出国学习，且呈低龄化趋势。部分教育工作者和家长并不赞成这一做法。某英语报社就这一问题做了调查，并开设了专栏讨论。请你 根据所给提示，用英语写一篇短文，向该报社投稿。‎ 赞成者38%‎ 反对者62%‎ 原因 接受良好的教育，学好外语将来赚大钱 花钱太多，是在国内学习的10多倍；孩子小，在陌生的环境中容易学坏。‎ 注意：1.提示：政府应该采取措施建立各类学校以满足人们的需要；‎ ‎ 2.词数：100左右 Now more and more parents are sending their children overseas for further study, even at middle school age.‎ Lesson 22 中考英语冲刺（二二）‎ 综合练习篇 ‎【Warm up】看图说话 ‎1. ‎ ‎2. ‎ ‎3. ‎ ‎4. ‎ I. Choose the best answer.‎ ‎1. ----I knocked over my tea cup. It went right over _______ keyboard.‎ ‎ ----You shouldn’t put drinks near _________ computer.‎ ‎ A. the, / B. the, a C. a, / D. a, a ‎ ‎2. Father said such a thing ____ to happen again.‎ A. ought to be not allowed B. ought to be allowed not C. ought not to be allowed D. not ought to be allowed ‎ ‎3. ---Will you stay here for another cup of tea?‎ ‎ ---Sorry, I ________. My wife is waiting for me at home.‎ A. won’t B. needn’t C. can’t D. mustn’t ‎ ‎4. There _________ a talk show on CCTV-4 at nine this evening.‎ A. will have B. is going to be ‎ C. is going to have D. is having ‎ ‎5. Full use should be _________ time to get ahead of the enemy.‎ A. made B. made from C. made of D. made into ‎ ‎6. When he came back he was not ____ we had known twenty years before.‎ A. John B. a John C. the John D. the Johns ‎ ‎7. ----Whom are you looking for?‎ ‎ ----The woman _____ Doctor Li.‎ A. called herself B. calling herself C. who called D. we called him ‎ ‎8. ---- You forgot to wear your dark glasses when you went fishing.‎ ‎ ---- Good heavens! __________.‎ A. So did I B. I did so C. So I did D. I also did ‎ ‎9. The boy was too busy ______ his father last term.‎ A. to write to B. to hear from C. hearing from D. writing to ‎10. The policemen caught the man ________ was the escaped prisoner.‎ A. whom they thought B. they thought him C. who they thought D. that they thought him ‎11. I _______be afraid to sleep alone in my room, but now I _______ sleeping there alone.‎ A. was used to; used to B. used to; am used to C. used to; used to D. am used to; used to ‎12. ________ it is to play QQ farm on the internet!‎ A. What a fun B. How fun C. What fun D. How a fun ‎ ‎13. ----Mr Johnson asked me to remind you of the meeting this afternoon. Don’t forget it!‎ ‎ ----OK, I _________.‎ ‎ A. won’t B. don’t C. will D. can’t ‎14. I don’t suppose you know her telephone number,___________?‎ A. don’t you B. don’t I C. do you D. do I ‎15. I went to ___________him yesterday, but he wasn’t in.‎ A. call for B. call up C. call at D. call on ‎16. In ___________,when he was in ___________,he went to the south to seek his fortune.‎ A. the 1990s;his twenties B. the 1990s;the twenties C.1990s;twenties D.1990s;the twenties ‎17. —You didn’t buy an iPhone last week, did you? ‎ ‎—________. My father said he would bring me one when he came back from Japan the next week.‎ A. Yes, you did B. No, you didn’t C. Yes, I did. D. No, I didn’t ‎18. ----Do you prefer _______rather than join in the journey ?‎ ‎ ----Yes, I prefer __________to leaving for the journey.‎ A. stay; to stay B. to stay ;stay C. to stay; staying D. staying ; to stay ‎19. When asked why she was absent from yesterday’s class, she said she _____ from coming by the heavy rain.‎ ‎ A. had stopped B. had been stopped C. stopped D. was being stopped ‎ ‎20. People in Shenzhen are doing all they can _________the 2011 Universiade successfully.‎ ‎ A. to hold B. hold C. be hold D. to be held ‎21. ---Look! The telephone is broken. Someone damaged it ________ purpose.‎ ‎ ---That may be right. But perhaps it was broken _________ accident.‎ A. on; by B. by; by C. on; on D. by; on ‎22. I cannot spend ________ money on the car which is ________ expensive for me.‎ A. too much; much too B. far too; too much C. much too; too much D. too many; much too ‎ ‎23. — When shall we meet again?‎ ‎— Make it ____ you like; It’s all the same to me. ‎ A. every day B. any day C. another day D. some day ‎ ‎24. — What are you going to do this afternoon?‎ ‎ —I’ll probably go for a walk later on ____ it stays fine.‎ A. unless B. so long as C. even if D. as if ‎25. There is cooking oil left in the house. Would you go and get ?‎ ‎ A. little...any B. little...some C. a little...any D. a little...some ‎ ‎26. We a basketball match between Heat(热火队) and Bull(公牛队) at 10 tomorrow morning.‎ ‎ A. will have watched B. watch C. can watch D. will be watching ‎ ‎27. I can’t say _______ I want to see you again. It’s a year since I last saw you.‎ A. how long B. how often C. how soon D. how ‎ ‎28. He has hardly come to school ______ .‎ A. late ; late B. lately ; lately C. late ; lately D. lately ; late ‎ ‎29. “You can’t have this football back _______ you promise not to kick it at my cat again.” the old man said angrily.‎ ‎ A. because B. since C. when D. until ‎ ‎30. —Have you finished your homework?‎ ‎—No, it ______ in 10 minutes.‎ A. has been finished B. was finished C. will be finished D. finished ‎ II、CLOZE A Happiness is for everyone. You don’t need to care about those who are very 1 . ‎ Why? Because those who have big houses may often feel 2 and those who have cars want to 3 on country roads in their free time. ‎ ‎ In fact, happiness is always 4 you. When you are 5 , your friends will help you; when you study hard at your lessons, your 6 are always taking good care of your life and ‎ your 7 ; …All these are your happiness. ‎ ‎ When you are 8 , you can also say you are very happy, because you have something else that 9 can’t buy. When you meet with 10 , say loudly that you are happy, because you have more chances to challenge yourself. ‎ ‎ Take every chance you get, and you can be a happy and lucky person. ‎ ‎1. A. poor B. rich C. nice D. bad ‎2. A. serious B. unknown C. strange D. lonely ‎3. A. walk B. work C. knock D. talk ‎4. A. for B. to C. around D. about ‎5. A. in public B. in trouble C. at home D. at break ‎ ‎6. A. experts B. journalists C. parents D. inspectors ‎7. A. study B. health C. beauty D. work ‎8. A. poor B. tall C. short D. angry ‎9. A. performance B. confidence C. word D. money ‎ ‎10. A. thieves B. animals C. problems D. signs ‎ B I have visited many places: the states of Missouri, Michigan, Florida, Wisconsin, and Washington D.C. But, I think Chicago in Illinois is the 1 place. ‎ ‎　　When I come home from school, I see a beautiful 2 . A rabbit is running in the garden, a squirrel 3 in the tree, and a robin（知更鸟） is in the branches. ‎ ‎　　In the summer it gets hot, 4 not as hot as Nanjing. Autumn and spring are cool and bright. I can see flocks(群，阵) of 5 flying south for the winter. I can hear crickets（蟋蟀）in the evening, 6 during the winter, of course. ‎ ‎　　Today, when I come home, there are dry 7 leaves on the ground. ‎ ‎　　Not 8 in the world has robins, crickets, rabbits and squirrels. There's no 9 near the equator（赤道. Every place is beautiful, but this place is even more 10 . ‎ ‎1. A. biggest B. nicest C. coldest D. most expensive ‎ ‎2. A. car B. girl C. picture D. dance ‎ ‎3. A. cries B. sits C. talks D. swims ‎ ‎4. A. but B. so C. then D. or ‎ ‎5. A. tigers B. planes C. ducks D. wild birds ‎ ‎6. A. for B. except C. expect D. besides ‎ ‎7. A. green B. sweet C. fallen D. soft ‎ ‎8. A. anywhere B. somewhere C. nowhere D. everywhere ‎ ‎9. A. sun B. snow C. wind D. animals ‎ ‎10. A. clean B. warm C. beautiful D. dry Ⅲ、Reading ‎ A Do you have hard and strong bones? What can you do to keep your bones healthy?‎ ‎ Scientists say when you are still young, you should eat right food and have enough exercise for your bones. This is like putting money in the bank. Your bones can stay strong as you get older.‎ ‎ Unfortunately, most of you don’t think about your bones when you decide what to eat. You’d rather eat fast food and drink lots of soda（汽水）. You cannot get enough calcium to keep nerves（神经）, blood, and muscles healthy. When you don’t have enough calcium, your body takes calcium from your bones. That makes them weaker. ‎ ‎ Getting enough exercise is also necessary. A study found that young girls who did jumping exercise for 10 to 12 minutes, three times a week had stronger bones than those who didn’t do the exercise.‎ ‎ So support your bones when you are young, and they will support you for many years to come.‎ ‎1. Why should you eat right food and have enough exercise when young?‎ A. Because your bones aren’t strong enough.‎ B. Because you don’t do any exercise.‎ C. Because they help you to have strong bones when you get old.‎ D. Because they need money when you get old.‎ ‎2. Fast food and soda __________.‎ ‎ A. haven’t enough calcium B. are good for our blood ‎ ‎ C. are good for our bones D. haven’t any energy（能量）‎ ‎3. In the sentence “That makes them weaker.”, “that ” means __________.‎ A. nerves, blood, and muscles B. your body takes calcium from your bones C. you don’t have enough calcium D. jumping exercise ‎4. The writer means __________ by saying “…support your bones…” in the last paragraph.‎ ‎ A. giving help to your bones B. giving help to young girls ‎ C. not eating outside when young D. doing something good to your bones ‎5. After reading the passage, which of the following can help us to have stronger bones?‎ A. Putting money in the bank. B. Doing jumping exercise. ‎ C. Drinking Coca-cola every day. D. Thinking about what to eat all the time.‎ ‎  B ‎"Do you like my dress?" she asked a stranger. "My mum made it just for me," she said with tears in her eyes. "Well, I think it's very pretty, so tell me, little girl, why are you crying?" The little girl answered in a low voice, "After mum made me this dress, she went away. My dad says that she's up in heaven (天堂) now with Grandfather." Finally the woman realized why she was crying. She felt very sorry for the little girl and gently held the child in her arms. Then suddenly the little girl did something a bit strange. She stopped crying, walked back from the woman and began to sing. She sang softly. It was the sweetest sound the woman had ever ‎ heard, almost like the song of a very small bird. After the child stopped singing, she said to the lady, "My mum often sang that song to me before she went away, and she asked me to sing it whenever I started crying and it would make me stop." "See," she said loudly, "it did, and now my eyes are dry!" Just before the lady wanted to go, the girl showed her a spot (印迹) on her dress, and said, "Right here is where my mum kissed my dress, and here," pointing to another spot, "and here is another kiss, and here, and here. Mum said that she put all those kisses on my dress so that I would forget my sadness." Then the lady realized that she wasn't just looking at a dress, no, she was looking at a mother. The mother knew that she was going away and would not be there to kiss away her daughter's hurts any longer. So the mother gave all her love to her beautiful daughter and put it into this dress. Now her child was wearing it so proudly. The lady no longer saw a little girl wearing a simple dress. She saw a child wrapped (包) in her mother's love. ‎ ‎1. The little girl was crying because her mother ____.                              ‎ A. went to a big city      B. died C. went out with her grandfather            D. was ill ‎ ‎2. Who told the little girl to sing a song when she was crying?                        ‎ A. The lady.         B. Her father.        C. Her mother.       D. Her grandfather. ‎ ‎3. The little girl showed the lady ____.                                       ‎ A. how rich she was     B. her happiness C. how beautiful she was     D. her mother's love ‎ ‎4. What do we know about the lady in the passage?                                ‎ A. She was kind to the girl.                B. She was beautiful. ‎ C. She was glad to see the girl.            D. She was a careless woman. ‎ ‎5. From the story, we learn that _____.                                            ‎ A. the girl's mother went away with her love ‎ B. mother's love is the greatest in the world ‎ C. a girl should wear a dress made by her mother ‎ D. a mother should take her child with her wherever she goes Ⅳ. 解释句子 ‎1. The little boy is keen on playing chess.‎ ‎ ______________________________________________________________________‎ ‎2. I can’t let the audience down.‎ ‎ ______________________________________________________________________‎ ‎3. Can you tell me the price of your watch?‎ ‎ ______________________________________________________________________‎ ‎4. She doesn’t know what to do next.‎ ‎ ______________________________________________________________________‎ ‎5. Mr. King came to Beijing two days ago.‎ ‎ ______________________________________________________________________‎ ‎6．They didn’t go out because it rained hard.‎ ‎___________________________________________________________________‎ ‎7．We will walk there tomorrow.‎ ‎___________________________________________________________________‎ ‎8. Bobby doesn’t draw so well as his sister.‎ ‎___________________________________________________________________‎ ‎9. Millie seems to be unaware of the trouble.‎ ‎___________________________________________________________________‎ ‎10.They went into the classroom immediately. ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎11. There was nobody but Joan in the room at that time.‎ ‎________________________________________________________________.‎ ‎12. I am the same height as you.‎ ‎________________________________________________________________.‎ ‎13. How is the weather in summer here?‎ ‎________________________________________________________________.‎ ‎14. My alarm clock didn’t go off.‎ ‎________________________________________________________________.‎ ‎15. They have been away from Shenzhen for an hour.‎ ‎________________________________________________________________.‎ ‎2012年春季初三英语能力提升训练十一 一、 单项选择 ‎1. ．—What do you think of my composition?‎ ‎—It well a few spelling mistakes．‎ A．reads；except for B．read；besides C is read；except for D．is read；Besides ‎2. If city noises from increasing，people shout to be heard even at the dinner table 20 years from now．‎ A．are not kept；will have to B．are not kept；have to C．do not keep；will have to D．do not keep；have to ‎3. Tom and Mary in l998，that is to say , they for 13 years．‎ A．married；have married B．have been married；got married C．got married；have been married D．were married；have married ‎4. ____ made the school proud was ____ more than 90% of the students had been ‎ ‎ admitted to key universities.‎ ‎ A. What; because B. What; that C. That; what D. That; because ‎5. （1）The doctor did ____ he can ___ the boy.‎ ‎ A．everything what; save B．everything that; save ‎ ‎ C．all; to save D．all; save ‎ ‎（2）She had done all she could _____ the old woman.‎ A. to help B. help C. helping   D. helped ‎6. When Li Ning was running along the roof of the stadium to light the Olympic Torch，all eyes ‎ on him．‎ A．fixed B．were fixed C．had fixed D．had been fixed ‎7. The answer ____ the question proved _____ correct.‎ A. of; / B. of; is C. to; is D. to; to be ‎8. It's impossible for all the people to get jobs because of them are not fit for them.‎ ‎ A. none B. all C. not all D. every one ‎9. （1）They were so hospitable that I could not help __________ to their dinner. A. inviting B. be invited C. being invited D. to be invited ‎ ‎（2）No one can help_______ Tom; he is such a lovely boy. ‎ A. to like B. to liking C. liking D. like ‎10. See what you’ve done! Don’t you have a ________ of right or wrong? ‎ A. feeling B. thought C. sense D. knowledge ‎ ‎11. （1）Hit the shark _________ nose. ‎ A. in the B. in its C. on the D. on its ‎（2） branch fell from the tree and hit her on head in the thunderstorm.‎ ‎ A. A; the B. The; the C. A; / D. The; /‎ ‎12. On top of the books ____ the photo album you’re looking for.‎ ‎ A. is B. are C. has D. have ‎13. When people talk about the cities in France, the first _______comes into mind is Paris.‎ ‎ A. one B. ones C. that D. what ‎14. He arrived in New York in 1989, ____some time later, he became a writer. A. when    B. where   C. that    D. which ‎15. breaks the law should be punished.‎ A．Those who B．Anyone C．Who D．Whoever 二、完型填空 A I have had thousands of classes since I started school nine years ago. But only one 1_ was the most important.‎ It happened last term just after I had got a 2 result in an exam. I was sad and had ‎ lost my confidence. I decided to go to a class which can tell me how to be successful.‎ The speaker walked into the room. But he did not start talking 3 a teacher. Instead, he held up a twenty yuan note!‎ ‎"Who wants this?" he asked. Unsurprisingly, 4 of us in the class held up our hands.‎ The speaker smiled. Then he put up the note on the blackboard and asked the same question. Again, we all put up our hands. The speaker smiled again, but 5 nothing. Suddenly, he threw the note onto the floor! Then he asked the same question a third time.‎ I didn't 6 what the speaker was doing. Why was he asking the same question again and again? I didn't know what to do. I wanted the note, 7 I put my hand up again. After a while, he picked up the note and started to laugh. "You have all just told me how to become successful," He said to us with the note in his hand.‎ ‎"The note is worth twenty yuan. It is 8 worth twenty yuan, even though I throw it on the floor. You are like the note. No matter what happens to you, you still have your worth.‎ When I heard those words, I was deeply moved. Suddenly, I 9 I was worth a lot. I may have failed in an exam, but it doesn't mean I can't do well in the future. If I believe in myself, I will be 10 ! ‎ ‎1 .A. classroom B. subject C. class D. school ‎2. A. same B. good C. lucky D. bad ‎3. A. like B. for C. about D. by ‎4. A. both B. neither C. all D. none ‎5. A. said B. bought C. saw D. wanted ‎6. A. remember B. understand. G. notice D. find ‎7. A. if B. though C. so D. because ‎8. A. never B. sometimes C. hardly D. always ‎9. A. realized B. forgot C. dreamed D. decided ‎10. A. good B. successful C. happy D. healthy B Dear grandma,‎ How’s it going? I hope that grandpa is well now. I was sorry to hear that he had a 1_ last week. I hope you are in 2_ health.‎ Things are fine here. I finished my end-of-year 3_ last week, and got my report card today. I always 4_ nervous when I see the envelope 5_ school in the mail, but luckily I did OK this time. I 6_ a really hard time with science this semester, and I wasn’t surprised to find that my 7_ report was from my science teacher. She said I was lazy, which wasn’t true. It’s just that I find 8_ really difficult. Another disappointing result was in history. My history teacher said I could do better. The good news is that 9_ math teacher said I was hard-working. And my Spanish teacher said my listening was good. Well, that’s all ‎ the news I have for now. Mom and Dad 10_ their love.‎ Love,‎ Alan ‎1. A. cold B. lesson C. picnic D. party ‎2. A. pity B. poor C. bad D. good ‎3. A. exercise B. homework C. exams D. questions ‎4. A. get B. do C. take D. let ‎5. A. on B. from C. about D. in ‎6. A. made B. had C. put D. kept ‎7. A. longest B. easiest C. best D. worst ‎8. A. Chinese B. science C. P.E. D. English ‎9. A. his B. your C. my D. her ‎10. A. send B. bring C. start D. tell 三、阅读理解 A Two girls were sick in hospital. They were in the same room. One girl sat up on her bed for one and a half hours every afternoon. Her bed was next to the room’s only windows. The other girl had to spend all of her time lying on the bed. Every afternoon when the girl by the window sat up, she would describe to her roommate all the things she could see outside the window. “There is a lovely lake in the park. Ducks and swans are playing on the water while children are sailing their model boats. Young lovers are walking arm in arm around flowers of every color. Some old people are sitting on the benches and chatting happily”. As the girl described all these, the other lying on the bed would close her eyes and imagine the beautiful scene.‎ Days and weeks passed, one morning, the girl by the window died. Then the other girl moved to the bed by the window. She took her first look at the real world outside. She tried her best to find the beautiful scene, but it was just a blank wall! The girl asked the nurse why her roommate described such wonderful things outside this window. The nurse told the girl her roommate was blind and could not even see the wall.‎ ‎1. In this story, the writer talks about ______ sick girls.‎ ‎ A. one B. two C. three D. more than three ‎2. Which of the following is NOT true?‎ A. There was a park lake outside the window.‎ B. The other girl wasn’t blind.‎ C. The girl by the window died in the room.‎ D. The girl by the window couldn’t see anything.‎ ‎3. From this story we can see _________.‎ ‎ A. ducks and swans like swimming in the water.‎ ‎ B. young lovers enjoy walking arm in arm.‎ ‎ C. old people often sit on benches and talk happily.‎ ‎ D. the girl describes the scene outside the window beautifully.‎ ‎4. In the real world, there was (were)______ outside the window.‎ ‎ A. a park with a lovely lake B. just a blank wall ‎ C. many children D. many young lovers ‎5. What do you think the girl by the window was like?‎ ‎ A. Quiet and shy. B. Calm and serious. ‎ C. Outgoing and creative. D. Loving and optimistic B Bats are the only flying “animal” in the world. They can’t see very well.” As blind as a bat” is often heard. Yet they have no trouble flying on the darkest nights and finding their way round very well. How can bats fly and see at night? They fly by radar(雷达).‎ The bats radar system(系统) works the same way as the radar in ships and planes. As a bat flies through the air, he makes a sound. If the sounds hit things they come back, the bat’s ears receive the message. In this way they are able to tell the bat where the things are.‎ Bats go out for food at night. In the daytime they hang in some dark places. Some people have bats as the bad animals. In fact they are useful animals.‎ ‎1. As a bat flies through the air, he _____.‎ A. hits things B. comes back ‎ C. makes a sound D. has no radar system ‎ ‎2. The bats are _____.‎ A. friendly to people B. useful for people ‎ C. terrible D. a kind of bird ‎ ‎3. Bats have no trouble on the darkest nights because they ______.‎ A. have very good eyes B. fly with the help of a radar system ‎ C. can easily find food D. live in the darkness ‎ ‎4. You can see bats _____.‎ A. after the sun sets and before the sun rises B. in the afternoon ‎ C. at noon D. in the daytime ‎ ‎5. The main idea of the story is about _____.‎ A. a kind of animal, the bat B. a kind of bird ‎ C. the radar D. a life of a bird ‎ 四、单词拼写 ‎1. For        (世纪)there were no Olympic Games．But they were not forgotten．‎ ‎2. He was too (顽固的)to admit that he was wrong．‎ ‎3. The d_______ of the dress is wonderful indeed. I like the style. ‎ ‎4. Michael Phelps won eight gold m______ in the 2008 Olympics.‎ ‎5. I couldn’t have done it without your _____ (鼓舞).‎ ‎6. One of her a _____ is to become a doctor.‎ ‎7. None of them could offer a satisfactory e______ for their absence.‎ ‎8．The people in Japan s__________ a heavy loss (损失) when the earthquake happened.‎ ‎9．People in Europe aren’t ________ (熟悉) with Chinese music.‎ ‎10. Our teacher asked us to make p____________ for the coming final examination.‎ ‎11. As the old saying goes, practice makes p_____________.‎ ‎12. The police are looking into the c___________ in the remote village.‎ ‎13. A t___________ is a person between the ages of 13 and 19.‎ ‎14. People are looking forward to living in h___________ with nature.‎ ‎15. He is so s_________ that no one can persuade him to go there.‎ 标杆英语老师告诉你:‎ 整个世界都埋藏在你的心底，如果你知道如何观看和认识的话，那扇门就在你的面前，而钥匙就在你手中，没有任何一个人可以给你钥匙或为你打开那扇门，除了你自己之外！‎ Lesson 23 中考英语冲刺（二三）‎ 聪明≠智慧 ‎ ‎1、优等生重在平时演练，差生重在临阵磨枪。‎ ‎2、优等生按计划去生活、学习，学的时候就专心的学，玩的时候就痛快的玩。‎ ‎   差生只能按计划去玩，不能按计划去学，差生的计划没有变化快！玩的时候想学，学的时候想玩。‎ ‎3、聪明的优等生，会坚持用功。聪明的差生，却不知道努力。‎ ‎4、优等生遇到学过的知识仍然可以专心听讲，并且从多角度去学习问题。‎ ‎  差生却背着老师做别的事情，根本不听讲。‎ ‎5、优等生把成功的伟人当作自己人生的榜样。‎ ‎  差生却只记得那些经常逃学或者学习很差但也成功了的伟人。‎ ‎6、优等生会陶冶情操——通过对健康和情绪有好处的运动或欣赏音乐等活动来缓解压力。‎ ‎ 差生则玩物丧志——认为只有看电视或玩电脑游戏，才能解除压力。‎ ‎7、优等生见贤思齐——会把朋友当做自己的竞争对手，有时也会拒绝朋友去玩的邀请。‎ ‎   差生则燕朋逆师——觉得和朋友在一起玩比学习更重要，只关心与玩有关的事情。‎ ‎ 2012深圳市中考模拟试题(七)‎ ‎【Warm up】‎ I.【Vocabulary and Grammar】‎ ‎1. useful the information he gave us is!‎ ‎ A. How B. What C. What a D. What an ‎2. —Sally, could you go and help your father wash the car?‎ ‎ —Why ____________? I’m busy now. Amy is lying on the grass doing nothing.‎ ‎ A. her B. him C. I D. me ‎ ‎3. ----Would you please the TV off ? It is too noisy.‎ ‎ ----I’m sorry, there will be a basketball match between Magic and Hawks soon. I can turn it down a little , ok ?‎ ‎ A．to turn; but B．turn; but C．to turn; because D．turn; because ‎4. ----Can you tell me for the meeting yesterday?‎ ‎ ----Because I got up late and the traffic was heavy.‎ ‎ A．why were you late B．why you are late ‎ C．why are you late D．why you were late ‎5. ----Have you finished your work ?‎ ‎ ----No, not yet. I think it’ll take ten minutes.‎ ‎ A．yet; another B．yet; other C．already; another D．already; more ‎6. ----I’m sorry he didn’t tell me .‎ ‎ ----It doesn’t matter.‎ ‎ A．how to do B．what to do C．how can I do it D．how I can do ‎7. ----The film YewenⅡ is wonderful. It’s worth again.‎ ‎ ----I can’t agree more.‎ ‎ A．to see B．seeing C．to be seen D．being seen ‎8．----Can you tell the story in the four pictures your own words?‎ ‎ ----I can have a try.‎ ‎ A．by B．on C．in D．with ‎9. ----Her sister has been in America for a long time and now she the life there.‎ ‎ ----Anyway she will come back one day.‎ ‎ A．used to B．was used to C．is used to doing D．is used to ‎ ‎10. I often laugh when I see my grandma learning pop songs, but she says, “One is never old to learn’’.‎ ‎ A. too B. so C. very D. quite ‎11. ----_____ the fish ______ good enough?‎ ‎----Yes, it is delicious A. Is; tasting B. Is; tasted C. Does; tasted D. Does; taste ‎ ‎12. In this five-person game, the one who finds 　　　 hidden balls will win the last free ticket for the movie A Born Player.‎ ‎ A. many B. some C. the more D. the most ‎13. At least 300 people are using QQ ________ by Ma Huateng to chat on line.‎ A. millions; created B. million; created C. millions; creating D. million; is created ‎14. －Could you look after my daughter for me while I’m away? ‎ ‎－___________. ‎ A. It’s my pleasure B. With pleasure C. Yes, please D. You’re welcome ‎ ‎15. ---Perhaps, what I steal on the Happy Farm is not vegetables. That is "loneliness"．‎ ‎ ---______. This year "loneliness" is very popular.‎ ‎ A.I don’t think so. B. That’s a good idea.‎ ‎ C. I can’t agree with you more. D. I’m not sure if you are right.‎ Ⅱ. Cloze Each year, thousands of Chinese middle school students go to study in foreign countries such as the US, the UK, Australia and Japan.‎ ‎ “Chinese children hope very much to go 16 to get a wider view（视野）of the world,” said Chen Yi, a Chinese writer who has lived in America for 16 years. In a talk Chen told more than 300 parents and their children that life in foreign countries can be 17 for young people. “ They have to meet a culture shock and language problems.”‎ ‎ However, these are not the most difficult things. To most children, looking after themselves when studying alone in a foreign country is a big 18 .‎ ‎ Zhang Jia, a 16-year-old student began to study in a high school in Sydney, Australia last October. To his surprise, his teachers there 19 pushed students to study. And 20 there wasn’t homework. “ With these education systems（体制）, we have more 21 time and more space for thinking,” said Zhang. “ But if you don’t know how to 22 your time and money, you will not have an easy time.” Some of his friends spent their whole year’s money in the first two months of the term, and they didn’t pass their exams.‎ ‎ “Studying abroad at a young age can help students learn foreign language 23 and broaden（拓宽）their minds, but students and parents should know about the challenges,” Chen said. “ 24 you want to study abroad, try to talk to someone with 25 in foreign countries. Make sure that you are ready for it.”‎ ‎16. A. foreign B. abroad C. home D. school ‎17. A. sad B. happy C. easy D. hard ‎18. A. thing B. challenge C. difference D. change ‎19. A. ever B. hardly C. almost D. always ‎20. A. usually B. yet C. just D. never ‎21. A. busy B. safe C. boring D. free ‎22. A. have B. plan C. use D. take ‎23. A. happily B. quickly C. carefully D. exactly ‎24. A. Though B. Whether C. Unless D. If ‎25. A. confidence B. knowledge C. information D. experience Ⅲ.【Reading】 ‎ A After a serious earthquake happened, a father left his wife safely at home and rushed to his son’s school, only to find that the building where his son studied had collapsed and looked like a pancake.‎ He was shocked. He didn’t know what he should do for a while, then he remembered the words he had said to his son, “No matter what happens, I’ll always be there for you! ”And tears began to fill his eyes. He started digging through the ruins (废墟).‎ As he was digging, other helpless parents and the firemen arrived and tried to pull him off the ruins, saying, “It’s too late! They’re all dead! There’s nothing you can do! ” To them he replied with one line, “Are you going to help me now? ” And then he kept on digging.‎ No one helped, however. He went on alone because he needed to know for himself: “Is my boy alive or is he dead? ” He dug for eight hours. . . 12 hours. . . 24 hours. . . 36 hours. . . then, in the 39th hour, he pulled back a rock and heard his son’s words. He shouted his son’s name, “ARMAND! ” He heard back, “Dad!?! It’s me, Dad! I told the other kids not to worry. I told them that if you were alive, you’d save me and when you saved me, they’d be saved. You promised, ‘No matter what happens, I’ll always be there for you!’ You did it, Dad! ”‎ ‎“What’s going on in there? How is it? ” the father asked.‎ ‎“There are 14 of us left out of 33, Dad. We’re frightened, hungry, thirsty and thankful you’re here. When the building fell down, it made a triangle (三角) , and it saved us. ”‎ ‎“Come out, boy! ”‎ ‎“No, Dad! Let the other kids out first, because I know you’ll get me! No matter what happens, I know you’ll always be there for me! ”‎ ‎26. The underlined word “collapsed” probably means “ ”.‎ A. break down B. shake away C. stand by D. fall into ‎27. Who came to help the father when he was digging?‎ A. His wife. B. Other parents. C. The firemen. D. No one. ‎ ‎28. Other parents and the firemen wanted to pull him off the ruins because they thought .‎ A. he was mad B. all the children had died in the earthquake C. he was too dangerous to others D. it was not his job to dig ‎29. How many students were already dead when the father found them in the ruins?‎ A. Fourteen. B. Thirty-three. C. Forty-seven. D. Nineteen.‎ ‎30. We can learn from the passage that .‎ A. it took the father one day to find his son and other students B. his wife died in the earthquake C. his son was the last one to come out of the ruins D. the son didn’t believe his father would come to save him ‎ B ‎ Idioms are phrases and sentences that do not mean exactly what they say. Even if you know the meaning of each word you see or hear, you may not understand the idiom because you don’t understand the culture behind it.‎ ‎ For example, if an American boy asks his mother what’s for dinner tomorrow, she may say “I’ll play it by ear”, that means she doesn’t have plans for dinner and she will decide later. “Play by ear” used to mean playing music using the sheet music, but now people often use it when they’re not talking about music.‎ ‎ There’re many idioms in English. If you learn to use them, your English will be more vivid and colorful. English idioms are more common in spoken English. They can be difficult to remember sometimes. Next time when you hear somebody saying to you, “Give me a hand”, you don’t necessarily stretch out your hand to him/her, but you do need to be helpful. And when the situation is out of hand, you usually can do very little to manage all that. What about a green hand? It’s not about the color of your hand! You’re a green hand when you are very new at your work and don’t have much experience. If you and your partner always work together hand in glove, you two definitely work together very well.‎ ‎ Can you guess the meanings of some common English idioms to do with parts of your body?‎ ‎31. An idiom is _______.‎ A. a phrase or a sentence that means exactly what the words say B. a phrase or a sentence that doesn’t mean exactly what every word says C. so difficult that nobody can understand D. something to do with parts of your body ‎32. If a mother says “I’ll play it by ear” to talk about the dinner, she means _______.‎ A. she will cook dinner while listening to music at the same time B. she doesn’t hear what others are talking about.‎ C. she will play music using the sheet music instead of cooking dinner D. She doesn’t have plans for dinner and will decide later ‎33. When one says “Can you give me a hand?”, he means _______.‎ A. he needs to hold your hand. B. he works well with you C. he needs your help D. he is a new comer and can’t help with the situation ‎ ‎34. Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?‎ A. People use English idioms more in spoken English than in written English.‎ B. To understand the culture behind an idiom is important in understanding the idiom.‎ C. Idioms make your English more vivid and colorful so they are easy to remember.‎ D. You may not understand an idiom even though you know the meaning of each word.‎ ‎35. Here are 4 common English idioms to do with parts of your body and their meanings. Can you match them? ‎ ‎1) to learn something by heart a. to depend on oneself ‎2) to have sticky fingers b. to know something very well ‎3) to stand on one’s own feet c. to do something secretly ‎ ‎4) to go behind someone’s back d. to have the habit of stealing A. badc B. bdac C. cbad D.cdba ‎ C I had just gone to bed after a very hard day when the phone rang. It was an eccentric(怪僻的) farmer. I had never met him before although I had often heard people talk about him. He sounded quite nervous and he had been talking for a minute or so before I understood anything. Even then all I could make out was that someone called Millie had a very bad accident. I had no idea who she was but I obviously had to go. ‎ ‎ It had been snowing heavily that day and I didn’t know the way. I had been driving for at least an hour when I finally found his place. He was standing there, waiting for me. It seemed Millie had died, “She meant more to me than anyone …even my own wife!” he said. I could see that he had been crying. I thought something terrible had taken place, a possible scandal(丑闻).I was even more shocked when he told me he had put her in the barn(厩). “I wouldn’t leave her out in the cold!” he said.‎ ‎ Millie had clearly been a secret lover of his. I was about to tell him he could not expect me to cover anything up when he opened the barn door. He lifted his candle and I saw a dark figure on the ground. “She was such a good cow! I wouldn’t let anyone but a doctor touch her!” he said, and burst into tears again.‎ ‎ 36.The underlined phrase make out in the first paragraph means .‎ ‎ A．expect B．understand C．see D．hear clearly ‎ ‎ 37.Before he arrived at the farmer’s, the writer expected to see Millie lying .‎ ‎ A．on the ground of a barn B．on the floor of a room ‎ ‎ C．in bed in a room D．in bed in a barn ‎ ‎ 38.What do we know about Millie from the story?‎ ‎ A．She had met with an accident B．She had caused a scandal ‎ C．She was a secret lover of the farmer D．She was hidden somewhere ‎ ‎ 39.The farmer wished that the writer might .‎ ‎ A．look into the matter B．bring Millie back to life ‎ ‎ C．free him from a scandal D．keep the whole thing a secret ‎ ‎ 40.The person who told the story is probably a .‎ A．dentist B．policeman C．country doctor D．newspaper reporter D In front of my daughter Shelly，was a bowl filled with cabbage．She hated cabbage. She only sat there in silence with tears in her eyes.‎ ‎ “Shelly，my dear，why don’t you eat a little? Your mom will shout at me.”‎ ‎ Shelly wiped her tears with the back of her hand.‎ ‎ “OK，Dad．I will eat，just a little.” Then Shelly said，“Dad，if I eat it all，will you give me what I want?”‎ ‎ “Yes．”‎ ‎ Slowly she began to eat. It took her almost half an hour to finish the food. Then she came up to me and said，“Dad，I want to have my head shaved(刮，剃)!”‎ ‎ “Shelly，why don’t you ask for something else? If we see you with a clean-shaven head，we will feel sad，” I said．‎ ‎ “But Dad，you promised! Now you are going back on your words.”‎ ‎ I had to keep my promise．Shelly had all her hair cut off. She looked beautiful.‎ ‎ On Monday morning，I took Shelly to school． Just when I arrived，a boy got out of a car and shouted，“Shelly，please wait for me!” ‎ ‎ Guess what? The boy had no hair，either．‎ ‎ “Sir，your daughter is great!” a man got out of the car and said，“This boy is my son，Harish．He has cancer．He lost his hair when he got ill．Shelly cut hers off so Harish felt less different. She is a special girl．”‎ ‎ I stood for a while，“My little daughter，you teach me how selfless real love is!”‎ ‎41．How did Harish come to school on Monday morning?‎ ‎ A．By bike B．In a car C．On foot D．By bus ‎42．The underlined phrase “keep my promise” most probably means ．‎ ‎ A．不守信用 B．出尔反尔 C．信守诺言 D．言不由衷 ‎43．Shelly before she ate her meal． ‎ ‎ A．argued with her father B．felt unhappy ‎ C．cut off her hair D．shouted at her dad ‎44．In order to get what she wanted，Shelly ate at last．‎ ‎ A．all the food in the bowl B．everything except the cabbage ‎ C．just a little of the cabbage D．much more than she could eat ‎45．By cutting off her hair，Shelly ．‎ ‎ A．tried to look special and beautiful B．hoped to become more fashionable ‎ C．wanted to tell people she was selfless D．showed her care and love for Harish ‎ E There was once an opening test in the CIA for a high position. These positions are quite difficult to fill. At last only three most promising candidates (候选人) left. The day came for the final test, which would find out whoever can complete their assignments (任务，工作) at any circumstance (在任何情况下).‎ ‎ The final candidates consisted of two men and one woman. The first candidate, a man, was taken to a closed door and handed a gun. The CIA man said “Inside this room you will find ‎ your wife, seated in a chair. Take this gun and kill her.” The man, looking completely shocked said, “You can’t be serious! I could never kill my wife.” The CIA man said, “Well, then, you’re not the man for the job. Take your wife and go home.” They brought the other man in, and repeated the words. This man took the gun, walked into the room and closed the door. However, after five minutes of silence, the door opened and the man handed the CIA tester the gun, saying, “I just couldn’t do it. I couldn’t kill my wife.” The CIA man said, “Well, then, you’re obviously not the man for the job. Take your wife and go home.” ‎ ‎ Then they brought the woman to the door, handed her a gun, and said, “Inside this room you will find your husband, seated in a chair. Take this gun and kill him.” The woman took the gun, walked into the room, and before the door closed all the way, the CIA men heard the gun start firing. One shot after another, for thirteen shots, the noise continued. For the next several minutes, the men heard screaming, furniture crashing and banging on the walls. Then the door opened slowly and there stood the woman. She wiped the sweat and said, “You guys didn’t tell me the gun was loaded with blanks! I had to beat him to death with the chair!”‎ ‎ 46. Why did the CIA hold the last test?‎ ‎ A．They wanted to know if they are clever enough.‎ ‎ B．They wanted to choose the best one for the job.‎ ‎ C．They wanted them to kill their wife or husband. ‎ ‎ D．They wanted to know who could complete their work at any circumstance.‎ ‎ 47. The three candidates left were .‎ ‎ A．the most probable people to get the position ‎ ‎ B．less likely to get the job ‎ C．excited to know they were selected ‎ ‎ D．sorry to have been given the chance ‎ ‎ 48.The first man .‎ ‎ A．walked into the room and killed his wife ‎ ‎ B．walked into the room but didn’t kill his wife ‎ C．even didn’t walk into the room ‎ D．didn’t come for the test ‎ 49.The woman candidate .‎ ‎ A．didn’t dare to kill her husband ‎ ‎ B．killed her husband with the gun given by the CIA ‎ C．killed her husband with a chair ‎ ‎ D．knew it was only a test ‎ 50.The CIA man loaded the gun with blanks because .‎ ‎ A．they just wanted to have a test ‎ ‎ B．they made a mistake ‎ ‎ C．they wanted to make fun with the candidates ‎ D．they knew the candidates wouldn’t kill anyone ‎(二)任务性阅读 A．选择下列词汇或短语完成下面对话。将正确的字母填入空白处。‎ A. Many B. problems C. solve D. difficulty E. interested F. weak ‎ S1: Hello, Nancy, how are you getting on with your study?‎ ‎ S2: Not too good. I am having a few 51 studying for my exams.‎ ‎ S1: Really? Do you have any 52 doing your homework?‎ ‎ S2: Yeah. It is not easy for me to 53 the science problem alone.‎ ‎ S1: Well. I know you are 54 in it. But I can give you a hand.‎ ‎ S2: 55 thanks to you! ‎ ‎ S1: You are welcome.‎ ‎ B．选择下列词汇或短语完成下面对话。将正确的字母填入空白处。‎ A. I’m fully ready for it B. Sorry, I can’t find any dress right for the interview.‎ C. They asked me to have the interview this Sunday.‎ D. Yeah, but I am not sure of it. ‎ E.I will get prepared for it.‎ F. You reminded me of her blue blouse.‎ G. Yes, and it's a great job!‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ Philip=P Linda=L ‎ P: Hi Linda. I hear you may get a part-time job during the summer holiday.‎ ‎ L: 56 ‎ ‎ P: Really? What problems?‎ ‎ L: 57 ‎ ‎ P: Don’t worry! Be confident!‎ ‎ L: 58 ‎ ‎ P: And remember to be well-dressed ‎ ‎ L: 59 ‎ ‎ P: Why not borrow a blouse from Debbie?‎ ‎ L: 60 ‎ ‎ P: I am sure you can impress them with your good behaviors.‎ ‎ L: Thank you very much.‎ Ⅳ. 解释句子，用英语解释下列句子.‎ ‎61．What is the weather like in Shenzhen today?‎ ‎ ‎ ‎62．The phone was dead.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎63．It’s a hot potato for me to deal with.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎64．It is none of your business!‎ ‎ ‎ ‎65．He is a small potato and no one notices him..‎ ‎ ‎ Ⅴ. 写作 今年中国一些大城市响应WWF（世界自然基金会）“地球一小时”的倡议在3月28日晚8点30分到9点30分，关灯一小时，目的是为了保护地球，节约能源。假设你是志愿者David, 现在正在志愿者协会组织的“地球一小时”活动现场。下面是你和围观的学生们的对话。‎ Student 1: Excuse me, may I ask you some questions, please?‎ ‎ David: Of course.‎ Student 1: What is “Earth Hour”?‎ ‎ David: Oh. it is a kind of activity. If we turn off the lights for only an hour, it will save a lot of energy.‎ Student 1: But there is too much electricity on the earth.‎ ‎ David: Really? We are short of different kinds of energy all the time.‎ Student 1: Sorry, is it useful to turn off the lights for just one hour?‎ ‎ David: The activity wants to tell us to save energy.‎ Student 2: How can we save energy and protect the environment?‎ ‎ David: Very easy. Remember to reduce the pollution and try to use recycling paper.‎ Student 2: But there are too many cars in the street and too much waste air.‎ ‎ David: So we’d better go by bus, by bike or on foot when we want to go out.‎ Student 3: What should we do to save energy?‎ Dear schoolmates，‎ ‎ On March 28th,2009,the cities in our country took 66 in Earth Hour from half past ‎ eight to half past nine. As we know, even the simplest activities can make a real difference to the environment. Please remember to reduce the 67 and use the recycled paper. When you want to go out, Please try to walk or take the bus. You also can ride a bike. When you are not at home, Please make 68 to turn off the lights and the computer 69 you can save energy. You should save the water and try not to use water. It is better to collect the reusable waste and sell it for recycling. The more we do, the 70 our earth will be. ‎ We hope you and your family can join us.‎ Students’ Union ‎ ‎ A．现在请你根据上面的对话，以学生会名义写一份倡议书，呼吁更多的人与家庭参与到这个活动中。‎ ‎ B．你对“地球一小时”这个活动是如何看待的。请用60-80字左右的短文简单阐述一下你的观点。‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ Lesson 24 中考英语冲刺（二四）‎ 综合练习篇 ‎1. Q: What will you do if a man-eating tiger is running after you? ‎ ‎ A: Nothing. Because I'm a woman. ‎ 2. Q: A policeman saw a truck driver going the wrong way down a one-way street, but didn't give him a ticket. Why? ‎ ‎ A: Because the truck driver was walking. ‎ ‎3. Q: When do you go as fast as a racing car? ‎ ‎ A: When you are in it. ‎ ‎4. Q: What animal eats and drinks with its tail? ‎ ‎ A: All do. No animal takes off its tail when eating and drinking.‎ ‎5. Q: What animal is it that has four legs a tail and flies? A: A dead horse! ‎ ‎【Warm up】Have Fun ‎ ‎ I. Choose the best answer.‎ ‎1. － How about talent show?‎ ‎ － I should say it was great success．‎ ‎ A. a，the B. the，a Ｃ. /，the D. the，/． ‎ ‎2. Three days later, he ____ a new plan to open up a new lab.‎ A. caught up with B. ended up with C. kept up with D. came up with ‎ ‎3. —You’d better hurry, or we’ll be late for the plane.‎ ‎ —Don’t worry. The plane will in two hours.‎ A. take in B. take away C. take off D. take out ‎ ‎4. —Is this kind of palmtop useful? —Sure, it storing many things.‎ A. is used to B. is used for C. is used D. is used with ‎5. —We should make a contribution to the environment.‎ ‎ —I agree with you. More and more trees need ‎ A. protecting; to plant B. protect; planting C. protecting; to be planted D. protect; to plant ‎ ‎6. —What a special machine!‎ ‎ —I think so. It five different parts and it plastic and metal.‎ A. is made of; is made from B. is made up of; is made of C. is made up of; is made from D. is made from; is made of ‎ ‎7. —You haven’t lost the ticket, have you?‎ ‎— ______. I know it’s not easy to get another one at the moment.‎ A. I hope not B. Yes, I have C. I hope so D. Yes, I’m afraid so ‎8. The teacher, with 6 girls and 8 boys of her class, _____ visiting a museum when the ‎ earthquake struck. ‎ A. are B. were C. is D. was ‎ ‎9. When I met my friend at the train station, he ______, So we only had time for a few words.‎ ‎ A. was just leaving B. has just left C. had just left D. just left ‎10. —Which of the three ways shall I take to Exhibition Center? ‎ ‎  —______ way as you please.‎ ‎ A. Each B. Every C. Any D. Either ‎11. If you had ______your test paper more carefully before handing it in, you would have made ‎ mistakes.‎ ‎ A. looked up; little   B. thought about; few    C. gone over; fewer   D. gone through; less ‎12. —Go for a picnic this weekend, OK?‎ ‎— ______ . I love getting close to nature.‎ A. I couldn’t agree more B. I’m afraid not C. I believe not D. I don’t think so ‎ ‎13. You can take anything from the shelf and read, but please _____ the books when you’ve finished with them. ‎ ‎ A. put on B. put down C. put back D. put off ‎14. The number of people present at the concert was ______ than expected. There were many tickets left.‎ A. much smaller B. much more C. much larger D. many more ‎15. The cock _______ the egg was _______ by him.‎ ‎ A. lay; laid B. lied; lain C. lied; laid D. lay; lain ‎16. Parents are taught to understand ______ important education is to their children’s future.‎ A. what B. how C. such D. so ‎17. _____ you call me to say you’ re not coming, I’ll wait for you at the theatre.‎ A. Though B. Whether C. Until D. Unless ‎18. Tina learnt to ride a bike by herself, but her twin sister _____by their father.‎ A. were taught B. taught C. is taught D. was taught ‎19. You should understand the math problem now, you have had it ________three times.‎ A. explaining B. to explain C. explain D. explained ‎20. — The window is dirty.‎ ‎  — I know. It _____ for weeks.‎ A. hasn’t cleaned B. didn’t clean C. wasn’t cleaned D. hasn’t been cleaned ‎21. Do you remember the report about the teacher _____ was read by our monitor last week?‎ ‎ A. which B. / C. whom D. who ‎22. － If he free，he me．‎ ‎ － Unluckily he is busy．‎ A. is, will help B. were, will help C. was, would help D. were, would help ‎ ‎23. By the time I home，I realized I my umbrella in the shop．‎ ‎ A. Ggot, left B. arrived at, forgot C. got to, had forgotten D. arrived, had left ‎ ‎24. Last Spring Festival, many people still took the high-speed train home ___ it was expensive 　　A. if                 B. because              C. though                D. when ‎25. Turn on the television or open a magazine and you ______ a lot of advertisements.‎ A. will often see B. often see C. are often seeing D. have often seen ‎26. “ Can I look at the menu for a few more minutes before I decide?”‎ ‎ “of course. ______,sir.”‎ ‎ A. make yourself at home B. enjoy yourself ‎ C. It doesn’t matter D. take your time ‎27. There ____ a parent meeting in Bond about the entrance examination_____ the evening of May 27th．‎ A．will have, in B．will have, on C．will be, in D．will be, on ‎28. ______ students are required to take part in the boat race. .‎ A. Ten strong young Chinese B. Ten Chinese strong young ‎ C. Chinese ten young strong D. Young strong ten Chinese ‎29. —What do you want to do next? We have half an hour until the basketball game.‎ ‎ —_____. Whatever you want to do is fine with me.‎ A. It just depends B. It’s up to you C. All right D. Glad to hear that ‎30. Because the shop _____, all the T-shirts are sold at half price.‎ ‎ A. has closed down B. closed down C. is closing down D. had closed down II、CLOZE What do you think of stress? Is it a good thing or a bad thing?‎ ‎ Most of the students think stress can do harm 1 them in some ways. There’s a story about a teenager in a middle school. He even 2 his study because of the stress from school and family. We also usually _3 that someone turns to psychological(心理的) doctors because of heavy working stress. There is no doubt that some people think stress is a dangerous wolf.‎ ‎ On the other hand, other people argue that stress is not a bad thing. They 4 stress can produce momentum(动力) in the end. For them, right attitude and action can reduce stress and make it 5 . When l was a child, my mom always pushed me to study hard. She wished I could go to an ideal 6 for further education. I experienced stress for the first time. Born to a poor family, I deeply knew 7 was not easy for us, and everything my mom did to me was just to hope I could live a better life in the future. 8 the saying goes, "No pains, no gains." So I did what my mom expected because I didn’t want to let her down. At last, I did measure up(达到标准) to my mom’s expectation and go to college 9 .Thanks to my mom’s push! Thanks to the stress! In this way, I don’t think stress is a bad thing.‎ ‎ Overall, stress is not a bad thing in 10 . The key is how we deal with it.‎ ‎1. A. for B. in C. to D. of ‎2. A. gave up B. showed off C. began with D. cheered for ‎3. A. wonder B. decide C. promise D. hear ‎4. A. doubt B. believe C. disagree D. forget ‎5. A. useful B. difficult C. strange D. terrible ‎6. A. company B. college C. factory D. farm ‎7. A. life B. spirit C. opinion D. silence ‎8. A. Then B. But C. As D. Or ‎9. A. quietly B .wildly C. specially D. successfully ‎10. A. himself B. itself C. herself D. myself Ⅲ、Reading ‎ A Different Job Choices ‎ Many students have already had clear ideas about what jobs they would like to have in the future．We believe boys’ choices are different from girls’．To find out how different their choices are，we made a survey in Green High School．The following chart shows the results of the survey．‎ ‎1．The chart shows the results of job choices in Green High School．‎ ‎ A．the teachers’ B．the boy students’‎ ‎ C．the girl students’ D．both B and C ‎2．About 45% of the girls would like to be in the future． ‎ ‎ A．bank clerks B．reporters C．scientists D．teachers ‎3．About of the boys want to be teachers． ‎ ‎ A．5% B．15% C．30% D．45%‎ ‎4．The number of the girls want to be scientists．‎ ‎ A．small B．large C．largest D．smallest ‎5．Which of the following sentences is RIGHT? ‎ ‎ A．Boys would like to be reporters most．‎ ‎ B．Boys would like to be bank clerks more than girls．‎ ‎ C．Girls would like to be managers most．‎ ‎ D．Girls would like to be reporters more than boys．‎ ‎  B It was Monday. Mrs. Smith’s dog was hungry, but there was not any meat in the house. Considering that there was no better way, Mrs. Smith took a piece of paper, and wrote the following words on it, “Give my dog half a pound of meat.”. Then she gave the paper to her dog and said gently, “Take this to the butcher(a person whose job is selling meat), and he’s going to give you your lunch today.” Holding the piece of paper in its mouth, the dog ran to the butcher’s. It gave the paper to the butcher. The butcher read it carefully, recognized that it was really the lady’s handwriting and soon did it as he was asked to. The dog was very happy, and ate the meat up at once. 　　At noon, the dog came to the shop again. It gave the butcher a piece of paper again. After reading it, he gave it half a pound of meat once more. 　　The next day, the dog came again exactly at noon. And as usual, it brought a piece of paper in the mouth. This time, the butcher did not take a look at paper, and gave the dog its meat, for he had regarded the dog as one of his customers (people who buy sth. from a shop). 　　But, the dog came again at four o’clock. And the same thing happened once again. To the butcher’s more surprise, it came for the third time at six o’clock, and brought with it a third piece of paper. The butcher felt a bit puzzled（迷惑的）. He said to himself, “This is a small ‎ dog. Why does Mrs Smith give it so much meat to eat today?” 　　Looking at the piece of paper, he found that there were not any words on it! 1. Mrs. Smith treated her little dog quite_________. 　　 A. cruelly 　 　B. fairly 　 　C. kindly 　D. honestly 2. From its experience, the dog found that ________. 　　 A. only the paper with Mrs. Smith’s words in it could bring it meat 　　 B. the butcher would give the meat to it whenever he saw it 　　 C. Mrs. Smith would pay for the meat it got from the butcher 　　 D. a piece of paper could bring it half a pound of meat 3. At the end of the story, you’ll find that _______. 　　A. the dog was clever enough to write on the paper 　 B. the dog dared not go to the butcher’s any more 　 C. the butcher was told not to give any meat to the dog 　 D. the butcher found himself cheated(act in a way that is not honest)by the clever animal C Mr. Green was in trouble those days. He drove a car for Mr. White, a rich businessman. He worked hard and the shopkeeper liked him. But he couldn’t work when he drank too much. And once he almost fell into the river when he drove along the bridge. Mr. White became angry and was going to send him away.‎ He had a big family and was afraid of it and promised he would stop drinking at once. The man told him to wait to be dealt with.‎ One Monday morning Mr. Green came into the office with two badly burned ears.‎ ‎“ What happened to your ears?” asked Mr. White.‎ ‎ “ Well,” said the man. “ I went to watch a football match yesterday while my wife was ironing (熨) clothes. She had put the iron (熨斗) near the telephone before she went to cook supper. Our team lost the game and I felt sorry for it. As soon as I went in the sitting-room, the phone rang and I answered the iron!”‎ ‎“ And what happened to the other ear?”‎ ‎“ When I put the iron down on the table, the telephone rang again!’‎ ‎1. ______, so he almost drove the car into the river.‎ A. Mr. Green was not careful B. Mr. Green drank too much C. Mr. Green forgot they were on the bridge D. Mr. Green couldn’t work in the evening ‎2. When did Mr. Green go to watch the football match?‎ A. On Monday B. On Tuesday C. On Saturday D. On Sunday ‎3. We can guess_______‎ A. Mr. Green drank too much after the match B. Mr. Green was angry with his team C. Mr. Green didn’t drink those days D. Mr. Green watched the match in his office ‎4. What badly burned Mr. Green’s ears?‎ A. The telephone B. The drinking C. The iron D. The irons ‎5. What would happen to Mr. Green?‎ A. He would go on driving for Mr. White B. He would join his football team C. He would never watch any matches D. Mr. White would send him away Ⅳ. 解释句子 ‎1．I’m as dry as a bone.‎ ‎ .‎ ‎2．It’s three years since we came to this school.‎ ‎ .‎ ‎3．Mary speaks English best in her class.‎ ‎ .‎ ‎4．It’s very kind of you to help me with my science.‎ ‎ .‎ ‎5．Bike is short for bicycle.‎ ‎ .‎ ‎6．I was burning the earth in the 100-meter race.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎7．We should save every drop of water. It is important.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎8．He is as blind as a bat.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎9．They are as different as chalk and cheese.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎10．I nearly fell off my chair when I heard this.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎11. What is he?‎ ‎ ‎ ‎12. What is he like?‎ ‎ ‎ ‎13. What is the size of your room?‎ ‎ ‎ ‎14. The man and the woman tied the knot last month.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎15. I am jumping out of my skin.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎16. He disappeared in the blink of an eye.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎17. You’ve pissed me off!‎ ‎ ‎ ‎18. The little girl is from Big Apple.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎19. Mr. Smith takes his daughter as an apple of his eye.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎20. You need to speak more because practice makes perfect.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎21. I had my hands full.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎22. To argue with him is beating the air.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎23. Don’t make friends with him. He is a bad egg.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎24. My parents went up in the air when they saw the dirty room.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎25. He couldn’t carry it because he was a bag of bones.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎2012年春季初三英语能力提升训练十二 一、 单项选择 ‎1. Please take the precious glass there with ________ great care. I don't want it to be broken. 　　A. a                 B. an                   C. the                D. / ‎ ‎2. ---I’m very sorry, but the manager isn’t here yet. Shall I have her call you when she gets in ? ‎ ‎ ---No, I’ll call back. If I call again in an hour, do you think she ______?‎ A. had arrived B. has arrived C. will arrive D. will have arrived ‎3. In our factory there are 2,000 workers, and two thirds of _____ are women.‎ A. which B. them C. whom D. who ‎4. Please remind me he said he was going . I may be in time to see him off .‎ ‎ A where B when C how D what ‎5. 一Why did you turn off your alarm clock?‎ ‎ 一 get up early．‎ ‎ A．In order to not B．In order don’t C．In order not to D．In order to ‎6. The girl is fond of her friend ______ he is just a dog.‎ A. until B. as if C. even though D. unless ‎7. I got 4 and A+ in the entrance examination.‎ A．A; an B. “A”s; an C. “A”es; a D. A’s; an ‎8. I thought her nice and honest I met you .‎ A. on the first time B. the first time C. for the first time D. by the first time ‎9. ______ made his teacher unhappy.‎ A. Tom came late B. Tom’s came late C. Tom’s late D. Tom’s coming late ‎10. Where was this big egg_____?‎ A. lied B. lain C. laid D. lay ‎11. If you had spoken clearly you would ‎ A. have been understood B. have understood ‎ C. be understood D. understand it ‎12. —Shall we go outing this weekend? —Oh, with all this work __________,I don’t know if I’ll have time to go out. A. do B. doing C. to do D. done ‎ ‎13. He lives in a wealthy family with a magnificent art________, and he is very generous. 　　A. congress             B. competition         C. collection        D. conversation ‎14. The king _______himself from a leaning tree.‎ A. hung B. hanged C. hunged D. hang ‎15. He watched the game with a ______look.‎ A. surprising B. surprised C. surprise D. surprises 二、完型填空 It was the day of the final examination in a famous university. On the steps of one building, a group of engineering seniors gathered , discussing the exam due to begin in a few 1 . On their faces was confidence (a calm , unworried feeling). This was their last exam before graduation and 2 .‎ Some talked of jobs they already had ; others talked of jobs they 3 get . With the certainty of four years of college , they felt ready and able to take 4 of the word .‎ The coming exam , they knew , would be a(n) 5 task . The professor had said they could bring 6 book or note they wanted , requesting only that they not 7 each other during the test . 8 they came into the classroom . The professor passed out the papers . And smiles 9 on the students’ faces as they noted there were only easy questions .‎ Three hours passed before the professor began to collect the papers . The students no longer looked 10 . On their faces was an expression of uncertainty . Papers in hand , no one spoke as the professor faced the class .‎ He looked at the 11 faces before him , and then asked , “How many completed all the five questions ?” But the class 12 .‎ ‎“How many answered four ?” Still no hands .‎ ‎“Three ?Two ?” The students moved restlessly in their seats .‎ ‎“One , then ?”Certainly somebody finished one .”But the class 13 silent .‎ The professor put down the papers . “That’s exactly what I 14 ,”he said , “I just want to impress upon you that 15 you have completed four years of engineering , there are still many things about the 16 you don’t know . These questions you couldn’t answer are relatively 17 in everyday practice .” Then , smiling . he added , “You will all 18 this course , but remember – even though you are now college graduates , your education has just 19 .”‎ As time goes by , people are beginning to 20 the name of this professor ,but not the lesson he taught .‎ ‎1. A days B hours C minutes D months ‎2. A education B discussion C interviews D jobs ‎3. A used to B had to C must D would ‎4. A control B hold C charge D place ‎5. A unusual B easy C hard D necessary ‎6. A all B neither C any D no ‎7. A look at B listen to C refer to D talk with ‎8. A Nervously B Quickly C Curiously D Joyfully ‎9. A appeared B changed C froze D stopped ‎10. A excited B serious C confident D anxious ‎11. A surprised B worried C moved D pleased ‎12. A put down B risen C taken on D raised ‎13. A remained B became C sounded D turned ‎14. A hated B enjoyed C expected D wondered ‎15. A now that B even though C as though D every time ‎16. A project B examination C question D subject ‎17. A difficult B strange C common D valuable ‎18. A fail B take C pass D start ‎19. A completed B succeeded C failed D begun ‎20. A remember B forget C record D remind 三、阅读理解 A How much pocket money do you get from your parents every month—200 yuan? Some may need more to buy birthday presents, fast food lunches, ice cream or cartoon books.‎ But for Zhou Li, 30 yuan a month is enough. The only thing she buys is lunch—1.5 yuan each day. “My favorite is fried potato slices and rice,” said Zhou, “Meat is too expensive for me.”‎ Zhou, 14, is a Junior 1 student at Hongzhi Experimental School in Beijing. Her parents are migrant workers (外来务工人员). They came to Beijing from a village in Luohe of Henan two years ago. Her father now works as a cleaner and earns 500 yuan every month. Her mother has no job.‎ Every day, Zhou gets up at 5: 30 a.m. and rides 20 minutes to school. She studies hard, and even reads books during breaktime. Her favorite subject is computer. “I’m learning typing （打字）now. I hope to be the fastest in my class.” said Zhou. Like many teens, Zhou has a lot of homework. It usually takes her at least one hour to do it every day. But that is not all her work. She helps her mom cook. On weekends, she helps wash clothes. “I could cook when I was eight. Father said sometimes I cooked better than mom!”‎ Zhou said she wanted to be a doctor when she grew up. “I watched TV and found that there were many people with AIDS in Henan. Some are kids. They need help.” said Zhou. But she is afraid of having to leave school. “I hope I will always be in school,” said Zhou. “Dad works hard to make money. I promise him I will study hard to be a good student at present and a good doctor in the future.”‎ ‎1.Zhou Li came to Beijing from _____. ‎ A. Hunan B. Liaoning C. Henan D. Hongzhi ‎2.Which of the following is TRUE?‎ A. The girl’s parents are both cleaners.‎ B. Her parents gave her 30 yuan to buy books.‎ C. She goes to school by bike.‎ D. Now she types fastest in her class.‎ ‎3.Zhou Li spends _____ on her homework every day.‎ A.20 minutes B. at least one hour C. half an hour D. two hours ‎4.Her wish is to be a doctor because _____.‎ A. she wants to help the people with SARS B. she wants to help the people with AIDS C. she wants to make her parents healthier D. she wants to help the poor kids ‎5.The best title of the passage should be “_____”.‎ A.A Girl from a Beijing B.A Hard but Hopeful Life C. How to Spend Pocket Money D.A Girl’s School Life B Hundreds of years ago, a Roman army came north from England to make war on Scotland. The Scots, a brave people, loved their country very much. They fought hard to drive the enemy out of Scotland, but there were too many Romans. It looked as if the Romans would win.‎ ‎ One night, the leader of Scots marched his soldiers to the top of a hill. "We will rest here tonight, my men.” he said. Tomorrow we will fight one more battle. We must win or we will die."‎ ‎ They were all very tired, so they ate their supper quickly and fell asleep. There were four guards on duty, but they, too, were very tired, and one by one, also fell asleep.‎ ‎ The Romans were not asleep. Quickly they gathered at the foot of the hill. Slowly they climbed up the hillside, taking care not to make a sound. Closer and closer they came to the sleeping Scots. They were almost at the top. A few minutes more, the war would be over. Suddenly, one of them put his foot on a thistle（蓟）.He cried out and his sudden cry woke the Scots. In a moment, they were on their feet and ready for battle. The fighting was hard but it did not last long. The Scots wiped out the Romans and saved their country.‎ ‎ The thistle is not a beautiful plant. It has sharp needles all over it. Few people like it. But the people of Scotland liked it so much that they made it their national flower.‎ ‎ 1. Hundreds of years ago there was a war between ________ .‎ ‎ A. Roman army and North England B. Roman army and the Scots ‎ C. England and Scots D. a brave people and the Scots ‎ 2. "We must win or we will die." What the leader of the Scots said means________‎ ‎ A. they were sure to win ‎ B. they couldn't escape from death ‎ C. they would win and then they would die ‎ D. they must try hard to win, otherwise they would be killed ‎ 3. The Romans climbed up the hill quietly because ________.‎ ‎ A. they didn't want to wake the Scots ‎ B. they wanted to reach the top ‎ C. they wanted to catch the four guards first ‎ D. they were afraid of the sharp needles of the thistle ‎ 4. The people of Scotland made thistle their national flower because ________‎ ‎ A. it is a beautiful plant ‎ B. it is fresh and lovely ‎ C. it had so many sharp needles all over it ‎ D. it was the thistle that helped the Scots to win the battle 三．根据对话内容，从对话后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项 ‎--- Now you are in the language lab. Listen to me carefully. Here are some dos and don’ts for you.‎ ‎--- 1 ‎ ‎--- No hurry! 2 You must follow the instructions and take care of everything in the lab.‎ ‎--- 3 ‎ ‎--- Put up your hand and I’ll come to help you. Don’t knock the machine or take the parts off.‎ ‎--- Are we allowed to change the programme?‎ ‎--- Sure. 4 ‎ ‎--- What about when we leave?‎ ‎--- 5 Remember to check the machine and don’t forget to turn off the electricity, shut the windows and --- and lock the door.‎ A. Shall we write down what you are going to say?‎ B. Make sure that everything is in good order.‎ C. Don’t use the machine until you are asked to.‎ D. What shall we do if there’s anything wrong with the machine?‎ E. Are you clear now?‎ F. Can we put on the earphone?‎ G. But you must let your teacher know. ‎ 亲爱的同学们：‎ ‎ 我非常真诚地想跟大家说：‎ 在菲律宾西部海岸，每年秋天都能看到这样一个壮观的场面：海面上黑压压地飞来一片云，飞近了才知是南迁的燕子。它们欢快地鸣叫着，慢慢靠近海岸，但是人们惊奇地看到，一旦到了海岸和沙滩，许多燕子都飞不起来了，永远地闭上了眼睛。遥远的路途飞完了，没有死于皑皑雪峰，没有死于茫茫大海，没有死于暴风骤雨，却死于目的地那细软的沙滩上。‎ ‎ ‎ 为什么会发生这样的悲剧？如果沙滩再远两三千米，许多燕子难道就飞不到吗？如果雅典再远三五十米，难道斐迪辟就坚持不住吗？他们一定能坚持下去，一定会到达目的地。悲剧发生的原因恰恰是因为目的地到达了，支持他们的信念突然消失了，意志瞬间松懈，身体也随之极度衰弱，于是生命之灯熄灭了。‎ ‎ 同学们，初中三年的生活马上就要结束了，正如一个马拉松运动员，经过辛苦努力，终于可以看到终点了。在经过终点之后，我们有两种选择：第一种是彻底放松下来，把心中长久以来的压抑彻底释放出来，去报复性的玩，就像长跑完的运动员渴望躺下一样，我们也渴望好好休息；第二种是在放松的同时再小跑一下，因为绷紧的绳子突然松掉，后果将不堪设想.‎ 生活中我们总会遇到各种各样的选择，我们的选择将决定自己的命运。‎ 而中考，你们都非常清楚，它根本就不是终点！‎ 期待你们的将来更加精彩绝伦！‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 献给所有初三的学生 ‎ 爱你们的宽